TW201728695A - Coloring composition, color filter, pattern forming method, solid-state imaging device, image display device and dye polymer - Google Patents

Coloring composition, color filter, pattern forming method, solid-state imaging device, image display device and dye polymer Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201728695A
TW201728695A TW105135277A TW105135277A TW201728695A TW 201728695 A TW201728695 A TW 201728695A TW 105135277 A TW105135277 A TW 105135277A TW 105135277 A TW105135277 A TW 105135277A TW 201728695 A TW201728695 A TW 201728695A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
pigment
compound
formula
dye
Prior art date
Application number
TW105135277A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TWI707922B (en
Inventor
Yushi Kaneko
Yoshinori Taguchi
Naotsugu Muro
Original Assignee
Fujifilm Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Fujifilm Corp filed Critical Fujifilm Corp
Publication of TW201728695A publication Critical patent/TW201728695A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI707922B publication Critical patent/TWI707922B/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F2/00Processes of polymerisation
    • C08F2/44Polymerisation in the presence of compounding ingredients, e.g. plasticisers, dyestuffs, fillers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F2/00Processes of polymerisation
    • C08F2/46Polymerisation initiated by wave energy or particle radiation
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F257/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers of aromatic monomers as defined in group C08F12/00
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F265/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers of unsaturated monocarboxylic acids or derivatives thereof as defined in group C08F20/00
    • C08F265/04Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers of unsaturated monocarboxylic acids or derivatives thereof as defined in group C08F20/00 on to polymers of esters
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B69/00Dyes not provided for by a single group of this subclass
    • C09B69/10Polymeric dyes; Reaction products of dyes with monomers or with macromolecular compounds
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • G03F7/028Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with photosensitivity-increasing substances, e.g. photoinitiators
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • G03F7/032Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/20Exposure; Apparatus therefor
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/26Processing photosensitive materials; Apparatus therefor
    • G03F7/40Treatment after imagewise removal, e.g. baking

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Optical Filters (AREA)
  • Polymerisation Methods In General (AREA)

Abstract

Provided is a coloring composition capable of manufacturing a cured film in which occurrence of color unevenness and defects is suppressed, a color filter, a pattern forming method, a solid-state imaging device, an image display device and a dye polymer. The coloring composition contains a dye polymer and a curable compound, wherein the dye polymer contains two or more hetero atoms, and one or more of the hetero atoms include a dye structure in which an azo group or aromatic ring group is bonded to a cationic hetero ring that is a nitrogen atom.

Description

著色組成物、彩色濾光片、圖案形成方法、固體攝像元件、圖像顯示裝置及色素多量體Coloring composition, color filter, pattern forming method, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and pigment multi-body

本發明是有關於一種著色組成物。另外,本發明是有關於一種使用著色組成物的彩色濾光片、圖案形成方法、固體攝像元件、圖像顯示裝置及色素多聚體。The present invention is directed to a colored composition. Further, the present invention relates to a color filter, a pattern forming method, a solid-state imaging device, an image display device, and a dye multimer using a coloring composition.

近年來,由於數位相機、帶有相機的行動電話等的普及,電荷耦合元件(Charge Coupled Device,CCD)影像感測器等固體攝像元件的需求大幅增長。使用彩色濾光片作為顯示器或光學元件的關鍵器件。In recent years, demand for solid-state imaging devices such as charge coupled devices (CCD) image sensors has increased significantly due to the spread of digital cameras and mobile phones with cameras. Use color filters as a key component of displays or optical components.

例如,於專利文獻1~專利文獻5中記載有使用黃色染料來製造彩色濾光片等,所述黃色染料具有偶氮基或芳香族環基鍵結於包含兩個以上的雜原子且雜原子的一個以上為氮原子的陽離子性雜環而成的結構。 另外,於專利文獻6中記載有使用包含色素多聚體的著色組成物來製造彩色濾光片。 [現有技術文獻] [專利文獻]For example, Patent Document 1 to Patent Document 5 discloses that a color filter or the like is produced by using a yellow dye having an azo group or an aromatic ring group bonded to a hetero atom containing two or more hetero atoms. One or more of the structures are a cationic heterocyclic ring of a nitrogen atom. Further, Patent Document 6 describes that a color filter is produced using a coloring composition containing a dye multimer. [Prior Art Document] [Patent Literature]

[專利文獻1]日本專利特開2011-145540號公報 [專利文獻2]日本專利特開2011-184493號公報 [專利文獻3]日本專利特開2011-144269號公報 [專利文獻4]日本專利特開2013-218186號公報 [專利文獻5]日本專利特開2012-158649號公報 [專利文獻6]日本專利特開2015-145439號公報[Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2011-145493 (Patent Document 2) Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2011-144493 (Patent Document 3) Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2011-144269 (Patent Document 4) Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2012-158439 (Patent Document 5)

[發明所欲解決之課題] 此處,於使用如所述的專利文獻1~專利文獻6中記載般的著色組成物而形成硬化膜或圖案的情況下,有時將著色組成物應用於支撐體等並加以乾燥後,隔段時間後進行曝光等來製造硬化膜。 然而,根據本發明者等人的研究可知,當於長時間放置膜(未硬化的膜)後進行硬化處理而製造硬化膜時,容易於所獲得的硬化膜產生顏色不均或缺陷等,所述膜(未硬化的膜)為將使用專利文獻1~專利文獻5中所記載的黃色染料的著色組成物應用於支撐體等並加以乾燥的狀態的膜。越延長所述膜的放置,越容易於所獲得的硬化膜產生缺陷或顏色不均。對此,由於專利文獻1~專利文獻5中所記載的黃色染料的極性高,故與著色組成物中的其他成分(硬化性化合物、樹脂、溶劑等)的相容性容易隨時間經過而降低,因此推測於放置時,黃色染料與其他成分產生相分離,或產生黃色染料的凝聚等,從而容易於硬化膜產生缺陷或顏色不均。 再者,於專利文獻6中未記載關於伴隨放置而產生的缺陷或顏色不均的研究。[Problems to be Solved by the Invention] When a cured film or a pattern is formed using the colored composition as described in Patent Documents 1 to 6 described above, the colored composition may be applied to the support. After drying and drying the body, the cured film is produced by exposure or the like after a period of time. However, according to the study by the inventors of the present invention, when a cured film is produced by performing a hardening treatment after placing a film (unhardened film) for a long period of time, color unevenness or defects are likely to occur in the obtained cured film. The film (unhardened film) is a film in which a coloring composition of the yellow dye described in Patent Documents 1 to 5 is applied to a support or the like and dried. The more the film is placed, the easier it is to produce defects or color unevenness in the obtained cured film. On the other hand, since the yellow dyes described in Patent Documents 1 to 5 have high polarity, compatibility with other components (curable compounds, resins, solvents, and the like) in the colored composition tends to decrease with time. Therefore, it is presumed that the yellow dye is phase-separated from other components at the time of standing, or agglomeration of a yellow dye or the like is generated, so that defects or color unevenness are easily generated in the cured film. Further, Patent Document 6 does not describe a study on defects or color unevenness accompanying placement.

因此,本發明的目的在於提供一種可製造抑制顏色不均或缺陷產生的硬化膜的著色組成物、彩色濾光片、圖案形成方法、固體攝像元件、圖像顯示裝置及色素多聚體。 [解決課題之手段]Accordingly, an object of the present invention is to provide a coloring composition, a color filter, a pattern forming method, a solid-state imaging device, an image display device, and a dye multimer which can produce a cured film which suppresses color unevenness or defects. [Means for solving the problem]

本發明者等人進行了努力研究,結果發現,藉由將具有包含兩個以上的雜原子且雜原子的一個以上為氮原子的陽離子性雜環的色素化合物製成多聚體,可達成所述目的,從而完成了本發明。本發明提供以下內容。 <1> 一種著色組成物,其包含色素多聚體與硬化性化合物,且 色素多聚體包含具有如下結構的色素結構,所述結構是使偶氮基或芳香族環基鍵結於包含兩個以上的雜原子且雜原子的一個以上為氮原子的陽離子性雜環而成。 <2> 如<1>所述的著色組成物,其中陽離子性雜環由下述式(I)所表示; 式(I) [化1]Ya 表示硫原子或-NRYa -,Yb 表示氮原子或-CRYb -,Ra 、Rb 、RYa 及RYb 分別獨立地表示氫原子、取代基、與構成色素結構的原子團的鍵結部位、或與構成色素多聚體的原子團的鍵結部位,Ra 與RYa 、Rb 與RYa 、及Rb 與RYb 亦可分別鍵結而形成環;作為構成環的原子的任一者或環整體而具有一價的正電荷。 <3> 如<1>或<2>所述的著色組成物,其中色素結構由式(Ia)所表示; [化2]Ht表示包含兩個以上的雜原子且雜原子的一個以上為氮原子的陽離子性雜環, L表示-N=N-、或伸芳基, B表示取代基, X表示陰離子, Ht、B及X的至少一個具有與構成色素多聚體的原子團的鍵結部位。 <4> 如<1>或<2>所述的著色組成物,其中色素多聚體具有式(I-1)所表示的色素結構; [化3]式(I-1)中,R1 及R8 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、芳基或雜環基,R2 、R7 、R9 ~R1 2 分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基,Y1 表示硫原子或-NRY 1 -,RY1 表示氫原子、烷基、芳基或雜環基,X表示陰離子,R1 ~R2 、R7 ~R1 2 、RY1 及X的至少一個具有與構成色素多聚體的原子團的鍵結部位。 <5> 如<1>或<2>所述的著色組成物,其中色素多聚體具有式(I-2)所表示的色素結構; [化4]式(I-2)中,R1 01 、R11 0 及R111 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、芳基或雜環基,R1 02 ~R1 05 、R1 06 ~R1 09 分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基,R11 0 及R111 亦可鍵結而形成環,Y2 表示硫原子或-NRY 2 -,RY 2 表示氫原子、烷基、芳基或雜環基,X表示陰離子,R101 ~R109 、RY 2 及X的至少一個具有與構成色素多聚體的原子團的鍵結部位。 <6> 如<1>至<5>中任一項所述的著色組成物,其中色素多聚體是包含下述式(A)所表示的重複單元、及下述式(C)所表示的重複單元的至少一個而成,或者由下述式(D)所表示; [化5]式(A)中,A1 表示重複單元的主鏈,L1 表示單鍵或二價連結基,DyeI表示具有偶氮基或芳香族環基鍵結於包含兩個以上的雜原子且雜原子的一個以上為氮原子的陽離子性雜環而成的結構的色素結構; [化6]式(C)中,L3 表示單鍵或二價連結基,DyeIII表示具有偶氮基或芳香族環基鍵結於包含兩個以上的雜原子且雜原子的一個以上為氮原子的陽離子性雜環而成的結構的色素結構,m表示0或1; [化7]式(D)中,L4 表示(n+k)價的連結基,n表示2~20的整數,k表示0~20的整數,DyeIV表示具有偶氮基或芳香族環基鍵結於包含兩個以上的雜原子且雜原子的一個以上為氮原子的陽離子性雜環而成的結構的色素結構,P表示取代基,於n為2以上的情況下,多個DyeIV可彼此不同,於k為2以上的情況下,多個P可彼此不同,n+k表示2~20的整數。 <7> 如<1>至<6>中任一項所述的著色組成物,其中色素多聚體具有雙(磺醯基)醯亞胺陰離子或三(磺醯基)甲基陰離子。 <8> 如<1>至<7>中任一項所述的著色組成物,其進而含有顏料。 <9> 如<1>至<8>中任一項所述的著色組成物,其中硬化性化合物包含自由基聚合性化合物,且所述著色組成物進而含有光聚合起始劑。 <10> 如<1>至<9>中任一項所述的著色組成物,其進而包含鹼可溶性樹脂。 <11> 一種彩色濾光片,其使用如<1>至<10>中任一項所述的著色組成物。 <12> 一種圖案形成方法,其包括:使用如<1>至<10>中任一項所述的著色組成物而於支撐體上形成著色組成物層的步驟;以及藉由光微影法或乾式蝕刻法對著色組成物層形成圖案的步驟。 <13> 一種固體攝像元件,其具有如<11>所述的彩色濾光片。 <14> 一種圖像顯示裝置,其具有如<11>所述的彩色濾光片。 <15> 一種色素多聚體,其具有下述式(I-1)或式(I-2)所表示的色素結構; [化8]式(I-1)中,R1 及R8 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、芳基或雜環基,R2 、R7 、R9 ~R1 2 分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基,Y1 表示硫原子或-NRY 1 -,RY1 表示氫原子、烷基、芳基或雜環基,X表示陰離子,R1 ~R2 、R7 ~R1 2 、RY1 及X的至少一個具有與構成色素多聚體的原子團的鍵結部位; [化9]式(I-2)中,R1 01 、R11 0 及R111 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、芳基或雜環基,R1 02 ~R1 05 、R1 06 ~R1 09 分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基,R11 0 及R111 亦可鍵結而形成環,Y2 表示硫原子或-NRY 2 -,RY 2 表示氫原子、烷基、芳基或雜環基,X表示陰離子,R101 ~R109 、RY 2 及X的至少一個具有與構成色素多聚體的原子團的鍵結部位。 [發明的效果]As a result of intensive studies, the inventors of the present invention have found that a polymer compound having a cationic heterocyclic ring having one or more hetero atoms containing two or more hetero atoms and having a nitrogen atom can be made into a polymer. The object is described, thus completing the present invention. The present invention provides the following. <1> A coloring composition comprising a dye multimer and a curable compound, and the dye multimer comprises a dye structure having a structure in which an azo group or an aromatic ring group is bonded to two One or more hetero atoms and one or more hetero atoms are a cationic heterocyclic ring of a nitrogen atom. <2> The colored composition according to <1>, wherein the cationic heterocyclic ring is represented by the following formula (I); wherein the formula (I) [Chemical Formula 1] Y a represents a sulfur atom or -NR Ya -, Y b represents a nitrogen atom or -CR Yb -, and R a , R b , R Ya and R Yb each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a substituent, and an atomic group constituting a dye structure. a bonding site or a bonding site with an atomic group constituting the dye multimer, and R a and R Ya , R b and R Ya , and R b and R Yb may be bonded to each other to form a ring; Either or the ring as a whole has a monovalent positive charge. <3> The coloring composition according to <1> or <2>, wherein the pigment structure is represented by the formula (Ia); Ht represents a cationic heterocyclic ring containing two or more hetero atoms and one or more of the hetero atoms is a nitrogen atom, L represents -N=N-, or an extended aryl group, B represents a substituent, X represents an anion, Ht, B and At least one of X has a bonding site with an atomic group constituting the dye multimer. <4> The coloring composition according to <1> or <2>, wherein the dye multimer has a dye structure represented by the formula (I-1); In the formula (I-1), R 1 and R 8 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, and R 2 , R 7 and R 9 to R 1 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. a group, Y 1 represents a sulfur atom or -NR Y 1 -, R Y1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, X represents an anion, R 1 to R 2 , R 7 to R 1 2 , R Y1 and At least one of X has a bonding site with an atomic group constituting the dye multimer. <5> The coloring composition according to <1> or <2>, wherein the dye multimer has a dye structure represented by the formula (I-2); In the formula (I-2), R 1 01 , R 11 0 and R 111 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, and R 1 02 to R 1 05 , R 1 06 to R 1 09 Each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and R 11 0 and R 111 may be bonded to form a ring, Y 2 represents a sulfur atom or -NR Y 2 -, and R Y 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a hetero atom. The ring group, X represents an anion, and at least one of R 101 to R 109 , R Y 2 and X has a bonding site with an atomic group constituting the dye multimer. (6) The coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <5> wherein the dye multimer is a repeating unit represented by the following formula (A) and represented by the following formula (C) At least one of the repeating units, or represented by the following formula (D); [Chemical 5] In the formula (A), A 1 represents a main chain of a repeating unit, L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and DyeI represents an azo group or an aromatic ring group bonded to a hetero atom containing two or more hetero atoms. a dye structure of a structure in which one or more cationic heterocycles of nitrogen atoms are formed; [Chemical 6] In the formula (C), L 3 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and DyeIII represents a cationic group having an azo group or an aromatic ring group bonded to one or more hetero atoms including two or more hetero atoms and a hetero atom. a pigment structure of a heterocyclic structure, m represents 0 or 1; [Chemical 7] In the formula (D), L 4 represents a (n+k)-valent linking group, n represents an integer of 2 to 20, k represents an integer of 0 to 20, and DyeIV represents an azo group or an aromatic ring-based bond to be contained. a dye structure having a structure in which two or more hetero atoms and one or more hetero atoms are a cationic hetero ring of a nitrogen atom, and P represents a substituent. When n is 2 or more, a plurality of DyeIVs may be different from each other. When k is 2 or more, a plurality of Ps may be different from each other, and n+k represents an integer of 2 to 20. The colored composition according to any one of <1> to <6> wherein the dye multimer has a bis(sulfonyl) quinone imine anion or a tris(sulfonyl)methyl anion. The colored composition according to any one of <1> to <7> which further contains a pigment. The colored composition according to any one of <1> to <8> wherein the curable compound contains a radically polymerizable compound, and the colored composition further contains a photopolymerization initiator. The coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <9> which further contains an alkali-soluble resin. <11> A color filter using the coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <10>. <12> A pattern forming method comprising: a step of forming a colored composition layer on a support using the coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <10>; and a photolithography method Or a step of patterning the colored composition layer by dry etching. <13> A solid-state imaging element having the color filter according to <11>. <14> An image display device having the color filter according to <11>. <15> A dye multimer having a dye structure represented by the following formula (I-1) or formula (I-2); In the formula (I-1), R 1 and R 8 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, and R 2 , R 7 and R 9 to R 1 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. a group, Y 1 represents a sulfur atom or -NR Y 1 -, R Y1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, X represents an anion, R 1 to R 2 , R 7 to R 1 2 , R Y1 and At least one of X has a bonding site with an atomic group constituting the dye multimer; [Chem. 9] In the formula (I-2), R 1 01 , R 11 0 and R 111 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, and R 1 02 to R 1 05 , R 1 06 to R 1 09 Each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and R 11 0 and R 111 may be bonded to form a ring, Y 2 represents a sulfur atom or -NR Y 2 -, and R Y 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a hetero atom. The ring group, X represents an anion, and at least one of R 101 to R 109 , R Y 2 and X has a bonding site with an atomic group constituting the dye multimer. [Effects of the Invention]

根據本發明,可提供一種可製造抑制顏色不均或缺陷產生的硬化膜的著色組成物、彩色濾光片、圖案形成方法、固體攝像元件、圖像顯示裝置及色素多聚體。According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a coloring composition, a color filter, a pattern forming method, a solid-state imaging device, an image display device, and a dye multimer capable of producing a cured film which suppresses color unevenness or defects.

以下,對本發明的內容進行詳細說明。 本說明書中的基(原子團)的表述中,未記載經取代及未經取代的表述包含不具有取代基的基(原子團),並且亦包含具有取代基的基(原子團)。例如,所謂「烷基」,不僅包含不具有取代基的烷基(未經取代的烷基),亦包含具有取代基的烷基(經取代的烷基)。 本說明書中,所謂「光」是指光化射線或放射線。另外,所謂「光化射線」或「放射線」,例如是指水銀燈的明線光譜、準分子雷射所代表的遠紫外線、極紫外線(極紫外(Extreme Ultraviolet,EUV)光)、X射線、電子束等。 本說明書中,所謂「曝光」,只要無特別說明,則不僅包含利用水銀燈、準分子雷射所代表的遠紫外線、X射線、EUV光等進行的曝光,利用電子束、離子束等粒子束進行的描繪亦包含於曝光中。 本說明書中,使用「~」來表示的數值範圍是指包含「~」的前後所記載的數值作為下限值及上限值的範圍。 本說明書中,所謂總固體成分,是指自著色組成物的所有成分中去除溶劑後的成分的總質量。 本說明書中,「(甲基)丙烯酸酯」表示丙烯酸酯及甲基丙烯酸酯的兩者、或任一者,「(甲基)丙烯酸」表示丙烯酸及甲基丙烯酸的兩者、或任一者,「(甲基)烯丙基」表示烯丙基及甲基烯丙基的兩者、或任一者,「(甲基)丙烯醯基」表示丙烯醯基及甲基丙烯醯基的兩者、或任一者。 本說明書中,「步驟」這一用語不僅是指獨立的步驟,即便於無法與其他步驟明確地加以區分的情況下,只要達成該步驟的所期望的作用,則亦包含於本用語中。 本說明書中,重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)被定義為藉由凝膠滲透層析(Gel Permeation Chromatography,GPC)測定而得的聚苯乙烯換算值。 本發明中,顏料是指難以溶解於特定的溶劑中的不溶性化合物。典型而言,是指以作為粒子而分散於組成物中的狀態存在的化合物。此處,所謂溶劑,例如可列舉後述溶劑欄中例示的溶劑。Hereinafter, the contents of the present invention will be described in detail. In the expression of the group (atomic group) in the present specification, the substituted and unsubstituted expressions are not described as including a group having no substituent (atomic group), and also a group having a substituent (atomic group). For example, the "alkyl group" includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group). In the present specification, "light" means actinic rays or radiation. In addition, the term "actinic ray" or "radiation" means, for example, a bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, a far ultraviolet ray represented by an excimer laser, an extreme ultraviolet ray (Extreme Ultraviolet (EUV) light), an X-ray, an electron. Bunch and so on. In the present specification, the term "exposure" includes exposure to far ultraviolet rays, X-rays, EUV light, etc. represented by a mercury lamp or a quasi-molecular laser, and is performed by a particle beam such as an electron beam or an ion beam, unless otherwise specified. The depiction is also included in the exposure. In the present specification, the numerical range expressed by "~" means a range including the numerical values described before and after "~" as the lower limit and the upper limit. In the present specification, the total solid content refers to the total mass of the components after removing the solvent from all the components of the colored composition. In the present specification, "(meth)acrylate" means either or both of acrylate and methacrylate, and "(meth)acrylic acid" means either or both of acrylic acid and methacrylic acid. "(Meth)allyl" means either or both of an allyl group and a methallyl group, and "(meth)acryloyl group" means two groups of an acryl group and a methacryl group. , or either. In the present specification, the term "step" is not only an independent step, but is also included in the term as long as the desired effect of the step is achieved even if it cannot be clearly distinguished from other steps. In the present specification, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) are defined as polystyrene-converted values measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC). In the present invention, the pigment means an insoluble compound which is difficult to dissolve in a specific solvent. Typically, it means a compound which exists in a state of being dispersed as a particle in a composition. Here, the solvent is, for example, a solvent exemplified in the solvent column described later.

<著色組成物> 本發明的著色組成物為包含色素多聚體與硬化性化合物的著色組成物,色素多聚體包含具有如下結構的色素結構,所述結構是使偶氮基或芳香族環基鍵結於包含兩個以上的雜原子且雜原子的一個以上為氮原子的陽離子性雜環而成。 藉由設為所述構成,即便於長時間放置膜(未硬化的膜)後進行硬化,亦可製造缺陷或顏色不均等少的硬化膜,所述膜(未硬化的膜)為將著色組成物應用於支撐體等並加以乾燥的狀態的膜。進而,即便於長時間放置所述未硬化的膜後進行圖案形成,亦可獲得顏色不均、缺陷及圖案表面的粗糙少且圖案缺陷得到抑制的圖案。 關於獲得此種效果的理由,推測是由以下內容引起。首先,具有偶氮基或芳香族環基鍵結於包含兩個以上的雜原子且雜原子的一個以上為氮原子的陽離子性雜環而成的結構的色素化合物中,大多為極性高的色素化合物。尤其,與對稱性高的呫噸、三芳基甲烷、花青等相比,具有非對稱性的五員環結構作為陽離子性雜環的色素化合物的極性非常高。另一方面,著色組成物中使用的硬化性化合物等大多為低極性。因此,認為此種極性高的色素化合物難以與硬化性化合物等著色組成物中的其他成分相容。另外,於一分子中具有一個色素結構的色素化合物容易於未硬化的膜中移動,因此推測因偶極的相互作用,於放置時產生相分離等,或色素化合物凝聚而容易產生缺陷或顏色不均等。相對於此,於本發明中,推測將具有偶氮基或芳香族環基鍵結於所述陽離子性雜環而成的結構的色素化合物多聚體化而製成包含具有所述陽離子性雜環的色素結構的色素多聚體,藉此可抑制色素多聚體於膜中移動。進而,藉由製成色素多聚體,分子量變大,因此推測與單分子的色素化合物的情況相比,極性變小而與膜中的其他成分的相容性不易降低。因此,推測根據本發明,即便於長時間放置膜(未硬化的膜)後進行硬化,亦可抑制放置時的相分離或凝聚,結果,可製造顏色不均及缺陷得到抑制的硬化膜,所述膜(未硬化的膜)為將著色組成物應用於支撐體等並加以乾燥的狀態的膜。進而,由於可抑制放置時的相分離或凝聚,因此於放置後亦可均勻地進行膜的硬化。因此,即便於長時間放置所述未硬化的膜後進行圖案形成,亦可獲得顏色不均、缺陷及圖案表面的粗糙少且圖案缺陷得到抑制的圖案。 以下,對本發明的著色組成物進行詳細說明。<Coloring composition> The coloring composition of the present invention is a coloring composition containing a dye multimer and a curable compound, and the dye multimer includes a dye structure having a structure in which an azo group or an aromatic ring is used. The base bond is formed by a cationic heterocyclic ring containing two or more hetero atoms and one or more of the hetero atoms is a nitrogen atom. According to this configuration, even after the film (unhardened film) is left to be cured for a long period of time, it is possible to produce a cured film having few defects or color unevenness, and the film (unhardened film) is a coloring composition. A film applied to a support or the like and dried. Further, even if the uncured film is left for a long period of time and patterned, it is possible to obtain a pattern in which color unevenness, defects, and roughness of the pattern surface are small and pattern defects are suppressed. The reason for obtaining such an effect is presumed to be caused by the following. First, a dye compound having a structure in which an azo group or an aromatic ring group is bonded to a cationic hetero ring containing two or more hetero atoms and one or more hetero atoms are nitrogen atoms is often a highly polar dye. Compound. In particular, the five-membered ring structure having an asymmetry as a cationic heterocyclic dye compound has a very high polarity as compared with a highly symmetric xanthene, triarylmethane, cyanine or the like. On the other hand, the curable compound or the like used in the colored composition is often low in polarity. Therefore, it is considered that such a highly polar pigment compound is difficult to be compatible with other components in a coloring composition such as a curable compound. Further, since a dye compound having a dye structure in one molecule is likely to move in an uncured film, it is presumed that phase separation occurs during the placement due to the interaction of dipoles, or that the pigment compound is agglomerated and defects or colors are easily generated. equal. On the other hand, in the present invention, it is presumed that a dye compound having a structure in which an azo group or an aromatic ring group is bonded to the cationic hetero ring is polymerized to have a cationic impurity. A dye multimer of a dye structure of a ring, whereby the movement of the dye multimer in the film can be suppressed. Further, since the molecular weight is increased by the formation of the dye multimer, it is presumed that the polarity is smaller than that of the single molecule dye compound, and the compatibility with other components in the film is not easily lowered. Therefore, according to the present invention, even if the film is cured after being left for a long period of time (unhardened film), phase separation or aggregation at the time of standing can be suppressed, and as a result, a cured film in which color unevenness and defects are suppressed can be produced. The film (unhardened film) is a film in a state in which a coloring composition is applied to a support or the like and dried. Further, since phase separation or aggregation at the time of standing can be suppressed, the film can be uniformly cured after standing. Therefore, even if the uncured film is left for a long period of time and patterned, it is possible to obtain a pattern in which color unevenness, defects, and roughness of the pattern surface are small and pattern defects are suppressed. Hereinafter, the colored composition of the present invention will be described in detail.

<<色素多聚體>> 本發明的著色組成物包含含有色素結構的色素多聚體,所述色素結構具有偶氮基或芳香族環基鍵結於包含兩個以上的雜原子且雜原子的一個以上為氮原子的陽離子性雜環而成的結構。再者,本發明中,色素多聚體包含二聚體、三聚體及聚合物等的結構。另外,有根據色素結構的種類(陽離子性雜環所具有的取代基的種類或色素骨架的種類等)而色素結構上的陽離子進行非定域化的情況。本發明中的陽離子性雜環亦包含陽離子進行非定域化的狀態。<<Pigment Multimer>> The coloring composition of the present invention comprises a dye multimer having a dye structure having an azo group or an aromatic ring group bonded to a hetero atom containing two or more hetero atoms One or more of the structures are a cationic heterocyclic ring of a nitrogen atom. Further, in the present invention, the dye multimer includes a structure of a dimer, a trimer, a polymer, or the like. In addition, depending on the type of the dye structure (the type of the substituent which the cationic heterocyclic ring has, the type of the dye skeleton, etc.), the cation of the dye structure may be delocalized. The cationic heterocyclic ring in the present invention also contains a state in which a cation is delocalized.

本發明的色素多聚體於一分子中具有兩個以上的所述色素結構,較佳為具有三個以上。上限並無特別限定,亦可設為100個以下。一分子中所具有的色素結構可為相同的色素結構,亦可為不同的色素結構。再者,本發明中,所謂不同的色素結構,不僅包含色素骨架不同的色素結構,亦包含色素骨架相同且鍵結於色素骨架的取代基的種類不同的色素結構。The dye multimer of the present invention has two or more of the dye structures in one molecule, and preferably has three or more. The upper limit is not particularly limited, and may be set to 100 or less. The pigment structure in one molecule may be the same pigment structure or a different pigment structure. Further, in the present invention, the different dye structure includes not only a dye structure having a different dye skeleton but also a dye structure having the same pigment skeleton and different types of substituents bonded to the dye skeleton.

陽離子性雜環較佳為由下述式(I)所表示。 式(I) [化10]Ya 表示硫原子或-NRYa -,Yb 表示氮原子或-CRYb -,Ra 、Rb 、RYa 及RYb 分別獨立地表示氫原子、取代基、與構成色素結構的原子團的鍵結部位、或與構成色素多聚體的原子團的鍵結部位,Ra 與RYa 、Rb 與RYa 、及Rb 與RYb 亦可分別鍵結而形成環;作為構成環的原子的任一者或環整體而具有一價的正電荷。The cationic heterocyclic ring is preferably represented by the following formula (I). Formula (I) [10] Y a represents a sulfur atom or -NR Ya -, Y b represents a nitrogen atom or -CR Yb -, and R a , R b , R Ya and R Yb each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a substituent, and an atomic group constituting a dye structure. a bonding site or a bonding site with an atomic group constituting the dye multimer, and R a and R Ya , R b and R Ya , and R b and R Yb may be bonded to each other to form a ring; Either or the ring as a whole has a monovalent positive charge.

作為取代基,可列舉後述取代基A群組中列舉的基。例如可列舉:鹵素原子、烷基、烯基、芳基、雜環基等。 Ra 與RYa 、Rb 與RYa 、及Rb 與RYb 鍵結而形成的環可為單環,亦可為多環。環較佳為芳香族環。作為芳香族環,可列舉烴芳香族環及雜芳香族環。作為烴芳香族環,可列舉:苯環、萘環、蒽環、菲環等。作為雜芳香族環,可列舉:吡啶環、吡嗪環、吡咯環、喹啉環、喹噁啉環、呋喃環、苯并呋喃環、噻吩環、苯并噻吩環、噁唑環、噻唑環、咪唑環、吡唑環、吲哚環、咔唑環等。芳香族環較佳為烴芳香族環,更佳為苯環。The substituent which is mentioned in the group of the substituent A mentioned later is mentioned as a substituent. For example, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, etc. are mentioned. The ring formed by bonding R a and R Ya , R b and R Ya , and R b and R Yb may be a single ring or a polycyclic ring. The ring is preferably an aromatic ring. Examples of the aromatic ring include a hydrocarbon aromatic ring and a heteroaromatic ring. Examples of the hydrocarbon aromatic ring include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, and a phenanthrene ring. Examples of the heteroaromatic ring include a pyridine ring, a pyrazine ring, a pyrrole ring, a quinoline ring, a quinoxaline ring, a furan ring, a benzofuran ring, a thiophene ring, a benzothiophene ring, an oxazole ring, and a thiazole ring. , imidazole ring, pyrazole ring, anthracene ring, indazole ring and the like. The aromatic ring is preferably a hydrocarbon aromatic ring, more preferably a benzene ring.

作為陽離子性雜環的具體例,可列舉以下的(1)~(6)。 [化11]Ra1 ~Ra23 分別獨立地表示氫原子、取代基、與構成色素結構的原子團的鍵結部位、或與構成色素多聚體的原子團的鍵結部位。作為取代基,可列舉後述取代基A群組中列舉的基。例如可列舉:鹵素原子、烷基、烯基、芳基、雜環基等。Specific examples of the cationic heterocyclic ring include the following (1) to (6). [11] R a1 to R a23 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a substituent, a bonding site with an atomic group constituting the dye structure, or a bonding site with an atomic group constituting the dye multimer. The substituent which is mentioned in the group of the substituent A mentioned later is mentioned as a substituent. For example, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, etc. are mentioned.

作為鍵結於陽離子性雜環的偶氮基,可列舉-N=N-R所表示的基。R表示取代基。取代基可列舉後述取代基A群組中列舉的基。例如較佳為芳基、雜環基及胺基。Examples of the azo group bonded to the cationic heterocyclic ring include a group represented by -N=N-R. R represents a substituent. The substituents may be exemplified by the groups listed in the group of substituents A described later. For example, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group and an amine group are preferred.

作為鍵結於陽離子性雜環的芳香族環基,可列舉烴芳香族環基及雜芳香族環基。作為烴芳香族環基,可列舉:苯環基、萘環基、蒽環基、菲環基等。作為雜芳香族環基,可列舉:吡啶環基、吡嗪環基、吡咯環基、喹啉環基、喹噁啉環基、呋喃環基、苯并呋喃環基、噻吩環基、苯并噻吩環基、噁唑環基、噻唑環基、咪唑環基、吡唑環基、吲哚環基、咔唑環基等。芳香族環基較佳為烴芳香族環基,更佳為苯環基。 芳香族環基可具有取代基,亦可未經取代。取代基可列舉後述取代基A群組中列舉的基。較佳為供電子性基。作為供電子性基,可列舉哈米特(Hammett)的σp值為0.2以下的基。σp值較佳為0.1以下,更佳為0以下。作為供電子性基的具體例,可列舉:烷基、烷氧基、胺基、脲基、烯丙基、羥基等,較佳為胺基。該些基亦可於不喪失供電子性的範圍內經烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基、羥基、烷氧基、硫醇基、硫代烷氧基、胺基、鹵素原子等取代基取代。另外,該些取代基亦可進而經該些取代基取代,另外,有可能的話亦可彼此鍵結而形成環。Examples of the aromatic ring group bonded to the cationic heterocyclic ring include a hydrocarbon aromatic ring group and a heteroaromatic ring group. Examples of the hydrocarbon aromatic ring group include a benzene ring group, a naphthalene ring group, an anthracene ring group, and a phenanthrene ring group. Examples of the heteroaromatic ring group include a pyridine ring group, a pyrazine ring group, a pyrrole ring group, a quinoline ring group, a quinoxaline ring group, a furan ring group, a benzofuran ring group, a thiophene ring group, and a benzo group. A thiophene ring group, an oxazole ring group, a thiazole ring group, an imidazole ring group, a pyrazole ring group, an anthracenyl group, an indazole ring group and the like. The aromatic ring group is preferably a hydrocarbon aromatic ring group, more preferably a benzene ring group. The aromatic ring group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. The substituents may be exemplified by the groups listed in the group of substituents A described later. It is preferably an electron donating group. Examples of the electron-donating group include a group having a σp value of 0.2 or less by Hammett. The σp value is preferably 0.1 or less, more preferably 0 or less. Specific examples of the electron-donating group include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an amine group, a urea group, an allyl group, a hydroxyl group and the like, and an amine group is preferred. The groups may also be substituted with an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, a thiol group, a thioalkoxy group, an amine group, a halogen atom or the like in a range in which electron donating is not lost. Replace. Further, the substituents may be further substituted by the substituents, and, if possible, may be bonded to each other to form a ring.

本發明的色素多聚體中,色素結構較佳為式(Ia)所表示的色素結構。 [化12]Ht表示包含兩個以上的雜原子且雜原子的一個以上為氮原子的陽離子性雜環,L表示單鍵、-N=N-、或伸芳基,B表示取代基,X表示陰離子,Ht、B及X的至少一個具有與構成色素多聚體的原子團的鍵結部位。In the dye multimer of the present invention, the dye structure is preferably a dye structure represented by the formula (Ia). [化12] Ht represents a cationic heterocyclic ring containing two or more hetero atoms and one or more of the hetero atoms is a nitrogen atom, L represents a single bond, -N=N-, or an extended aryl group, B represents a substituent, and X represents an anion, Ht At least one of B, X and X has a bonding site with an atomic group constituting the dye multimer.

式(Ia)中,Ht所表示的陽離子性雜環可列舉所述式(I)所表示的陽離子性雜環,較佳為所述式(1)~式(6)所表示的陽離子性雜環。In the formula (Ia), the cationic heterocyclic ring represented by the above formula (I) is preferably a cationic heterocyclic ring represented by the above formula (1) to the formula (6). ring.

式(Ia)中,L表示-N=N-、或伸芳基。伸芳基的碳數較佳為6~30,進而佳為6~20,特佳為6~10。伸芳基可具有取代基,亦可未經取代。作為取代基,可列舉後述取代基A群組中列舉的基。In the formula (Ia), L represents -N=N-, or an extended aryl group. The carbon number of the aryl group is preferably from 6 to 30, more preferably from 6 to 20, particularly preferably from 6 to 10. The aryl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. The substituent which is mentioned in the group of the substituent A mentioned later is mentioned as a substituent.

式(Ia)中,B表示取代基。作為取代基,可列舉後述取代基A群組中列舉的基,較佳為芳基、雜環基及胺基。 另外,於L表示伸芳基的情況下,B較佳為供電子性基,更佳為胺基。胺基較佳為二烷基胺基或環狀胺基。作為具體例,可列舉:二甲基胺基、二乙基胺基、N-六氫吡啶基(piperidino)、嗎啉基等。另外,B較佳為相對於Ht而於對位進行取代。 芳基的碳數較佳為6~30,進而佳為6~20,特佳為6~10。芳基可具有取代基,亦可未經取代。作為取代基,可列舉後述取代基A群組中列舉的基。 雜環基較佳為5員~7員的經取代或未經取代、飽和或不飽和、芳香族或非芳香族、單環或縮環的雜環基,進而佳為成環原子具有至少一個碳原子、氮原子、氧原子及硫原子的任一雜原子的雜環基。其中,最佳為碳數3~30的5員或6員的芳香族的雜環基。雜環基可具有取代基,亦可未經取代。作為取代基,可列舉後述取代基A群組中列舉的基。作為雜環基,例如可列舉:2-呋喃基、2-噻吩基、2-吡啶基、4-吡啶基、2-嘧啶基、2-苯并噻唑基、1-甲基-1H-吲哚-3-基、2-肼甲醯基等。其中,較佳為1-烷基-1H-吲哚-3-基。 作為胺基,可列舉-N(R110 )(R111 )所表示的基。R110 及R111 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、芳基或雜環基。關於氫原子、烷基、芳基及雜環基,可列舉所述基。 R110 及R111 的至少一者較佳為烷基,更佳為R110 及R111 的兩者為烷基。即,胺基更佳為二烷基胺基。尤其於L表示伸芳基的情況下,更佳為R110 及R111 的兩者為烷基。 另外,R110 及R111 亦較佳為鍵結而形成環。即,胺基亦較佳為環狀胺基。尤其於R110 及R111 的兩者為烷基的情況下,亦較佳為兩者鍵結而形成環。於R110 及R111 鍵結而形成環的情況下,R110 與R111 較佳為藉由選自由-O-、-NH-、-CH2 -及該些的組合所組成的群組中的二價連結基連結而形成環。二價連結基較佳為-O-或-CH2 -。In the formula (Ia), B represents a substituent. The substituent may be a group exemplified in the group of the substituent A described later, and an aryl group, a heterocyclic group and an amine group are preferred. Further, in the case where L represents an aryl group, B is preferably an electron-donating group, and more preferably an amine group. The amine group is preferably a dialkylamino group or a cyclic amino group. Specific examples thereof include a dimethylamino group, a diethylamino group, an N-hexahydropyridyl group, a morpholinyl group, and the like. Further, B is preferably substituted in the para position with respect to Ht. The carbon number of the aryl group is preferably from 6 to 30, more preferably from 6 to 20, particularly preferably from 6 to 10. The aryl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. The substituent which is mentioned in the group of the substituent A mentioned later is mentioned as a substituent. The heterocyclic group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted, saturated or unsaturated, aromatic or non-aromatic, monocyclic or condensed heterocyclic group of 5 to 7 members, and preferably has at least one ring-forming atom. a heterocyclic group of any one of a carbon atom, a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom. Among them, an aromatic heterocyclic group of 5 or 6 members having a carbon number of 3 to 30 is preferred. The heterocyclic group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. The substituent which is mentioned in the group of the substituent A mentioned later is mentioned as a substituent. Examples of the heterocyclic group include 2-furyl group, 2-thienyl group, 2-pyridyl group, 4-pyridyl group, 2-pyrimidinyl group, 2-benzothiazolyl group, and 1-methyl-1H-fluorene. 3-yl, 2-indolyl, and the like. Among them, a 1-alkyl-1H-indol-3-yl group is preferred. The amine group includes a group represented by -N(R 110 )(R 111 ). R 110 and R 111 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group. The hydrogen atom, the alkyl group, the aryl group and the heterocyclic group are exemplified. At least one of R 110 and R 111 is preferably an alkyl group, and more preferably both of R 110 and R 111 are an alkyl group. That is, the amine group is more preferably a dialkylamino group. In particular, in the case where L represents an aryl group, it is more preferred that both of R 110 and R 111 are an alkyl group. Further, R 110 and R 111 are also preferably bonded to form a ring. That is, the amine group is also preferably a cyclic amine group. In particular, in the case where both of R 110 and R 111 are an alkyl group, it is also preferred that the two are bonded to each other to form a ring. In the case where R 110 and R 111 are bonded to form a ring, R 110 and R 111 are preferably selected from the group consisting of -O-, -NH-, -CH 2 - and combinations thereof. The divalent linking groups are joined to form a ring. The divalent linking group is preferably -O- or -CH 2 -.

式(Ia)中,X表示陰離子。關於陰離子,將於後進行敘述。In the formula (Ia), X represents an anion. The anion will be described later.

式(Ia)中,Ht、B及X的至少一個具有與構成色素多聚體的原子團的鍵結部位,較佳為Ht及B的至少一個具有與構成色素多聚體的原子團的鍵結部位,更佳為Ht具有與構成色素多聚體的原子團的鍵結部位。Ht與構成色素多聚體的原子鍵結而成的色素多聚體中,遮蔽陽離子的效果尤其高,從而本發明的效果更顯著。In the formula (Ia), at least one of Ht, B and X has a bonding site with an atomic group constituting the dye multimer, and preferably at least one of Ht and B has a bonding site with an atomic group constituting the dye multimer. More preferably, Ht has a bonding site with an atomic group constituting the dye multimer. In the dye multimer in which Ht is bonded to the atoms constituting the dye multimer, the effect of shielding the cation is particularly high, and the effect of the present invention is more remarkable.

本發明的色素多聚體中,色素結構較佳為式(Ia-1)所表示的色素結構。 [化13]Ya 表示硫原子或-NRYa -,Yb 表示氮原子或-CRYb -,Ra 、RYa 及RYb 分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基,Ra 與RYa 、及Ra 與RYb 亦可分別鍵結而形成環,L表示-N=N-、或伸芳基,B表示取代基,X表示陰離子,Ra 、RYa 、RYb 、X及B的至少一個具有與構成色素多聚體的原子團的鍵結部位。In the dye multimer of the present invention, the dye structure is preferably a dye structure represented by the formula (Ia-1). [Chemistry 13] Y a represents a sulfur atom or -NR Ya -, Y b represents a nitrogen atom or -CR Yb -, and R a , R Ya and R Yb each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and R a and R Ya and R a R Yb may also be bonded to form a ring, L represents -N=N-, or an extended aryl group, B represents a substituent, X represents an anion, and at least one of R a , R Ya , R Yb , X and B has A bonding site of an atomic group constituting a dye multimer.

式(Ia-1)的L及B的含義與所述式(Ia)的L及B相同。 式(Ia-1)中,Ya 表示硫原子或-NRYa -,Yb 表示氮原子或-CRYb -,Ra 、RYa 及RYb 分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基。 作為Ra 、RYa 及RYb 所表示的取代基,可列舉後述取代基A群組中列舉的取代基。例如可列舉:鹵素原子、烷基、烯基、芳基、雜環基等。 作為鹵素原子,可列舉:氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子。 烷基的碳數較佳為1~30,進而佳為碳數1~20,特佳為碳數1~10。烷基可列舉直鏈、分支及環狀,較佳為直鏈或分支。烷基可具有取代基,亦可未經取代。作為取代基,可列舉後述取代基A群組中列舉的基。 烯基的碳數較佳為2~30,進而佳為2~20,更佳為2~10。烯基可列舉直鏈、分支及環狀,較佳為直鏈或分支。烷基可具有取代基,亦可未經取代。作為取代基,可列舉後述取代基A群組中列舉的基。 芳基的碳數較佳為6~30,進而佳為6~20,特佳為6~10。芳基可具有取代基,亦可未經取代。作為取代基,可列舉後述取代基A群組中列舉的基。 雜環基較佳為5員~7員的經取代或未經取代、飽和或不飽和、芳香族或非芳香族、單環或縮環的雜環基,進而佳為成環原子具有至少一個碳原子、氮原子、氧原子及硫原子的任一雜原子的雜環基。L and B of the formula (Ia-1) have the same meanings as L and B of the formula (Ia). In the formula (Ia-1), Y a represents a sulfur atom or -NR Ya -, Y b represents a nitrogen atom or -CR Yb -, and R a , R Ya and R Yb each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. Examples of the substituent represented by R a , R Ya and R Yb include the substituents listed in the group of the substituent A described later. For example, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, etc. are mentioned. Examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom. The alkyl group preferably has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms. The alkyl group may be a straight chain, a branch or a ring, and is preferably a straight chain or a branched chain. The alkyl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. The substituent which is mentioned in the group of the substituent A mentioned later is mentioned as a substituent. The number of carbon atoms of the alkenyl group is preferably from 2 to 30, more preferably from 2 to 20, still more preferably from 2 to 10. The alkenyl group may be a straight chain, a branched chain or a cyclic chain, and is preferably a straight chain or a branched chain. The alkyl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. The substituent which is mentioned in the group of the substituent A mentioned later is mentioned as a substituent. The carbon number of the aryl group is preferably from 6 to 30, more preferably from 6 to 20, particularly preferably from 6 to 10. The aryl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. The substituent which is mentioned in the group of the substituent A mentioned later is mentioned as a substituent. The heterocyclic group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted, saturated or unsaturated, aromatic or non-aromatic, monocyclic or condensed heterocyclic group of 5 to 7 members, and preferably has at least one ring-forming atom. a heterocyclic group of any one of a carbon atom, a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom.

式(Ia-1)中,Ra 與RYa 、及Ra 與RYb 亦可分別鍵結而形成環。環可為單環,亦可為多環。環較佳為芳香族環。作為芳香族環,可列舉烴芳香族環及雜芳香族環。作為烴芳香族環,可列舉:苯環、萘環、蒽環、菲環等。作為雜芳香族環,可列舉:吡啶環、吡嗪環、吡咯環、喹啉環、喹噁啉環、呋喃環、苯并呋喃環、噻吩環、苯并噻吩環、噁唑環、噻唑環、咪唑環、吡唑環、吲哚環、咔唑環等。芳香族環較佳為烴芳香族環,更佳為苯環。In the formula (Ia-1), R a and R Ya and R a and R Yb may be bonded to each other to form a ring. The ring may be a single ring or a multiple ring. The ring is preferably an aromatic ring. Examples of the aromatic ring include a hydrocarbon aromatic ring and a heteroaromatic ring. Examples of the hydrocarbon aromatic ring include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, and a phenanthrene ring. Examples of the heteroaromatic ring include a pyridine ring, a pyrazine ring, a pyrrole ring, a quinoline ring, a quinoxaline ring, a furan ring, a benzofuran ring, a thiophene ring, a benzothiophene ring, an oxazole ring, and a thiazole ring. , imidazole ring, pyrazole ring, anthracene ring, indazole ring and the like. The aromatic ring is preferably a hydrocarbon aromatic ring, more preferably a benzene ring.

式(Ia-1)中,Ra 、RYa 、RYb 、X及B的至少一個具有與構成色素多聚體的原子團的鍵結部位,較佳為Ra 、RYa 、RYb 及B的至少一個具有與構成色素多聚體的原子團的鍵結部位,更佳為Ra 、RYa 及RYb 的至少一個具有與構成色素多聚體的原子團的鍵結部位。In the formula (Ia-1), at least one of R a , R Ya , R Yb , X and B has a bonding site with an atomic group constituting the dye multimer, preferably R a , R Ya , R Yb and B At least one of the bonding sites having an atomic group constituting the dye multimer, more preferably at least one of R a , R Ya and R Yb has a bonding site with an atomic group constituting the dye multimer.

本發明中,色素多聚體較佳為具有式(I-1)所表示的色素結構、或式(I-2)所表示的色素結構。In the present invention, the dye multimer preferably has a dye structure represented by the formula (I-1) or a dye structure represented by the formula (I-2).

[化14]式(I-1)中,R1 及R8 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、芳基或雜環基,R2 、R7 、R9 ~R1 2 分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基,Y1 表示硫原子或-NRY 1 -,RY1 表示氫原子、烷基、芳基或雜環基,X表示陰離子,R1 ~R2 、R7 ~R1 2 、RY1 及X的至少一個具有與構成色素多聚體的原子團的鍵結部位。[Chemistry 14] In the formula (I-1), R 1 and R 8 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, and R 2 , R 7 and R 9 to R 1 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. a group, Y 1 represents a sulfur atom or -NR Y 1 -, R Y1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, X represents an anion, R 1 to R 2 , R 7 to R 1 2 , R Y1 and At least one of X has a bonding site with an atomic group constituting the dye multimer.

[化15]式(I-2)中,R1 01 、R11 0 及R111 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、芳基或雜環基,R1 02 ~R1 05 、R1 06 ~R1 09 分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基,R11 0 及R111 亦可鍵結而形成環,Y2 表示硫原子或-NRY 2 -,RY 2 表示氫原子、烷基、芳基或雜環基,X表示陰離子,R101 ~R109 、RY 2 及X的至少一個具有與構成色素多聚體的原子團的鍵結部位。[化15] In the formula (I-2), R 1 01 , R 11 0 and R 111 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, and R 1 02 to R 1 05 , R 1 06 to R 1 09 Each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and R 11 0 and R 111 may be bonded to form a ring, Y 2 represents a sulfur atom or -NR Y 2 -, and R Y 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a hetero atom. The ring group, X represents an anion, and at least one of R 101 to R 109 , R Y 2 and X has a bonding site with an atomic group constituting the dye multimer.

式(I-1)中,R1 及R8 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、芳基或雜環基,較佳為氫原子、烷基或芳基。 烷基的碳數較佳為1~30,進而佳為碳數1~20,特佳為碳數1~10。烷基可列舉直鏈、分支及環狀,較佳為直鏈或分支。烷基可具有取代基,亦可未經取代。作為取代基,可列舉後述取代基A群組中列舉的基。 芳基的碳數較佳為6~30,進而佳為6~20,特佳為6~10。芳基可具有取代基,亦可未經取代。作為取代基,可列舉後述取代基A群組中列舉的基。 雜環基較佳為5員~7員的經取代或未經取代、飽和或不飽和、芳香族或非芳香族、單環或縮環的雜環基,進而佳為成環原子具有至少一個碳原子、氮原子、氧原子及硫原子的任一雜原子的雜環基。In the formula (I-1), R 1 and R 8 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, and preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group. The alkyl group preferably has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms. The alkyl group may be a straight chain, a branch or a ring, and is preferably a straight chain or a branched chain. The alkyl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. The substituent which is mentioned in the group of the substituent A mentioned later is mentioned as a substituent. The carbon number of the aryl group is preferably from 6 to 30, more preferably from 6 to 20, particularly preferably from 6 to 10. The aryl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. The substituent which is mentioned in the group of the substituent A mentioned later is mentioned as a substituent. The heterocyclic group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted, saturated or unsaturated, aromatic or non-aromatic, monocyclic or condensed heterocyclic group of 5 to 7 members, and preferably has at least one ring-forming atom. a heterocyclic group of any one of a carbon atom, a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom.

式(I-1)中,Y1 表示硫原子或-NRY 1 -。RY1 表示氫原子、烷基、芳基或雜環基,較佳為氫原子、烷基或芳基。RY1 所表示的烷基、芳基及雜環基的含義與R1 及R8 中說明的烷基、芳基及雜環基相同,較佳範圍亦相同。In the formula (I-1), Y 1 represents a sulfur atom or -NR Y 1 -. R Y1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group. The alkyl group, the aryl group and the heterocyclic group represented by R Y1 have the same meanings as the alkyl group, the aryl group and the heterocyclic group described in R 1 and R 8 , and the preferred ranges are also the same.

式(I-1)中,R2 、R7 、R9 ~R1 2 分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基。作為取代基,可列舉後述取代基A群組中列舉的取代基。例如可列舉:鹵素原子、烷基、烯基、芳基、雜環基等。關於鹵素原子、烷基、烯基、芳基及雜環基的較佳範圍,其含義與式(Ia-1)中說明的範圍相同。In the formula (I-1), R 2 , R 7 and R 9 to R 1 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. The substituent which is mentioned in the group of the substituent A mentioned later is mentioned as a substituent. For example, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, etc. are mentioned. The preferred range of the halogen atom, the alkyl group, the alkenyl group, the aryl group and the heterocyclic group has the same meaning as the range described in the formula (Ia-1).

式(I-2)中,R101 、R110 及R111 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、芳基或雜環基。R110 及R111 亦可鍵結而形成環。 R101 較佳為氫原子、烷基或芳基。 R110 及R111 較佳為分別獨立地為氫原子、烷基或芳基,更佳為氫原子或烷基,進而佳為烷基。於R110 及R111 鍵結而形成環的情況下,R110 與R111 較佳為藉由選自由-O-、-NH-、-CH2 -及該些的組合所組成的群組中的二價連結基連結而形成環。二價連結基較佳為-O-或-CH2 -。 R101 、R110 及R111 所表示的烷基、芳基及雜環基的含義與式(I-1)的R1 及R8 中說明的烷基、芳基及雜環基相同,較佳範圍亦相同。In the formula (I-2), R 101 , R 110 and R 111 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group. R 110 and R 111 may also be bonded to form a ring. R 101 is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group. R 110 and R 111 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and still more preferably an alkyl group. In the case where R 110 and R 111 are bonded to form a ring, R 110 and R 111 are preferably selected from the group consisting of -O-, -NH-, -CH 2 - and combinations thereof. The divalent linking groups are joined to form a ring. The divalent linking group is preferably -O- or -CH 2 -. The alkyl group, the aryl group and the heterocyclic group represented by R 101 , R 110 and R 111 have the same meanings as the alkyl group, the aryl group and the heterocyclic group described in R 1 and R 8 of the formula (I-1). The range is also the same.

式(I-2)中,R102 ~R105 、R106 ~R109 分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基。作為取代基,可列舉後述取代基A群組中列舉的取代基。例如可列舉:鹵素原子、烷基、烯基、芳基、雜環基等。關於鹵素原子、烷基、烯基、芳基及雜環基的較佳範圍,其含義與式(Ia-1)中說明的範圍相同。In the formula (I-2), R 102 to R 105 and R 106 to R 109 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. The substituent which is mentioned in the group of the substituent A mentioned later is mentioned as a substituent. For example, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, etc. are mentioned. The preferred range of the halogen atom, the alkyl group, the alkenyl group, the aryl group and the heterocyclic group has the same meaning as the range described in the formula (Ia-1).

式(I-2)中,Y2 表示硫原子或-NRY 2 -。RY2 表示氫原子、烷基、芳基或雜環基,較佳為氫原子、烷基或芳基。RY2 所表示的烷基、芳基及雜環基的含義與式(I-1)的R1 及R8 中說明的烷基、芳基及雜環基相同,較佳範圍亦相同。In the formula (I-2), Y 2 represents a sulfur atom or -NR Y 2 -. R Y2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group. The alkyl group, the aryl group and the heterocyclic group represented by R Y2 have the same meanings as the alkyl group, the aryl group and the heterocyclic group described in R 1 and R 8 of the formula (I-1), and the preferred ranges are also the same.

式(I-1)及式(I-2)中,X表示陰離子。陰離子可為有機陰離子,亦可為無機陰離子,較佳為有機陰離子。作為陰離子,可列舉:氟陰離子、氯陰離子、溴陰離子、碘陰離子、氰化物陰離子、過氯酸根陰離子、非親核性的陰離子等。就耐熱性的觀點而言,較佳為非親核性的陰離子。作為陰離子的例子,可列舉日本專利特開2007-310315號公報的段落編號0075中記載的公知的非親核性陰離子,將該些內容併入至本說明書中。此處,所謂非親核性,是指藉由加熱而不對色素進行親核攻擊的性質。In the formula (I-1) and the formula (I-2), X represents an anion. The anion may be an organic anion or an inorganic anion, preferably an organic anion. Examples of the anion include a fluorine anion, a chloride anion, a bromine anion, an iodine anion, a cyanide anion, a perchlorate anion, and a non-nucleophilic anion. From the viewpoint of heat resistance, an anion which is not nucleophilic is preferred. Examples of the anion include a known non-nucleophilic anion described in Paragraph No. 0075 of JP-A-2007-310315, which is incorporated herein by reference. Here, the term "non-nucleophilic" refers to a property of not nucleophilic attack on a pigment by heating.

陰離子較佳為醯亞胺陰離子(例如雙(磺醯基)醯亞胺陰離子)、三(磺醯基)甲基陰離子、具有硼原子的陰離子,更佳為雙(磺醯基)醯亞胺陰離子及三(磺醯基)甲基陰離子,進而佳為雙(磺醯基)醯亞胺陰離子。藉由使用此種陰離子,有更有效地發揮本發明的效果的傾向。The anion is preferably an anthracene anion (for example, a bis(sulfonyl) quinone anion), a tris(sulfonyl)methyl anion, an anion having a boron atom, more preferably a bis(sulfonyl) quinone imine. An anion and a tris(sulfonyl)methyl anion, and more preferably an bis(sulfonyl) quinone imine. By using such an anion, there is a tendency that the effects of the present invention are more effectively exhibited.

醯亞胺陰離子較佳為下述通式(AN-1)所表示的結構。 [化16]式(AN-1)中,X1 及X2 分別獨立地表示鹵素原子、烷基或芳基。X1 及X2 亦可彼此鍵結而形成環。Y1 及Y2 分別獨立地表示-SO2 -或-CO-。The quinone imine anion is preferably a structure represented by the following formula (AN-1). [Chemistry 16] In the formula (AN-1), X 1 and X 2 each independently represent a halogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group. X 1 and X 2 may also be bonded to each other to form a ring. Y 1 and Y 2 each independently represent -SO 2 - or -CO-.

X1 及X2 較佳為分別獨立地為氟原子或具有氟原子的碳數1~10的烷基或碳數6~10的芳基,更佳為碳數1~10的全氟烷基,進而佳為碳數1~4的全氟烷基,特佳為三氟甲基。 Y1 及Y2 較佳為至少一者表示-SO2 -,更佳為均表示-SO2 -。X 1 and X 2 are each independently a fluorine atom or a C 1-10 alkyl group having a fluorine atom or a C 6-10 aryl group, more preferably a C 1-10 perfluoroalkyl group. Further, it is preferably a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, particularly preferably a trifluoromethyl group. Preferably, Y 1 and Y 2 represent at least one of -SO 2 -, more preferably -SO 2 -.

三(磺醯基)甲基陰離子較佳為下述通式(AN-2)的結構。 [化17]式(AN-2)中,X3 、X4 及X5 分別獨立地表示鹵素原子或烷基。X3 、X4 及X5 所表示的烷基的碳數較佳為1~10,更佳為1~4。烷基可為未經取代的烷基,亦可具有取代基。取代基較佳為鹵素原子,更佳為氟原子。 X3 、X4 及X5 較佳為分別獨立地為氟原子或具有氟原子的烷基,更佳為具有氟原子的烷基。具有氟原子的烷基較佳為具有氟原子的碳數1~10的烷基,更佳為碳數1~10的全氟烷基,進而佳為碳數1~4的全氟烷基,特佳為三氟甲基。The tris(sulfonyl)methyl anion is preferably a structure of the following formula (AN-2). [化17] In the formula (AN-2), X 3 , X 4 and X 5 each independently represent a halogen atom or an alkyl group. The alkyl group represented by X 3 , X 4 and X 5 preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The alkyl group may be an unsubstituted alkyl group or may have a substituent. The substituent is preferably a halogen atom, more preferably a fluorine atom. X 3 , X 4 and X 5 are each preferably a fluorine atom or an alkyl group having a fluorine atom, and more preferably an alkyl group having a fluorine atom. The alkyl group having a fluorine atom is preferably a C 1-10 alkyl group having a fluorine atom, more preferably a C 1-10 perfluoroalkyl group, and still more preferably a C 1-4 perfluoroalkyl group. Particularly preferred is trifluoromethyl.

作為具有硼原子的陰離子,可列舉:四氟硼酸鹽陰離子、四苯基硼酸鹽陰離子、四-全氟苯基硼酸鹽陰離子等。Examples of the anion having a boron atom include a tetrafluoroborate anion, a tetraphenylborate anion, and a tetra-perfluorophenylborate anion.

非親核性陰離子可進而具有交聯性基。作為交聯性基,可列舉:具有乙烯性不飽和鍵的基(例如,乙烯基、烯丙基、苯乙烯基、(甲基)丙烯醯基)、或者環氧基或氧雜環丁基等具有環狀醚結構的基、或者羥甲基等。The non-nucleophilic anion may further have a crosslinkable group. Examples of the crosslinkable group include a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond (for example, a vinyl group, an allyl group, a styryl group, a (meth)acrylonitrile group), or an epoxy group or an oxetanyl group. A group having a cyclic ether structure, or a hydroxymethyl group or the like.

陰離子的分子量較佳為100~1,000,更佳為200~500。The molecular weight of the anion is preferably from 100 to 1,000, more preferably from 200 to 500.

以下,示出陰離子的具體例,但本發明並不限定於該些。再者,於陰離子具有與構成色素多聚體的原子團的鍵結部位的情況下,自以下的具體例中所示的結構式去除一個以上的原子而成的部分成為與構成色素多聚體的原子團的鍵結部位。Specific examples of the anion are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto. In the case where the anion has a bonding site with an atomic group constituting the dye multimer, a portion obtained by removing one or more atoms from the structural formula shown in the following specific examples becomes a constituent of the dye multimer. The bonding site of the atomic group.

[化18] [化18]

式(I-1)中,R1 、R2 、R7 ~R12 、RY 1 及X的至少一個具有與構成色素多聚體的原子團的鍵結部位,較佳為R1 、R2 、R7 ~R12 及RY 1 的至少一個具有與構成色素多聚體的原子團的鍵結部位,更佳為R1 、R2 及RY 1 的至少一個具有與構成色素多聚體的原子團的鍵結部位。In the formula (I-1), at least one of R 1 , R 2 , R 7 to R 12 , R Y 1 and X has a bonding site with an atomic group constituting the dye multimer, preferably R 1 and R 2 . At least one of R 7 to R 12 and R Y 1 has a bonding site with an atomic group constituting the dye multimer, and more preferably at least one of R 1 , R 2 and R Y 1 has a composition with a dye multimer. The bonding site of the atomic group.

式(I-2)中,R101 ~R109 、RY 2 及X的至少一個具有與構成色素多聚體的原子團的鍵結部位,較佳為R101 ~R109 及RY 2 的至少一個具有與構成色素多聚體的原子團的鍵結部位,更佳為R101 ~R105 及RY 2 的至少一個具有與構成色素多聚體的原子團的鍵結部位。In the formula (I-2), at least one of R 101 to R 109 , R Y 2 and X has a bonding site with an atomic group constituting the dye multimer, and preferably at least R 101 to R 109 and R Y 2 . One of the bonding sites having an atomic group constituting the dye multimer, more preferably at least one of R 101 to R 105 and R Y 2 has a bonding site with an atomic group constituting the dye multimer.

(取代基A群組) 作為取代基,可列舉:鹵素原子、烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基、雜環基、氰基、羥基、硝基、羧基、烷氧基、芳氧基、矽烷氧基、雜環氧基、醯氧基、胺甲醯氧基、烷氧基羰氧基、胺基(包含烷基胺基、苯胺基)、醯基胺基、胺基羰基胺基、烷氧基羰基胺基、芳氧基羰基胺基、胺磺醯基胺基、烷基磺醯基胺基或芳基磺醯基胺基、巰基、烷硫基、芳硫基、雜環硫基、胺磺醯基、磺基、烷基亞磺醯基或芳基亞磺醯基、烷基磺醯基或芳基磺醯基、醯基、芳氧基羰基、烷氧基羰基、胺甲醯基、芳基偶氮基或雜環偶氮基、醯亞胺基、膦基、氧膦基、氧膦基氧基、氧膦基胺基、矽烷基等。以下進行詳細敘述。 可列舉:鹵素原子(例如氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子); 烷基(直鏈、分支或環狀的經取代或未經取代的烷基,較佳為碳數1~30的烷基,例如可列舉:甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、第三丁基、正辛基、2-氯乙基、2-氰基乙基、2-乙基己基、環己基、環戊基。環狀烷基亦可列舉多環烷基,例如雙環烷基(較佳為碳數5~30的經取代或未經取代的雙環烷基,例如雙環[1,2,2]庚烷-2-基、雙環[2,2,2]辛烷-3-基)或三環烷基等多環結構的基。環狀烷基較佳為單環的環烷基、雙環烷基,特佳為單環的環烷基); 烯基(直鏈、分支或環狀的經取代或未經取代的烯基,較佳為碳數2~30的烯基,例如可列舉:乙烯基、烯丙基、異戊二烯基(prenyl)、香葉基、油烯基、2-環戊烯-1-基、2-環己烯-1-基。環狀的烯基亦較佳為多環烯基,例如雙環烯基(較佳為碳數5~30的經取代或未經取代的雙環烯基,例如雙環[2,2,1]庚-2-烯-1-基、雙環[2,2,2]辛-2-烯-4-基)或三環烯基。環狀的烯基特佳為單環的環烯基); 炔基(較佳為碳數2~30的經取代或未經取代的炔基,例如乙炔基、炔丙基、三甲基矽烷基乙炔基); 芳基(較佳為碳數6~30的經取代或未經取代的芳基,例如苯基、對甲苯基、萘基、間氯苯基、鄰十六烷醯基胺基苯基); 雜環基(較佳為5員~7員的經取代或未經取代、飽和或不飽和、芳香族或非芳香族、單環或縮環的雜環基,進而佳為成環原子具有至少一個碳原子、氮原子、氧原子及硫原子的任一雜原子的雜環基,且為碳數3~30的5員或6員的芳香族的雜環基(雜芳基)); 氰基; 羥基; 硝基; 羧基(氫原子可解離(即碳酸鹽基),可為鹽的狀態(金屬鹽(例如鈉鹽、鉀鹽、鎂鹽、鈣鹽、鐵鹽、鋁鹽等)、烷基銨鹽(例如辛基胺、月桂基胺、硬脂基胺等長鏈單烷基胺的銨鹽,棕櫚基三甲基銨、二月桂基二甲基銨、二硬脂基二甲基銨鹽等四級烷基銨鹽)等)); 烷氧基(較佳為碳數1~30的經取代或未經取代的烷氧基,例如甲氧基、乙氧基、異丙氧基、第三丁氧基、正辛氧基、2-甲氧基乙氧基); 芳氧基(較佳為碳數6~30的經取代或未經取代的芳氧基,例如苯氧基、2-甲基苯氧基、2,4-二-第三戊基苯氧基、4-第三丁基苯氧基、3-硝基苯氧基、2-十四烷醯基胺基苯氧基); 矽烷氧基(較佳為碳數3~20的矽烷氧基,例如三甲基矽烷氧基、第三丁基二甲基矽烷氧基); 雜環氧基(較佳為碳數2~30的經取代或未經取代的雜環氧基,雜環部較佳為所述的雜環基中所說明的雜環部,例如1-苯基四唑-5-氧基、2-四氫吡喃氧基); 醯氧基(較佳為碳數2~30的經取代或未經取代的烷基羰氧基、碳數6~30的經取代或未經取代的芳基羰氧基,例如甲醯氧基、乙醯氧基、三甲基乙醯氧基、硬脂醯氧基、苯甲醯氧基、對甲氧基苯基羰氧基); 胺甲醯氧基(較佳為碳數1~30的經取代或未經取代的胺甲醯氧基,例如N,N-二甲基胺甲醯氧基、N,N-二乙基胺甲醯氧基、嗎啉基羰氧基、N,N-二正辛基胺基羰氧基、N-正辛基胺甲醯氧基); 烷氧基羰氧基(較佳為碳數2~30的經取代或未經取代的烷氧基羰氧基,例如甲氧基羰氧基、乙氧基羰氧基、第三丁氧基羰氧基、正辛基羰氧基); 芳氧基羰氧基(較佳為碳數7~30的經取代或未經取代的芳氧基羰氧基,例如苯氧基羰氧基、對甲氧基苯氧基羰氧基、對正十六烷氧基苯氧基羰氧基); 胺基(包含烷基胺基、芳基胺基及雜芳基胺基。較佳為胺基、碳數1~30的經取代或未經取代的烷基胺基、碳數6~30的經取代或未經取代的芳基胺基、碳數0~30的雜芳基胺基,例如胺基、甲基胺基、二甲基胺基、苯胺基、N-甲基-苯胺基、二苯基胺基、N-1,3,5-三嗪-2-基胺基); 醯基胺基(較佳為碳數1~30的經取代或未經取代的烷基羰基胺基、碳數6~30的經取代或未經取代的芳基羰基胺基,例如甲醯基胺基、乙醯基胺基、三甲基乙醯基胺基、月桂醯基胺基、苯甲醯基胺基、3,4,5-三-正辛氧基苯基羰基胺基); 胺基羰基胺基(較佳為碳數1~30的經取代或未經取代的胺基羰基胺基,例如胺甲醯基胺基、N,N-二甲基胺基羰基胺基、N,N-二乙基胺基羰基胺基、嗎啉基羰基胺基); 烷氧基羰基胺基(較佳為碳數2~30的經取代或未經取代的烷氧基羰基胺基,例如甲氧基羰基胺基、乙氧基羰基胺基、第三丁氧基羰基胺基、正十八烷氧基羰基胺基、N-甲基-甲氧基羰基胺基); 芳氧基羰基胺基(較佳為碳數7~30的經取代或未經取代的芳氧基羰基胺基,例如苯氧基羰基胺基、對氯苯氧基羰基胺基、間正辛氧基苯氧基羰基胺基); 胺磺醯基胺基(較佳為碳數0~30的經取代或未經取代的胺磺醯基胺基,例如胺磺醯基胺基、N,N-二甲基胺基磺醯基胺基、N-正辛基胺基磺醯基胺基); 烷基磺醯基胺基或芳基磺醯基胺基(較佳為碳數1~30的經取代或未經取代的烷基磺醯基胺基、碳數6~30的經取代或未經取代的芳基磺醯基胺基,例如甲基磺醯基胺基、丁基磺醯基胺基、苯基磺醯基胺基、2,3,5-三氯苯基磺醯基胺基、對甲基苯基磺醯基胺基); 巰基; 烷硫基(較佳為碳數1~30的經取代或未經取代的烷硫基,例如甲硫基、乙硫基、正十六烷硫基); 芳硫基(較佳為碳數6~30的經取代或未經取代的芳硫基,例如苯硫基、對氯苯硫基、間甲氧基苯硫基); 雜環硫基(較佳為碳數2~30的經取代或未經取代的雜環硫基,雜環部較佳為所述的雜環基中說明的雜環部,例如2-苯并噻唑硫基、1-苯基四唑-5-基硫基); 胺磺醯基(較佳為碳數0~30的經取代或未經取代的胺磺醯基,例如N-乙基胺磺醯基、N-(3-十二烷氧基丙基)胺磺醯基、N,N-二甲基胺磺醯基、N-乙醯基胺磺醯基、N-苯甲醯基胺磺醯基、N-(N'-苯基胺甲醯基)胺磺醯基); 磺基(氫原子可解離(即磺酸鹽基),可為鹽的狀態(金屬鹽(例如鈉鹽、鉀鹽、鎂鹽、鈣鹽、鐵鹽、鋁鹽等)、烷基銨鹽(例如辛基胺、月桂基胺、硬脂基胺等長鏈單烷基胺的銨鹽,棕櫚基三甲基銨、二月桂基二甲基銨、二硬脂基二甲基銨鹽等四級烷基銨鹽)等)); 烷基亞磺醯基或芳基亞磺醯基(較佳為碳數1~30的經取代或未經取代的烷基亞磺醯基、6~30的經取代或未經取代的芳基亞磺醯基,例如甲基亞磺醯基、乙基亞磺醯基、苯基亞磺醯基、對甲基苯基亞磺醯基); 烷基磺醯基或芳基磺醯基(較佳為碳數1~30的經取代或未經取代的烷基磺醯基、6~30的經取代或未經取代的芳基磺醯基,例如甲基磺醯基、乙基磺醯基、苯基磺醯基、對甲基苯基磺醯基); 醯基(較佳為甲醯基、碳數2~30的經取代或未經取代的烷基羰基、碳數7~30的經取代或未經取代的芳基羰基,例如乙醯基、三甲基乙醯基、2-氯乙醯基、硬脂醯基、苯甲醯基、對正辛氧基苯基羰基); 芳氧基羰基(較佳為碳數7~30的經取代或未經取代的芳氧基羰基,例如苯氧基羰基、鄰氯苯氧基羰基、間硝基苯氧基羰基、對第三丁基苯氧基羰基); 烷氧基羰基(較佳為碳數2~30的經取代或未經取代的烷氧基羰基,例如甲氧基羰基、乙氧基羰基、第三丁氧基羰基、正十八烷氧基羰基); 胺甲醯基(較佳為碳數1~30的經取代或未經取代的胺甲醯基,例如胺甲醯基、N-甲基胺甲醯基、N,N-二甲基胺甲醯基、N,N-二-正辛基胺甲醯基、N-(甲基磺醯基)胺甲醯基); 芳基偶氮基或雜環偶氮基(較佳為碳數6~30的經取代或未經取代的芳基偶氮基、碳數3~30的經取代或未經取代的雜環偶氮基(雜環部較佳為所述的雜環基中說明的雜環部),例如苯基偶氮、對氯苯基偶氮、5-乙硫基-1,3,4-噻二唑-2-基偶氮); 醯亞胺基(較佳為碳數2~30的經取代或未經取代的醯亞胺基,例如N-丁二醯亞胺、甲基鄰苯二甲醯亞胺); 膦基(較佳為碳數2~30的經取代或未經取代的膦基,例如二甲基膦基、二苯基膦基、甲基苯氧基膦基); 氧膦基(較佳為碳數2~30的經取代或未經取代的氧膦基,例如氧膦基、二辛氧基氧膦基、二乙氧基氧膦基); 氧膦基氧基(較佳為碳數2~30的經取代或未經取代的氧膦基氧基,例如二苯氧基氧膦基氧基、二辛氧基氧膦基氧基); 氧膦基胺基(較佳為碳數2~30的經取代或未經取代的氧膦基胺基,例如二甲氧基氧膦基胺基、二甲基胺基氧膦基胺基); 矽烷基(較佳為碳數3~30的經取代或未經取代的矽烷基,例如三甲基矽烷基、第三丁基二甲基矽烷基、苯基二甲基矽烷基)。 該些基於進一步為可經取代的基的情況下,可進而具有取代基。作為進一步的取代基,可列舉所述取代基A群組中說明的基。(Substituent Group A) Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a cyano group, a hydroxyl group, a nitro group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxy group, and an aryloxy group. , decyloxy, heterocyclic oxy, decyloxy, amine methyl methoxy, alkoxycarbonyloxy, amine (including alkylamino, anilino), decylamino, aminocarbonylamino , alkoxycarbonylamino, aryloxycarbonylamino, aminesulfonylamino, alkylsulfonylamino or arylsulfonylamino, fluorenyl, alkylthio, arylthio, heterocycle Thio, sulfonyl, sulfo, alkylsulfinyl or arylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl or arylsulfonyl, fluorenyl, aryloxycarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, Aminomethyl hydrazino, aryl azo or heterocyclic azo, quinone imine, phosphino, phosphinyl, phosphinyloxy, phosphinylamino, decylalkyl and the like. The details will be described below. The halogen atom (for example, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom); an alkyl group (a linear, branched or cyclic substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 30) The alkyl group may, for example, be a methyl group, an ethyl group, a n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, a tert-butyl group, an n-octyl group, a 2-chloroethyl group, a 2-cyanoethyl group, a 2-ethylhexyl group or a ring. Hexyl, cyclopentyl. The cyclic alkyl group may also be a polycyclic alkyl group, such as a bicycloalkyl group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted bicycloalkyl group having 5 to 30 carbon atoms, such as bicyclo [1, 2, 2] a polycyclic structure group such as heptan-2-yl, bicyclo[2,2,2]oct-3-yl) or tricycloalkyl. The cyclic alkyl group is preferably a monocyclic cycloalkyl group, a bicycloalkyl group, particularly preferably a monocyclic cycloalkyl group; an alkenyl group (a linear, branched or cyclic substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group, preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, for example Listed: vinyl, allyl, prenyl, geranyl, oleyl, 2-cyclopenten-1-yl, 2-cyclohexen-1-yl. cyclic alkene The group is also preferably a polycycloalkenyl group such as a bicycloalkenyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 5 to 30) Alken or unsubstituted bicycloalkenyl, for example bicyclo[2,2,1]hept-2-en-1-yl, bicyclo[2,2,2]oct-2-en-4-yl) or tricyclic Alkenyl. Cyclic alkenyl is particularly preferably a monocyclic cycloalkenyl); alkynyl (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as ethynyl, propargyl, tri Methyl decyl ethynyl); aryl (preferably substituted or unsubstituted aryl having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as phenyl, p-tolyl, naphthyl, m-chlorophenyl, o-hexadecane) a mercaptoaminophenyl); a heterocyclic group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted, saturated or unsaturated, aromatic or non-aromatic, monocyclic or condensed heterocyclic group of 5 to 7 members, Further, it is preferably a heterocyclic group having at least one carbon atom, a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom in the ring-forming atom, and is a 5-membered or 6-membered aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms. (heteroaryl)); cyano; hydroxy; nitro; carboxy (hydrogen atom dissociable (ie carbonate)), which may be in the form of a salt (eg, sodium, potassium, magnesium, calcium, Iron salt, aluminum salt, etc.), alkyl ammonium salt ( Ammonium salts of long chain monoalkylamines such as octylamine, laurylamine, stearylamine, palmitoyltrimethylammonium, dilauryldimethylammonium, distearyldimethylammonium salt, etc. Alkyl ammonium salt), etc.); alkoxy group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, such as methoxy, ethoxy, isopropoxy, third Butoxy, n-octyloxy, 2-methoxyethoxy); aryloxy (preferably substituted or unsubstituted aryloxy having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as phenoxy, 2- Methylphenoxy, 2,4-di-p-pentylphenoxy, 4-tert-butylphenoxy, 3-nitrophenoxy, 2-tetradecylideneaminophenoxy a decyloxy group (preferably a decyloxy group having a carbon number of 3 to 20, such as a trimethyldecyloxy group, a tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy group); a heterocyclic oxy group (preferably a carbon number of 2) The substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic oxy group of ~30, preferably the heterocyclic moiety described in the heterocyclic group, for example, 1-phenyltetrazole-5-oxyl, 2- Tetrahydropyranyloxy); decyloxy (preferably substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbonyl having 2 to 30 carbon atoms) Oxyl group, substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonyloxy group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as methyl methoxy, ethoxylated, trimethyl ethoxylated, stearyloxy, benzamidine Oxyl, p-methoxyphenylcarbonyloxy); amine methyl methoxy (preferably substituted or unsubstituted amine methyl carbonyl having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, such as N,N-dimethyl Aminomethyl methoxy, N,N-diethylamine methyl methoxy, morpholinylcarbonyloxy, N,N-di-n-octylaminocarbonyloxy, N-n-octylamine methoxycarbonyl Alkoxycarbonyloxy group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyloxy group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as methoxycarbonyloxy group, ethoxycarbonyloxy group, third butyl group) An oxycarbonyloxy group, an n-octylcarbonyloxy group; an aryloxycarbonyloxy group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxycarbonyloxy group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms, such as phenoxycarbonyloxy) Alkyl, p-methoxyphenoxycarbonyloxy, n-hexadecyloxyphenoxycarbonyloxy); an amine group (containing an alkylamino group, an arylamino group, and a heteroarylamino group). Preferred are an amine group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylamino group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted arylamino group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, and a heteroaryl having 0 to 30 carbon atoms. Amino group, for example, an amine group, a methylamino group, a dimethylamino group, an anilino group, an N-methyl-anilino group, a diphenylamino group, an N-1,3,5-triazin-2-yl group Amidino) (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbonylamino group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonylamino group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, For example, mercaptoamine, etidylamino, trimethylethenylamine, laurylamine, benzhydrylamine, 3,4,5-tri-n-octyloxyphenylcarbonyl Aminocarbonyl); preferably substituted or unsubstituted aminocarbonylamino group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, for example, an aminomethylamino group, N,N-dimethylaminocarbonyl group Amino, N,N-diethylaminocarbonylamino, morpholinylcarbonylamino); alkoxycarbonylamino (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms) A carbonylamino group such as a methoxycarbonylamino group, an ethoxycarbonylamino group, a third butoxycarbonylamine , an octadecyloxycarbonylamino group, an N-methyl-methoxycarbonylamino group; an aryloxycarbonylamino group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxy group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms; a carbonylamino group, for example, a phenoxycarbonylamino group, a p-chlorophenoxycarbonylamino group, a m-octyloxyphenoxycarbonylamino group; an aminesulfonylamino group (preferably having a carbon number of 0 to 30) Substituted or unsubstituted amine sulfonylamino group, such as sulfonylamino, N,N-dimethylaminosulfonylamino, N-n-octylaminosulfonylamino) An alkylsulfonylamino group or an arylsulfonylamino group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonylamino group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, a substituted carbon number of 6 to 30 or Unsubstituted arylsulfonylamino group, such as methylsulfonylamino, butylsulfonylamino, phenylsulfonylamino, 2,3,5-trichlorophenylsulfonyl Amino, p-methylphenylsulfonylamino); fluorenyl; alkylthio (preferably substituted or unsubstituted alkylthio having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, such as methylthio, ethylthio, N-hexadecanethio); arylthio (preferably substituted by carbon number 6 to 30 or Unsubstituted arylthio group, such as phenylthio, p-chlorophenylthio, m-methoxyphenylthio); heterocyclic thio (preferably substituted or unsubstituted carbon having 2 to 30 carbon atoms) The cyclothio group, preferably having a heterocyclic moiety as defined in the heterocyclic group, such as 2-benzothiazolylthio, 1-phenyltetrazol-5-ylthio; (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted sulfonyl group having a carbon number of 0 to 30, such as N-ethylaminesulfonyl, N-(3-dodecyloxypropyl)aminesulfonyl, N,N-Dimethylamine sulfonyl, N-acetyl sulfonyl sulfonyl, N-benzylidene sulfonyl sulfonyl, N-(N'-phenylamine carbaryl) sulfonyl sulfonyl a sulfo group (a hydrogen atom can be dissociated (ie, a sulfonate group), which can be in the form of a salt (a metal salt (eg, a sodium salt, a potassium salt, a magnesium salt, a calcium salt, an iron salt, an aluminum salt, etc.), an alkyl ammonium salt) a salt (for example, an ammonium salt of a long-chain monoalkylamine such as octylamine, laurylamine, stearylamine, palmitoyltrimethylammonium, dilauryldimethylammonium, distearyldimethylammonium salt Or a quaternary alkyl ammonium salt), etc.); an alkylsulfinyl group or an arylsulfinyl group (preferably a carbon number of 1 to 30) Substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfinyl, 6 to 30 substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfinylene, such as methylsulfinyl, ethylsulfinyl, phenylsulfin Anthracenyl, p-methylphenylsulfinyl); alkylsulfonyl or arylsulfonyl (preferably substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonyl having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, 6 to a substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfonyl group of 30, such as methylsulfonyl, ethylsulfonyl, phenylsulfonyl, p-methylphenylsulfonyl); a mercapto group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbonyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms, such as an ethyl fluorenyl group, a trimethyl ethane group, 2-chloroethyl group, stearyl group, benzhydryl group, p-octyloxyphenylcarbonyl); aryloxycarbonyl group (preferably substituted or unsubstituted aryloxy having 7 to 30 carbon atoms) a carbonyl group, for example, a phenoxycarbonyl group, an o-chlorophenoxycarbonyl group, a m-nitrophenoxycarbonyl group, a p-tert-butylphenoxycarbonyl group; an alkoxycarbonyl group (preferably a carbon number of 2 to 30) Substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl , for example, methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, tert-butoxycarbonyl, n-octadecyloxycarbonyl); aminemethanyl (preferably substituted or unsubstituted amine having 1 to 30 carbon atoms) Mercapto group, for example, anthracene, N-methylamine, fluorenyl, N,N-dimethylamine, fluorenyl, N,N-di-n-octylamine, fluorenyl, N-(methyl Sulfhydryl)aminomethane); arylazo or heterocyclic azo (preferably substituted or unsubstituted arylazo having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, carbon number 3 to 30) a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic azo group (the heterocyclic moiety is preferably a heterocyclic moiety described in the above heterocyclic group), for example, phenylazo, p-chlorophenylazo, 5-ethylsulfide Base-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-ylazo); quinone imine (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted quinone group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as N-butadiene) a phosphinium group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted phosphino group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a dimethylphosphino group, a diphenylphosphino group, a methyl phenoxyphosphino group; a phosphinyl group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted phosphinyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, for example) a phosphinyl group, a dioctyloxyphosphinyl group, a diethoxyphosphinyl group; a phosphinyloxy group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted phosphinyloxy group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, for example Diphenoxyphosphinyloxy, dioctyloxyphosphinyloxy); phosphinylamino (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted phosphinylamino group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, for example Dimethoxy phosphinylamino, dimethylaminophosphinylamino) decyl (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted decyl group having a carbon number of 3 to 30, such as trimethyldecyl , tert-butyldimethylmethylalkyl, phenyldimethylalkylalkyl). These may further have a substituent based on a further further group which may be substituted. As a further substituent, the group described in the group of the substituent A can be mentioned.

<<色素多聚體的較佳態樣>> 本發明中,色素多聚體較佳為具有兩個以上的色素結構鍵結於二價以上的連結基而成的結構。色素多聚體較佳為具有選自於側鏈具有色素結構的重複單元、及於主鏈具有色素結構的重複單元中的至少一個。<<Preferred Aspect of Pigment Multimer>> In the present invention, the dye multimer preferably has a structure in which two or more dye structures are bonded to a divalent or higher linking group. The dye multimer preferably has at least one selected from the group consisting of a repeating unit having a dye structure in a side chain and a repeating unit having a dye structure in the main chain.

另外,色素多聚體較佳為包含後述式(A)所表示的重複單元及式(C)所表示的重複單元的至少一個,或由後述式(D)所表示。即,色素多聚體較佳為具有式(A)所表示的重複單元的色素多聚體(亦稱為色素多聚體(A))、具有式(C)所表示的重複單元的色素多聚體(亦稱為色素多聚體(C))、及式(D)所表示的多聚體(亦稱為色素多聚體(D))。Further, the dye multimer preferably contains at least one of a repeating unit represented by the following formula (A) and a repeating unit represented by the formula (C), or is represented by the following formula (D). That is, the dye multimer is preferably a dye multimer (also referred to as a dye multimer (A)) having a repeating unit represented by the formula (A), and a pigment having a repeating unit represented by the formula (C). A polymer (also referred to as a dye multimer (C)) and a polymer represented by formula (D) (also referred to as a dye multimer (D)).

<<<色素多聚體(A)>>> 色素多聚體(A)較佳為包含式(A)所表示的重複單元。色素多聚體(A)中,式(A)所表示的重複單元的比例較佳為構成色素多聚體的所有重複單元的10質量%~100質量%。下限更佳為20質量%以上,進而佳為30質量%以上,特佳為50質量%以上。上限更佳為95質量%以下。 [化19]式(A)中,A1 表示重複單元的主鏈,L1 表示單鍵或二價連結基,DyeI表示具有偶氮基或芳香族環基鍵結於包含兩個以上的雜原子且雜原子的一個以上為氮原子的陽離子性雜環而成的結構的色素結構。<<<Pigment Multimer (A)>>> The dye multimer (A) preferably contains a repeating unit represented by the formula (A). In the dye multimer (A), the proportion of the repeating unit represented by the formula (A) is preferably from 10% by mass to 100% by mass based on all the repeating units constituting the dye multimer. The lower limit is more preferably 20% by mass or more, further preferably 30% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 50% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 95% by mass or less. [Chemistry 19] In the formula (A), A 1 represents a main chain of a repeating unit, L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and DyeI represents an azo group or an aromatic ring group bonded to a hetero atom containing two or more hetero atoms. A dye structure having a structure in which one or more of the cationic heterocyclic rings are nitrogen atoms.

式(A)中,A1 表示重複單元的主鏈。A1 可列舉藉由聚合反應而形成的連結基等,較佳為源自具有(甲基)丙烯酸基、苯乙烯基、乙烯基、醚基的化合物的主鏈。另外,主鏈具有環狀伸烷基的態樣亦較佳。A1 只要為根據公知的可聚合的單體所形成的連結基,則並無特別限制。A1 較佳為下述(XX-1)~(XX-25)所表示的連結基,更佳為選自(XX-1)、(XX-2)、(XX-10)~(XX-17)、(XX-18)、(XX-19)、(XX-24)及(XX-25)中,進而佳為選自(XX-1)、(XX-2)、(XX-10)~(XX-17)、(XX-24)及(XX-25)中。In the formula (A), A 1 represents the main chain of the repeating unit. Linking groups A 1 include the like formed by the polymerization reaction, is preferably derived from a (meth) acrylic group, styrene group backbone of the compound, a vinyl ether group. Further, the aspect in which the main chain has a cyclic alkyl group is also preferable. A 1 as long as the linking group according to a known polymerizable monomers can be formed, is not particularly limited. A 1 is preferably a linking group represented by the following (XX-1) to (XX-25), and more preferably selected from the group consisting of (XX-1), (XX-2), (XX-10) to (XX-). 17), (XX-18), (XX-19), (XX-24) and (XX-25), and further preferably selected from (XX-1), (XX-2), (XX-10) ~(XX-17), (XX-24) and (XX-25).

以下的式中,*為與式(A)的L1 的鍵結部位。Me表示甲基。另外,(XX-18)及(XX-19)中的R表示氫原子、碳數1~5的烷基或苯基。In the following formula, * is a bonding site with L 1 of the formula (A). Me represents a methyl group. Further, R in (XX-18) and (XX-19) represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or a phenyl group.

[化20] [Chemistry 20]

L1 表示單鍵或二價連結基。作為二價連結基,可列舉:碳數1~30的伸烷基、碳數6~30的伸芳基、雜環連結基、-CH=CH-、-O-、-S-、-C(=O)-、-COO-、-NR-、-CONR-、-OCO-、-SO-、-SO2 -及將該些的兩個以上連結而形成的連結基。此處,R分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、芳基、或雜芳基。L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Examples of the divalent linking group include an alkylene group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, an extended aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, a heterocyclic linking group, -CH=CH-, -O-, -S-, and -C. (=O)-, -COO-, -NR-, -CONR-, -OCO-, -SO-, -SO 2 - and a linking group formed by linking two or more of these. Here, R each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group.

伸烷基的碳數較佳為1~30。上限更佳為25以下,進而佳為20以下。下限更佳為2以上,進而佳為3以上。伸烷基可為直鏈、分支、環狀的任一種。伸烷基可具有取代基,亦可未經取代。作為取代基,可列舉取代基A群組中說明的基。 伸芳基的碳數較佳為6~20,更佳為6~12。伸芳基可具有取代基,亦可未經取代。作為取代基,可列舉取代基A群組中說明的基。 雜環連結基較佳為5員環或6員環。雜環連結基所具有的雜原子較佳為氧原子、氮原子及硫原子。雜環連結基所具有的雜原子的個數較佳為1個~3個。雜環連結基可具有取代基,亦可未經取代。作為取代基,可列舉取代基A群組中說明的基。The carbon number of the alkylene group is preferably from 1 to 30. The upper limit is preferably 25 or less, and further preferably 20 or less. The lower limit is more preferably 2 or more, and still more preferably 3 or more. The alkylene group may be any of a straight chain, a branched chain, and a cyclic chain. The alkylene group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. The substituent described in the group of the substituent A can be mentioned as a substituent. The carbon number of the aryl group is preferably from 6 to 20, more preferably from 6 to 12. The aryl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. The substituent described in the group of the substituent A can be mentioned as a substituent. The heterocyclic linking group is preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring. The hetero atom of the heterocyclic linking group is preferably an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom or a sulfur atom. The number of the hetero atoms in the heterocyclic linking group is preferably from one to three. The heterocyclic linking group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. The substituent described in the group of the substituent A can be mentioned as a substituent.

DyeI表示具有偶氮基或芳香族環基鍵結於包含兩個以上的雜原子且雜原子的一個以上為氮原子的陽離子性雜環而成的結構的色素結構。色素結構較佳為自具有陽離子與陰離子的色素化合物的陽離子或陰離子去除一個以上的任意的原子而成的結構,所述陽離子含有具有所述陽離子性雜環的色素骨架,更佳為自陽離子去除一個以上的任意的原子而成的結構。即,本發明中,於DyeI所表示的色素結構中,可以是所述陽離子與式(A)的A1 或L1 鍵結,亦可以是陰離子與式(A)的A1 或L1 鍵結,較佳為陽離子與式(A)的A1 或L1 鍵結。具體而言,式(A)所表示的重複單元可列舉式(A-1)所表示的重複單元及式(A-2)所表示的重複單元,較佳為式(A-1)所表示的重複單元。根據該態樣,色素結構的陽離子部容易被聚合物鏈遮蔽,可抑制色素多聚體的凝聚,從而容易獲得更優異的效果。DyeI represents a dye structure having a structure in which an azo group or an aromatic ring group is bonded to a cationic hetero ring containing two or more hetero atoms and one or more hetero atoms are nitrogen atoms. The dye structure is preferably a structure in which one or more arbitrary atoms are removed from a cation or an anion of a dye compound having a cation and an anion, and the cation contains a pigment skeleton having the cationic heterocyclic ring, and more preferably is removed from the cation. A structure made up of more than one arbitrary atom. That is, in the present invention, in the dye structure represented by DyeI, the cation may be bonded to A 1 or L 1 of the formula (A), or may be an anion and an A 1 or L 1 bond of the formula (A). Preferably, the cation is bonded to A 1 or L 1 of formula (A). Specifically, the repeating unit represented by the formula (A) includes a repeating unit represented by the formula (A-1) and a repeating unit represented by the formula (A-2), and is preferably represented by the formula (A-1). Repeat unit. According to this aspect, the cationic portion of the dye structure is easily blocked by the polymer chain, and aggregation of the dye multimer can be suppressed, and a more excellent effect can be easily obtained.

[化21]式中,A1 表示重複單元的主鏈,L1a 及L1b 分別獨立地表示單鍵或二價連結基,DyeI-1及DyeI-2分別獨立地表示具有包含兩個以上的雜原子且雜原子的一個以上為氮原子的陽離子性雜環的陽離子,X1及X2分別獨立地表示陰離子。[Chem. 21] In the formula, A 1 represents a main chain of a repeating unit, and L 1a and L 1b each independently represent a single bond or a divalent linking group, and DyeI-1 and DyeI-2 each independently represent a hetero atom having two or more hetero atoms. A cation of a cationic heterocyclic ring in which one or more of the atoms is a nitrogen atom, and X1 and X2 each independently represent an anion.

式(A-1)中,作為L1a 所表示的二價連結基,可列舉式(A)的L1 中說明的二價連結基。L1a 較佳為單鍵、或伸烷基、伸芳基、-NH-、-CO-、-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-S-及將該些的兩個以上組合而成的連結基,更佳為單鍵、或伸烷基、伸芳基以及將該些與選自-O-、-COO-及-OCO-中的一種以上組合而成的二價的基。In the formula (A-1), the divalent linking group represented by L 1a includes a divalent linking group described in L 1 of the formula (A). L 1a is preferably a single bond, or an alkyl group, an aryl group, -NH-, -CO-, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -S-, and a combination of two or more of these. The linking group formed is more preferably a single bond, or an alkylene group, an extended aryl group, and a divalent group which is a combination of one or more selected from the group consisting of -O-, -COO-, and -OCO-.

式(A-1)中,DyeI-1所表示的陽離子較佳為所述式(I-1)及式(I-2)的色素結構所具有的陽離子。另外,X1所表示的陰離子較佳為所述色素結構中說明的陰離子。In the formula (A-1), the cation represented by DyeI-1 is preferably a cation of the dye structure of the formula (I-1) and the formula (I-2). Further, the anion represented by X1 is preferably an anion described in the dye structure.

式(A-2)中,作為L1b 所表示的二價連結基,可列舉式(A)的L1 中說明的二價連結基。L1b 較佳為單鍵、或伸烷基、伸芳基、-NH-、-CO-、-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-SO2 -及將該些的兩個以上組合而成的連結基,較佳為伸烷基、-O-、-SO2 -及將該些的兩個以上組合而成的連結基。另外,伸烷基及伸芳基亦較佳為具有取代基。取代基較佳為拉電子性基,可列舉:鹵素原子(氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子)、硝基、氰基、鹵化烷基(例如三氟甲基)、鹵化芳基等。In the formula (A-2), the divalent linking group represented by L 1b includes a divalent linking group described in L 1 of the formula (A). L 1b is preferably a single bond, or an alkyl group, an aryl group, -NH-, -CO-, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -SO 2 - and combinations of two or more of these The linking group to be formed is preferably an alkyl group, -O- or -SO 2 -, and a linking group in which two or more of these are combined. Further, the alkylene group and the extended aryl group are also preferably substituted. The substituent is preferably an electron-donating group, and examples thereof include a halogen atom (a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom), a nitro group, a cyano group, a halogenated alkyl group (for example, a trifluoromethyl group), a halogenated aryl group, and the like. .

式(A-2)中,DyeI-2所表示的陽離子較佳為所述式(I-1)及式(I-2)的色素結構所具有的陽離子。另外,X2所表示的陰離子較佳為所述色素結構中說明的陰離子。作為式(A-2)所表示的重複單元的具體例,可列舉日本專利特開2014-199436號公報的段落編號0162~段落編號0166中所記載的結構。In the formula (A-2), the cation represented by DyeI-2 is preferably a cation of the dye structure of the formula (I-1) and the formula (I-2). Further, the anion represented by X2 is preferably an anion described in the dye structure. Specific examples of the repeating unit represented by the formula (A-2) include the structures described in Paragraph No. 0162 to Paragraph No. 0166 of JP-A-2014-199436.

包含式(A)所表示的重複單元的色素多聚體可藉由如下方法來合成:(1)藉由加成聚合來合成具有聚合性基的色素化合物的方法;(2)藉由使具有異氰酸酯基、酸酐基或環氧基等高反應性官能基的聚合物、與具有可與高反應性基進行反應的官能基(羥基、一級胺基或二級胺基、羧基等)的色素化合物反應的方法。 加成聚合可應用公知的加成聚合(自由基聚合、陰離子聚合、陽離子聚合),其中,尤其藉由自由基聚合來進行合成可使反應條件溫和化,且不使色素骨架分解,故較佳。於自由基聚合中可應用公知的反應條件。 就耐熱性的觀點而言,具有式(A)所表示的重複單元的色素多聚體較佳為使用具有乙烯性不飽和鍵的色素化合物進行自由基聚合所獲得的自由基聚合體。The dye multimer comprising a repeating unit represented by the formula (A) can be synthesized by (1) a method of synthesizing a dye compound having a polymerizable group by addition polymerization; (2) by having a polymer having a highly reactive functional group such as an isocyanate group, an acid anhydride group or an epoxy group, and a dye compound having a functional group (hydroxyl group, primary amino group or secondary amine group, carboxyl group, etc.) capable of reacting with a highly reactive group The method of reaction. The addition polymerization can be carried out by a known addition polymerization (radical polymerization, anionic polymerization, cationic polymerization), wherein the synthesis is carried out especially by radical polymerization to make the reaction conditions mild, and the pigment skeleton is not decomposed, so that it is preferred. . Well-known reaction conditions can be applied to the radical polymerization. From the viewpoint of heat resistance, the dye multimer having a repeating unit represented by the formula (A) is preferably a radical polymer obtained by radical polymerization using a dye compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond.

作為式(A)所表示的重複單元的具體例,可列舉以下。以下的結構式中,Me為甲基,Et為乙基。 [化22][化23][化24][化25] Specific examples of the repeating unit represented by the formula (A) include the followings. In the following structural formula, Me is a methyl group and Et is an ethyl group. [化22] [化23] [Chem. 24] [化25]

作為式(A-2)所表示的重複單元的具體例,可列舉以下。 [化26] Specific examples of the repeating unit represented by the formula (A-2) include the followings. [Chem. 26]

(其他重複單元) 本發明中的色素多聚體除包含式(A)所表示的重複單元以外,亦可包含其他重複單元。其他重複單元亦可包含硬化性基、酸基等官能基。亦可不包含官能基。色素多聚體較佳為具有選自具有酸基的重複單元及具有硬化性基的重複單元中的一種以上。(Other Repeating Unit) The dye multimer of the present invention may contain other repeating units in addition to the repeating unit represented by the formula (A). Other repeating units may also include a functional group such as a curable group or an acid group. It may also contain no functional groups. The dye multimer preferably has one or more selected from the group consisting of a repeating unit having an acid group and a repeating unit having a curable group.

作為硬化性基,可列舉:自由基聚合性基、環狀醚基(環氧基、氧雜環丁基)、噁唑啉基、羥甲基等。作為自由基聚合性基,可列舉:乙烯基、(甲基)烯丙基、(甲基)丙烯醯基等包含乙烯性不飽和鍵的基。硬化性基較佳為自由基聚合性基。 具有硬化性基的重複單元的比例較佳為構成色素多聚體的所有重複單元的0質量%~50質量%。下限更佳為1質量%以上,進而佳為3質量%以上。上限更佳為35質量%以下,進而佳為30質量%以下。Examples of the curable group include a radical polymerizable group, a cyclic ether group (epoxy group, oxetanyl group), an oxazoline group, and a hydroxymethyl group. Examples of the radical polymerizable group include a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond such as a vinyl group, a (meth)allyl group or a (meth)acryloyl group. The curable group is preferably a radical polymerizable group. The proportion of the repeating unit having a curable group is preferably from 0% by mass to 50% by mass based on all the repeating units constituting the dye multimer. The lower limit is more preferably 1% by mass or more, and still more preferably 3% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 35% by mass or less, and further preferably 30% by mass or less.

作為酸基,可例示羧基、磺酸基、磷酸基。酸基可僅包含一種,亦可包含兩種以上。 具有酸基的重複單元的比例較佳為構成色素多聚體的所有重複單元的0質量%~50質量%。下限更佳為1質量%以上,進而佳為3質量%以上。上限更佳為35質量%以下,進而佳為30質量%以下。The acid group may, for example, be a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group or a phosphoric acid group. The acid group may be contained alone or in combination of two or more. The proportion of the repeating unit having an acid group is preferably from 0% by mass to 50% by mass based on all the repeating units constituting the dye multimer. The lower limit is more preferably 1% by mass or more, and still more preferably 3% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 35% by mass or less, and further preferably 30% by mass or less.

作為其他官能基,可列舉:包含2個~20個未經取代的伸烷氧基鏈的重複的基、內酯、酸酐、醯胺、氰基等顯影促進基、長鏈烷基及環狀烷基、芳烷基、芳基、聚環氧烷基、羥基、馬來醯亞胺基、胺基等親疏水性調整基等,可適宜導入該些。 包含2個~20個未經取代的伸烷氧基鏈的重複的基中,伸烷氧基鏈的重複數更佳為2個~15個,進而佳為2個~10個。一個伸烷氧基鏈由-(CH2 )n O-所表示,n為整數,n較佳為1~10,更佳為1~5,進而佳為2或3。Examples of the other functional group include a repeating group of 2 to 20 unsubstituted alkylene oxide chains, a development promoting group such as a lactone, an acid anhydride, a guanamine or a cyano group, a long-chain alkyl group and a ring. A hydrophilicity adjusting group such as an alkyl group, an aralkyl group, an aryl group, a polyalkylene oxide group, a hydroxyl group, a maleimine group or an amine group can be appropriately introduced. In the repeating group containing 2 to 20 unsubstituted alkylene oxide chains, the number of repeating alkoxy groups is preferably from 2 to 15, more preferably from 2 to 10. An alkylene oxide chain is represented by -(CH 2 ) n O-, n is an integer, and n is preferably from 1 to 10, more preferably from 1 to 5, still more preferably 2 or 3.

示出其他重複單元的具體例,但本發明並不限定於該些。 [化27][化28] Specific examples of other repeating units are shown, but the present invention is not limited to these. [化27] [化28]

<<<色素多聚體(C)>>> 色素多聚體(C)較佳為包含式(C)所表示的重複單元。色素多聚體(C)中,式(C)所表示的重複單元的比例較佳為構成色素多聚體的所有重複單元的10質量%~100質量%。下限更佳為20質量%以上,進而佳為30質量%以上,特佳為50質量%以上。上限更佳為95質量%以下。 [化29]式(C)中,L3 表示單鍵或二價連結基,DyeIII表示具有偶氮基或芳香族環基鍵結於包含兩個以上的雜原子且雜原子的一個以上為氮原子的陽離子性雜環而成的結構的色素結構,m表示0或1。<<<Pigment Multimer (C)>>> The dye multimer (C) preferably contains a repeating unit represented by the formula (C). In the dye multimer (C), the proportion of the repeating unit represented by the formula (C) is preferably from 10% by mass to 100% by mass based on all the repeating units constituting the dye multimer. The lower limit is more preferably 20% by mass or more, further preferably 30% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 50% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 95% by mass or less. [化29] In the formula (C), L 3 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and DyeIII represents a cationic group having an azo group or an aromatic ring group bonded to one or more hetero atoms including two or more hetero atoms and a hetero atom. A dye structure of a heterocyclic structure, m represents 0 or 1.

式(C)中,L3 表示單鍵或二價連結基。作為二價連結基,可列舉:碳數1~30的伸烷基、碳數6~30的伸芳基、雜環連結基、-CH=CH-、-O-、-S-、-C(=O)-、-COO-、-NR-、-CONR-、-OCO-、-SO-、-SO2 -及將該些的兩個以上連結而形成的連結基。此處,R分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、芳基、或雜環基。In the formula (C), L 3 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Examples of the divalent linking group include an alkylene group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, an extended aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, a heterocyclic linking group, -CH=CH-, -O-, -S-, and -C. (=O)-, -COO-, -NR-, -CONR-, -OCO-, -SO-, -SO 2 - and a linking group formed by linking two or more of these. Here, R each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heterocyclic group.

烷基及伸烷基的碳數較佳為1~30。上限更佳為25以下,進而佳為20以下。下限更佳為2以上,進而佳為3以上。烷基及伸烷基可為直鏈、分支、環狀的任一種。 芳基及伸芳基的碳數較佳為6~20,更佳為6~12。 雜環連結基及雜環基較佳為5員環或6員環。雜環連結基及雜環基所具有的雜原子較佳為氧原子、氮原子及硫原子。雜環連結基及雜環基所具有的雜原子的個數較佳為1個~3個。 伸烷基、伸芳基、雜環連結基、烷基、芳基、及雜環基可未經取代,亦可具有取代基。作為取代基,可列舉硬化性基、酸基。作為硬化性基,可列舉:包含乙烯性不飽和鍵的基等自由基聚合性基、環狀醚基(環氧基、氧雜環丁基)、噁唑啉基、羥甲基等。作為包含乙烯性不飽和鍵的基,可列舉:乙烯基、(甲基)烯丙基、(甲基)丙烯醯基等。作為酸基,可例示羧基、磺酸基、磷酸基。另外,亦可具有包含2個~20個未經取代的伸烷氧基鏈的重複的基、內酯、酸酐、醯胺、氰基等顯影促進基、長鏈烷基及環狀烷基、芳烷基、芳基、聚環氧烷基、羥基、馬來醯亞胺基、胺基等親疏水性調整基等作為取代基。The alkyl group and the alkylene group preferably have 1 to 30 carbon atoms. The upper limit is preferably 25 or less, and further preferably 20 or less. The lower limit is more preferably 2 or more, and still more preferably 3 or more. The alkyl group and the alkylene group may be any of a straight chain, a branched chain, and a cyclic group. The carbon number of the aryl group and the aryl group is preferably from 6 to 20, more preferably from 6 to 12. The heterocyclic linking group and the heterocyclic group are preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring. The hetero atom of the heterocyclic linking group and the heterocyclic group is preferably an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom or a sulfur atom. The number of the hetero atoms in the heterocyclic linking group and the heterocyclic group is preferably from one to three. The alkylene group, the extended aryl group, the heterocyclic linking group, the alkyl group, the aryl group, and the heterocyclic group may be unsubstituted or may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a curable group and an acid group. Examples of the curable group include a radical polymerizable group such as a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond, a cyclic ether group (epoxy group, oxetanyl group), an oxazoline group, and a hydroxymethyl group. Examples of the group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond include a vinyl group, a (meth)allyl group, and a (meth)acryl fluorenyl group. The acid group may, for example, be a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group or a phosphoric acid group. Further, it may have a repeating group containing 2 to 20 unsubstituted alkylene oxide chains, a lactone, an acid anhydride, a guanamine, a cyano group or the like, a development promoting group, a long-chain alkyl group, and a cyclic alkyl group. A hydrophilic or hydrophobicity adjusting group such as an aralkyl group, an aryl group, a polyalkylene oxide group, a hydroxyl group, a maleimide group or an amine group is used as a substituent.

L3 較佳為伸烷基、伸芳基、-NH-、-CO-、-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-S-及將該些的兩個以上組合而成的連結基。 DyeIII表示具有偶氮基或芳香族環基鍵結於包含兩個以上的雜原子且雜原子的一個以上為氮原子的陽離子性雜環而成的結構的色素結構。色素結構較佳為自具有陽離子與陰離子的色素化合物的陽離子或陰離子去除一個以上的任意的原子而成的結構,所述陽離子含有具有所述陽離子性雜環的色素骨架,更佳為自陽離子去除一個以上的任意的原子而成的結構。 m表示0或1,較佳為1。L 3 is preferably an alkyl group, an aryl group, -NH-, -CO-, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -S-, and a linking group of two or more of these. . DyeIII represents a dye structure having a structure in which an azo group or an aromatic ring group is bonded to a cationic hetero ring containing two or more hetero atoms and one or more hetero atoms are nitrogen atoms. The dye structure is preferably a structure in which one or more arbitrary atoms are removed from a cation or an anion of a dye compound having a cation and an anion, and the cation contains a pigment skeleton having the cationic heterocyclic ring, and more preferably is removed from the cation. A structure made up of more than one arbitrary atom. m represents 0 or 1, preferably 1.

具有式(C)所表示的構成單元的色素多聚體可藉由逐次聚合來合成。所謂逐次聚合,可列舉複加成(例如,二異氰酸酯化合物與二醇的反應、二環氧化合物與二羧酸的反應、四羧酸二酐與二醇的反應等)及縮聚(例如,二羧酸與二醇的反應、二羧酸與二胺的反應等)。其中,尤其藉由複加成反應來進行合成可使反應條件溫和化,且不使色素結構分解,故較佳。於逐次聚合中可應用公知的反應條件。The dye multimer having a constituent unit represented by the formula (C) can be synthesized by sequential polymerization. The sequential polymerization may, for example, be a complex addition (for example, a reaction of a diisocyanate compound with a diol, a reaction of a diepoxy compound with a dicarboxylic acid, a reaction of a tetracarboxylic dianhydride with a diol, etc.) and polycondensation (for example, two). Reaction of a carboxylic acid with a diol, reaction of a dicarboxylic acid with a diamine, etc.). Among them, in particular, the synthesis is carried out by a complex addition reaction, whereby the reaction conditions are mild, and the dye structure is not decomposed, which is preferable. Well-known reaction conditions can be applied in successive polymerizations.

作為式(C)所表示的重複單元的具體例,可列舉以下。 [化30] Specific examples of the repeating unit represented by the formula (C) include the followings. [化30]

色素多聚體(C)除包含式(C)所表示的重複單元以外,亦可包含色素多聚體(A)中說明的其他重複單元。The dye multimer (C) may contain other repeating units described in the dye multimer (A) in addition to the repeating unit represented by the formula (C).

<<<色素多聚體(D)>>> 色素多聚體(D)較佳為由式(D)所表示。 [化31]式(D)中,L4 表示(n+k)價的連結基,n表示2~20的整數,k表示0~20的整數,DyeIV表示具有偶氮基或芳香族環基鍵結於包含兩個以上的雜原子且雜原子的一個以上為氮原子的陽離子性雜環而成的結構的色素結構,P表示取代基,於n為2以上的情況下,多個DyeIV可彼此不同,於k為2以上的情況下,多個P可彼此不同,n+k表示2~20的整數。<<<Pigment Multimer (D)>>> The dye multimer (D) is preferably represented by the formula (D). [化31] In the formula (D), L 4 represents a (n+k)-valent linking group, n represents an integer of 2 to 20, k represents an integer of 0 to 20, and DyeIV represents an azo group or an aromatic ring-based bond to be contained. a dye structure having a structure in which two or more hetero atoms and one or more hetero atoms are a cationic hetero ring of a nitrogen atom, and P represents a substituent. When n is 2 or more, a plurality of DyeIVs may be different from each other. When k is 2 or more, a plurality of Ps may be different from each other, and n+k represents an integer of 2 to 20.

式(D)中,n較佳為2~15,更佳為2~14,進而佳為2~8,特佳為2~7,尤佳為2~6。 n與k的合計為2~20,較佳為2~15,更佳為2~14,進而佳為2~8,特佳為2~7,最佳為2~6。 再者,一個色素多聚體中的n及k分別為整數,本發明中,亦可包含多個式(D)中的n、k不同的色素多聚體。從而有本發明的著色組成物中的n及k的平均值不為整數的情況。In the formula (D), n is preferably from 2 to 15, more preferably from 2 to 14, more preferably from 2 to 8, particularly preferably from 2 to 7, particularly preferably from 2 to 6. The total of n and k is 2 to 20, preferably 2 to 15, more preferably 2 to 14, still more preferably 2 to 8, particularly preferably 2 to 7, most preferably 2 to 6. Further, n and k in one dye multimer are integers, and in the present invention, a plurality of dye multimers having different n and k in the formula (D) may be contained. Therefore, the average value of n and k in the coloring composition of the present invention is not an integer.

作為(n+k)價的連結基,包括包含1個~100個碳原子、0個~10個氮原子、0個~50個氧原子、1個~200個氫原子、及0個~20個硫原子的基。 作為(n+k)價的連結基的具體例,可列舉下述結構單元或將兩個以上的以下的結構單元組合而構成的基(可形成環結構)。The (n+k)-valent linking group includes one to 100 carbon atoms, 0 to 10 nitrogen atoms, 0 to 50 oxygen atoms, 1 to 200 hydrogen atoms, and 0 to 20 The base of a sulfur atom. Specific examples of the (n+k)-valent linking group include the following structural units or a combination of two or more structural units (a ring structure can be formed).

[化32] [化32]

以下示出(n+k)價的連結基的具體例。但是,本發明中並不限制於該些。另外,亦可列舉日本專利特開2008-222950號公報的段落編號0071~段落編號0072中所記載的連結基、日本專利特開2013-029760號公報的段落編號0176中所記載的連結基。Specific examples of the (n+k)-valent linking group are shown below. However, the present invention is not limited to these. In addition, the linking group described in Paragraph No. 0071 to Paragraph No. 0072 of JP-A-2008-222950, and the linking group described in Paragraph No. 0176 of JP-A-2013-029760.

式(D)中,P表示取代基。作為取代基,可列舉酸基、硬化性基等。作為硬化性基,可列舉:包含乙烯性不飽和鍵的基等自由基聚合性基、環狀醚基(環氧基、氧雜環丁基)、噁唑啉基、羥甲基等。作為包含乙烯性不飽和鍵的基,可列舉:乙烯基、(甲基)烯丙基、(甲基)丙烯醯基等。作為酸基,可列舉:羧基、磺酸基、磷酸基等。 另外,P所表示的取代基可為具有重複單元的一價聚合物鏈。具有重複單元的一價聚合物鏈較佳為具有源自乙烯基化合物的重複單元的一價聚合物鏈。於k為2以上的情況下,k個P可相同亦可不同。 於P為具有重複單元的一價聚合物鏈且k為1的情況下,P較佳為具有2個~20個(較佳為2個~15個,進而佳為2個~10個)源自乙烯基化合物的重複單元的一價聚合物鏈。另外,於P為具有重複單元的一價聚合物鏈且k為2以上的情況下,k個P的源自乙烯基化合物的重複單元的個數的平均值較佳為2個~20個(較佳為2個~15個,進而佳為2個~10個)。 於P為具有重複單元的一價聚合物鏈的情況下,k為1時的P的重複單元的個數與k為2以上時的k個P的重複單元的個數的平均值可藉由核磁共振(Nuclear Magnetic Resonance,NMR)來求出。In the formula (D), P represents a substituent. Examples of the substituent include an acid group and a curable group. Examples of the curable group include a radical polymerizable group such as a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond, a cyclic ether group (epoxy group, oxetanyl group), an oxazoline group, and a hydroxymethyl group. Examples of the group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond include a vinyl group, a (meth)allyl group, and a (meth)acryl fluorenyl group. Examples of the acid group include a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group, and a phosphoric acid group. Further, the substituent represented by P may be a monovalent polymer chain having a repeating unit. The monovalent polymer chain having a repeating unit is preferably a monovalent polymer chain having a repeating unit derived from a vinyl compound. When k is 2 or more, k P's may be the same or different. In the case where P is a monovalent polymer chain having a repeating unit and k is 1, P preferably has 2 to 20 (preferably 2 to 15, more preferably 2 to 10) sources. A monovalent polymer chain from a repeating unit of a vinyl compound. Further, when P is a monovalent polymer chain having a repeating unit and k is 2 or more, the average value of the number of repeating units derived from the vinyl compound of k P is preferably 2 to 20 ( It is preferably 2 to 15 and further preferably 2 to 10). When P is a monovalent polymer chain having a repeating unit, the average of the number of repeating units of P when k is 1, and the number of repeating units of k of P when k is 2 or more can be obtained by NMR (Nuclear Magnetic Resonance, NMR) was used to determine.

於P為具有重複單元的一價聚合物鏈的情況下,作為構成P的重複單元,可列舉所述色素多聚體(A)中說明的其他重複單元。其他重複單元較佳為具有選自所述具有酸基的重複單元及具有硬化性基的重複單元中的一種以上。於包含具有酸基的重複單元的情況下,可提高顯影性。於包含具有硬化性基的重複單元的情況下,可進一步提高耐溶劑性。 於P包含含有酸基的重複單元的情況下,相對於P的所有重複單元,含有酸基的重複單元的比例較佳為10莫耳%~80莫耳%,更佳為10莫耳%~65莫耳%。 於P包含具有硬化性基的重複單元的情況下,相對於P的所有重複單元,具有硬化性基的重複單元的比例較佳為10莫耳%~80莫耳%,更佳為10莫耳%~65莫耳%。藉由P含有具有硬化性基的重複單元,可進一步優化顏色不均等。In the case where P is a monovalent polymer chain having a repeating unit, examples of the repeating unit constituting P include other repeating units described in the dye multimer (A). The other repeating unit preferably has one or more selected from the group consisting of the repeating unit having an acid group and the repeating unit having a curable group. In the case of including a repeating unit having an acid group, developability can be improved. In the case of including a repeating unit having a curable group, solvent resistance can be further improved. In the case where P contains a repeating unit containing an acid group, the proportion of the repeating unit containing an acid group is preferably from 10 mol% to 80 mol%, more preferably 10 mol%, based on all repeating units of P. 65 moles %. In the case where P contains a repeating unit having a hardening group, the proportion of the repeating unit having a hardening group is preferably from 10 mol% to 80 mol%, more preferably 10 mol%, with respect to all repeating units of P. %~65% by mole. Color inhomogeneity can be further optimized by including a repeating unit having a curable group.

式(D)中,DyeIV表示色素結構。DyeIV所表示的色素結構較佳為自具有陽離子與陰離子的色素化合物的陽離子或陰離子去除一個以上的任意的原子而成的結構,所述陽離子含有具有所述陽離子性雜環的色素骨架,更佳為自陽離子去除一個以上的任意的原子而成的結構。即,本發明中,DyeIV所表示的色素結構較佳為所述陽離子與式(D)的L4 鍵結。In the formula (D), DyeIV represents a pigment structure. The dye structure represented by DyeIV is preferably a structure obtained by removing one or more arbitrary atoms from a cation or an anion of a dye compound having a cation and an anion, and the cation contains a pigment skeleton having the cationic heterocyclic ring, more preferably A structure formed by removing one or more arbitrary atoms from a cation. That is, in the present invention, the dye structure represented by DyeIV is preferably an L 4 bond of the cation with the formula (D).

另外,DyeIV所表示的色素結構可為將色素化合物所具有的任意的原子去除一個以上而成的結構且色素化合物的一部分鍵結於L4 者,亦可為包含在主鏈或側鏈具有色素結構(將色素化合物所具有的任意的原子去除一個以上而成的結構)的重複單元的聚合物鏈。所述聚合物鏈只要包含色素結構,則並無特別限定,較佳為選自(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂、苯乙烯系樹脂、及(甲基)丙烯酸/苯乙烯系樹脂中的一種。聚合物鏈的重複單元並無特別限定,可列舉所述式(A)所表示的重複單元、所述式(C)所表示的重複單元等。另外,構成聚合物鏈的所有重複單元中的具有色素結構的重複單元的合計較佳為5莫耳%~60莫耳%,更佳為10莫耳%~50莫耳%,進而佳為20莫耳%~40莫耳%。 所述聚合物鏈除包含具有色素結構的重複單元以外,亦可包含色素多聚體(A)中說明的其他重複單元等。較佳為具有選自具有酸基的重複單元及具有硬化性基的重複單元中的一種以上來作為其他重複單元。 於所述聚合物鏈包含具有硬化性基的重複單元的情況下,相對於聚合物鏈的所有重複單元100莫耳,具有硬化性基的重複單元的比例例如較佳為5莫耳~50莫耳,更佳為10莫耳~40莫耳。 於所述聚合物鏈包含具有酸基的重複單元的情況下,相對於聚合物鏈的所有重複單元100莫耳,具有酸基的重複單元的比例例如較佳為5莫耳~50莫耳,更佳為10莫耳~40莫耳。In addition, the dye structure represented by DyeIV may be one in which one or more atoms of the dye compound are removed, and a part of the dye compound is bonded to L 4 or may be contained in the main chain or the side chain. A polymer chain of a repeating unit having a structure (a structure in which one or more atoms of a dye compound are removed). The polymer chain is not particularly limited as long as it contains a dye structure, and is preferably one selected from the group consisting of a (meth)acrylic resin, a styrene resin, and a (meth)acrylic acid/styrene resin. The repeating unit of the polymer chain is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a repeating unit represented by the formula (A), a repeating unit represented by the formula (C), and the like. Further, the total of the repeating units having a dye structure among all the repeating units constituting the polymer chain is preferably from 5 mol% to 60 mol%, more preferably from 10 mol% to 50 mol%, and still more preferably 20 Mole% to 40% by mole. The polymer chain may contain other repeating units described in the dye multimer (A) in addition to the repeating unit having a dye structure. It is preferred to have one or more selected from the group consisting of a repeating unit having an acid group and a repeating unit having a curable group as another repeating unit. In the case where the polymer chain comprises a repeating unit having a hardening group, the ratio of the repeating unit having a hardening group is preferably, for example, 5 to 50 moles per 100 repeating units of the polymer chain. Ears, more preferably 10 moles to 40 moles. In the case where the polymer chain comprises a repeating unit having an acid group, the proportion of the repeating unit having an acid group is preferably, for example, 5 to 50 m, relative to 100 ppm of all repeating units of the polymer chain. More preferably 10 moles to 40 moles.

式(D)所表示的色素多聚體可藉由下述方法等來合成。 (1)使於末端導入有選自羧基、羥基、胺基等中的官能基的化合物與具有色素結構的醯鹵、具有色素結構的烷基鹵化物、或具有色素結構的異氰酸酯等進行高分子反應的方法。 (2)使於末端導入有碳-碳雙鍵的化合物與具有色素結構的硫醇化合物進行邁克爾加成(Michael addition)反應的方法。 (3)於自由基產生劑的存在下,使於末端導入有碳-碳雙鍵的化合物與具有色素結構的硫醇化合物進行反應的方法。 (4)於自由基產生劑的存在下,使於末端導入有多個硫醇基的多官能硫醇化合物與具有碳-碳雙鍵及色素結構的化合物進行反應的方法。 (5)於具有色素結構的硫醇化合物的存在下,使乙烯基化合物進行自由基聚合的方法。The dye multimer represented by the formula (D) can be synthesized by the following method or the like. (1) A compound obtained by introducing a functional group selected from a carboxyl group, a hydroxyl group, an amine group or the like into a terminal, a hydrazine halide having a dye structure, an alkyl halide having a dye structure, or an isocyanate having a dye structure; The method of reaction. (2) A method of subjecting a compound having a carbon-carbon double bond to a terminal to a Michael addition reaction with a thiol compound having a dye structure. (3) A method of reacting a compound having a carbon-carbon double bond introduced at its end with a thiol compound having a dye structure in the presence of a radical generator. (4) A method of reacting a polyfunctional thiol compound having a plurality of thiol groups introduced into a terminal with a compound having a carbon-carbon double bond and a dye structure in the presence of a radical generator. (5) A method of radically polymerizing a vinyl compound in the presence of a thiol compound having a dye structure.

色素多聚體(D)較佳為式(D-1)所表示的結構。   (D1 -L42n -L4 -(L41 -P1k ・・・(D-1)   式(D-1)中,L4 表示(n+k)價的連結基。n表示2~20的整數,k表示0~20的整數。D1 表示色素結構,P1 表示取代基。於n為2以上的情況下,多個D1 可彼此不同,於k為2以上的情況下,多個P1 可彼此不同。n+k表示2~20的整數。The dye multimer (D) is preferably a structure represented by the formula (D-1). (D 1 - L 42 ) n - L 4 - (L 41 - P 1 ) k (D-1) In the formula (D-1), L 4 represents a (n+k)-valent linking group. n represents an integer of 2 to 20, and k represents an integer of 0 to 20. D 1 represents a dye structure, and P 1 represents a substituent. When n is 2 or more, a plurality of D 1 may be different from each other, and when k is 2 or more, a plurality of P 1 may be different from each other. n+k represents an integer of 2-20.

式(D-1)中,L4 、n及k的含義與式(D)的L4 、n及k相同,較佳範圍亦相同。Formula (D-1) in, L 4, L 4, n, and n-k and k are the same meaning as in formula (D), and preferred ranges are also the same.

式(D-1)中,L41 及L42 分別獨立地表示單鍵或二價連結基。L41 及L42 於存在多個的情況下,可相同亦可不同。 作為二價連結基,包括包含1個~100個碳原子、0個~10個氮原子、0個~50個氧原子、1個~200個氫原子、及0個~20個硫原子的基,可未經取代,亦可進而具有取代基。In the formula (D-1), L 41 and L 42 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent linking group. When there are a plurality of L 41 and L 42 , they may be the same or different. The divalent linking group includes a group containing 1 to 100 carbon atoms, 0 to 10 nitrogen atoms, 0 to 50 oxygen atoms, 1 to 200 hydrogen atoms, and 0 to 20 sulfur atoms. It may be unsubstituted and may further have a substituent.

作為二價連結基的具體例,可列舉下述結構單元或將兩個以上的以下的結構單元組合而構成的基。Specific examples of the divalent linking group include the following structural units or a combination of two or more structural units.

[化33] [化33]

式(D-1)中,P1 表示取代基。作為取代基,可列舉酸基、硬化性基等。作為硬化性基,可列舉:包含乙烯性不飽和鍵的基等自由基聚合性基、環狀醚基(環氧基、氧雜環丁基)、噁唑啉基、羥甲基等。作為包含乙烯性不飽和鍵的基,可列舉:乙烯基、(甲基)烯丙基、(甲基)丙烯醯基等。作為酸基,可列舉:羧基、磺酸基、磷酸基等。 另外,P1 所表示的取代基可為具有重複單元的一價聚合物鏈。具有重複單元的一價聚合物鏈較佳為具有源自乙烯基化合物的重複單元的一價聚合物鏈。於k為2以上的情況下,k個P1 可相同亦可不同。 於P1 為具有重複單元的一價聚合物鏈且k為1的情況下,P1 較佳為具有2個~20個(較佳為2個~15個,進而佳為2個~10個)源自乙烯基化合物的重複單元的一價聚合物鏈。另外,於P1 為具有重複單元的一價聚合物鏈且k為2以上的情況下,k個P1 的源自乙烯基化合物的重複單元的個數的平均值較佳為2個~20個(較佳為2個~15個,進而佳為2個~10個)。Formula (D-1) in, P 1 represents a substituent group. Examples of the substituent include an acid group and a curable group. Examples of the curable group include a radical polymerizable group such as a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond, a cyclic ether group (epoxy group, oxetanyl group), an oxazoline group, and a hydroxymethyl group. Examples of the group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond include a vinyl group, a (meth)allyl group, and a (meth)acryl fluorenyl group. Examples of the acid group include a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group, and a phosphoric acid group. Further, the substituent represented by P 1 may be a monovalent polymer chain having a repeating unit. The monovalent polymer chain having a repeating unit is preferably a monovalent polymer chain having a repeating unit derived from a vinyl compound. In the case where k is 2 or more, k P 1 's may be the same or different. In the case where P 1 is a monovalent polymer chain having a repeating unit and k is 1, P 1 preferably has 2 to 20 (preferably 2 to 15 and further preferably 2 to 10). a monovalent polymer chain derived from a repeating unit of a vinyl compound. Further, when P 1 is a monovalent polymer chain having a repeating unit and k is 2 or more, the average value of the number of repeating units derived from the vinyl compound of k P 1 is preferably 2 to 20 One (preferably 2 to 15 and further preferably 2 to 10).

於P1 表示具有重複單元的一價聚合物鏈的情況下,作為構成P1 的重複單元,可列舉所述色素多聚體(A)中說明的其他重複單元。其他重複單元較佳為具有選自所述具有酸基的重複單元及具有硬化性基的重複單元中的一種以上。 於P1 包含含有酸基的重複單元的情況下,相對於P1 的所有重複單元,含有酸基的重複單元的比例較佳為10莫耳%~80莫耳%,更佳為10莫耳%~65莫耳%。 於P1 包含具有硬化性基的重複單元的情況下,相對於P1 的所有重複單元,具有硬化性基的重複單元的比例較佳為10莫耳%~80莫耳%,更佳為10莫耳%~65莫耳%。In the case where P 1 represents a monovalent polymer chain having a repeating unit, examples of the repeating unit constituting P 1 include other repeating units described in the dye multimer (A). The other repeating unit preferably has one or more selected from the group consisting of the repeating unit having an acid group and the repeating unit having a curable group. In the case where P 1 comprising a repeating unit containing an acid group with respect to all repeating units P 1, the ratio of the repeating units containing an acid group is preferably 10 mole% to 80 mole%, more preferably 10 molar %~65% by mole. In the case where P 1 comprising repeating units having a curable group, with respect to all repeating units P 1, with curable groups of the repeating unit is preferably 10 mole% to 80 mole%, more preferably 10 Mole% ~ 65 mol%.

式(D-1)中,D1 表示色素結構。D1 所表示的色素結構可為色素化合物的一部分鍵結於L42 者,亦可為包含在主鏈或側鏈具有色素結構的重複單元的聚合物鏈。所述聚合物鏈只要包含色素結構,則並無特別限定,較佳為選自(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂、苯乙烯系樹脂、及(甲基)丙烯酸/苯乙烯系樹脂中的一種。聚合物鏈的重複單元並無特別限定,可列舉所述式(A)所表示的重複單元、所述式(C)所表示的重複單元等。另外,構成聚合物鏈的所有重複單元中的具有色素結構的重複單元的合計較佳為5莫耳%~60莫耳%,更佳為10莫耳%~50莫耳%,進而佳為20莫耳%~40莫耳%。 所述聚合物鏈除包含具有色素結構的重複單元以外,亦可包含色素多聚體(A)中說明的其他重複單元等。較佳為具有選自具有酸基的重複單元及具有硬化性基的重複單元中的一種以上來作為其他重複單元。In the formula (D-1), D 1 represents a dye structure. The dye structure represented by D 1 may be a polymer chain in which a part of the dye compound is bonded to L 42 or a repeating unit having a dye structure in a main chain or a side chain. The polymer chain is not particularly limited as long as it contains a dye structure, and is preferably one selected from the group consisting of a (meth)acrylic resin, a styrene resin, and a (meth)acrylic acid/styrene resin. The repeating unit of the polymer chain is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a repeating unit represented by the formula (A), a repeating unit represented by the formula (C), and the like. Further, the total of the repeating units having a dye structure among all the repeating units constituting the polymer chain is preferably from 5 mol% to 60 mol%, more preferably from 10 mol% to 50 mol%, and still more preferably 20 Mole% to 40% by mole. The polymer chain may contain other repeating units described in the dye multimer (A) in addition to the repeating unit having a dye structure. It is preferred to have one or more selected from the group consisting of a repeating unit having an acid group and a repeating unit having a curable group as another repeating unit.

色素多聚體(D)較佳為式(D-2)所表示的結構。   (D2 -S-C1 -B1n -L4 -(B2 -C2 -S-P2k ・・・(D-2)   式(D-2)中,L4 表示(n+k)價的連結基。n表示2~20的整數,k表示0~20的整數。D2 表示色素結構,P2 表示取代基。B1 及B2 分別獨立地表示單鍵、-O-、-S-、-CO-、-NR-、-O2 C-、-CO2 -、-NROC-、或-CONR-。R表示氫原子、烷基或芳基。C1 及C2 分別獨立地表示單鍵或二價連結基。S表示硫原子。於n為2以上的情況下,多個D2 可彼此不同,於k為2以上的情況下,多個P2 可彼此不同。n+k表示2~20的整數。The dye multimer (D) is preferably a structure represented by the formula (D-2). (D 2 -SC 1 -B 1 ) n -L 4 -(B 2 -C 2 -SP 2 ) k (D-2) In the formula (D-2), L 4 represents (n+k) The link of the price. n represents an integer of 2 to 20, and k represents an integer of 0 to 20. D 2 represents a dye structure, and P 2 represents a substituent. B 1 and B 2 each independently represent a single bond, -O-, -S-, -CO-, -NR-, -O 2 C-, -CO 2 -, -NROC-, or -CONR-. R represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group. C 1 and C 2 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent linking group. S represents a sulfur atom. When n is 2 or more, a plurality of D 2 may be different from each other, and when k is 2 or more, a plurality of P 2 may be different from each other. n+k represents an integer of 2-20.

式(D-2)中,L4 、n及k的含義與式(D)的L4 、n及k相同,較佳範圍亦相同。In the formula (D-2), L 4 , L 4, n and k are the same meanings as n, and k in the formula (D), and preferred ranges are also the same.

式(D-2)中,B1 及B2 分別獨立地表示單鍵、-O-、-S-、-CO-、-NR-、-O2 C-、-CO2 -、-NROC-、或-CONR-,較佳為單鍵、-O-、-CO-、-O2 C-、-CO2 -、-NROC-、或-CONR-。 R表示氫原子、烷基或芳基。 R所表示的烷基的碳數較佳為1~30,更佳為1~10。烷基可為直鏈、分支、環狀的任一種。 R所表示的芳基的碳數較佳為6~30,更佳為6~12。 R較佳為氫原子或烷基,更佳為氫原子。In the formula (D-2), B 1 and B 2 each independently represent a single bond, -O-, -S-, -CO-, -NR-, -O 2 C-, -CO 2 -, -NROC-. Or -CONR-, preferably a single bond, -O-, -CO-, -O 2 C-, -CO 2 -, -NROC-, or -CONR-. R represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group. The alkyl group represented by R preferably has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms. The alkyl group may be any of a straight chain, a branched chain, and a cyclic chain. The aryl group represented by R preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms. R is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom.

式(D-2)中,C1 及C2 分別獨立地表示單鍵或二價連結基。 作為二價連結基,較佳為伸烷基、伸芳基、氧伸烷基,更佳為伸烷基或氧伸烷基。 伸烷基、氧伸烷基的碳數較佳為1~30,更佳為1~10。烷基、氧伸烷基可為直鏈、分支、環狀的任一種。 伸芳基的碳數較佳為6~30,更佳為6~12。In the formula (D-2), C 1 and C 2 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent linking group. The divalent linking group is preferably an alkyl group, an aryl group or an alkyl group, more preferably an alkyl group or an alkyl group. The carbon number of the alkylene group and the oxygen alkyl group is preferably from 1 to 30, more preferably from 1 to 10. The alkyl group and the oxygen alkyl group may be any of a straight chain, a branched chain, and a cyclic chain. The carbon number of the aryl group is preferably from 6 to 30, more preferably from 6 to 12.

式(D-2)中,P2 表示取代基。作為取代基,可列舉酸基、硬化性基等。作為硬化性基,可列舉:包含乙烯性不飽和鍵的基等自由基聚合性基、環狀醚基(環氧基、氧雜環丁基)、噁唑啉基、羥甲基等。作為包含乙烯性不飽和鍵的基,可列舉:乙烯基、(甲基)烯丙基、(甲基)丙烯醯基等。作為酸基,可列舉:羧基、磺酸基、磷酸基等。 另外,P2 所表示的取代基可為具有重複單元的一價聚合物鏈。具有重複單元的一價聚合物鏈較佳為具有源自乙烯基化合物的重複單元的一價聚合物鏈。於k為2以上的情況下,k個P2 可相同亦可不同。 於P2 為具有重複單元的一價聚合物鏈且k為1的情況下,P2 較佳為具有2個~20個(較佳為2個~15個,進而佳為2個~10個)源自乙烯基化合物的重複單元的一價聚合物鏈。另外,於P2 為具有重複單元的一價聚合物鏈且k為2以上的情況下,k個P2 的源自乙烯基化合物的重複單元的個數的平均值較佳為2個~20個(較佳為2個~15個,進而佳為2個~10個)。In the formula (D-2), P 2 represents a substituent. Examples of the substituent include an acid group and a curable group. Examples of the curable group include a radical polymerizable group such as a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond, a cyclic ether group (epoxy group, oxetanyl group), an oxazoline group, and a hydroxymethyl group. Examples of the group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond include a vinyl group, a (meth)allyl group, and a (meth)acryl fluorenyl group. Examples of the acid group include a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group, and a phosphoric acid group. Further, the substituent represented by P 2 may be a monovalent polymer chain having a repeating unit. The monovalent polymer chain having a repeating unit is preferably a monovalent polymer chain having a repeating unit derived from a vinyl compound. When k is 2 or more, k P 2 may be the same or different. In the case where P 2 is a monovalent polymer chain having a repeating unit and k is 1, P 2 preferably has 2 to 20 (preferably 2 to 15 and further preferably 2 to 10) a monovalent polymer chain derived from a repeating unit of a vinyl compound. Further, when P 2 is a monovalent polymer chain having a repeating unit and k is 2 or more, the average value of the number of repeating units derived from the vinyl compound of k P 2 is preferably 2 to 20 One (preferably 2 to 15 and further preferably 2 to 10).

於P2 表示具有重複單元的一價聚合物鏈的情況下,作為構成P2 的重複單元,可列舉所述色素多聚體(A)中說明的其他重複單元。其他重複單元較佳為具有選自所述具有酸基的重複單元及具有硬化性基的重複單元中的一種以上。於P2 包含含有酸基的重複單元的情況下,相對於P2 的所有重複單元,含有酸基的重複單元的比例較佳為10莫耳%~80莫耳%,更佳為10莫耳%~65莫耳%。於P2 包含具有硬化性基的重複單元的情況下,相對於P2 的所有重複單元,具有硬化性基的重複單元的比例較佳為10莫耳%~80莫耳%,更佳為10莫耳%~65莫耳%。In the case where P 2 represents a monovalent polymer chain having a repeating unit, examples of the repeating unit constituting P 2 include other repeating units described in the dye multimer (A). The other repeating unit preferably has one or more selected from the group consisting of the repeating unit having an acid group and the repeating unit having a curable group. In the case where P 2 comprises a repeating unit containing an acid group, the proportion of the repeating unit containing an acid group is preferably from 10 mol% to 80 mol%, more preferably 10 mol%, relative to all repeating units of P 2 . %~65% by mole. In the case where P 2 contains a repeating unit having a hardening group, the proportion of the repeating unit having a hardening group is preferably from 10 mol% to 80 mol%, more preferably 10, with respect to all repeating units of P 2 . Mole% ~ 65 mol%.

式(D-2)中,D2 表示色素結構。D2 所表示的色素結構可為色素化合物的一部分鍵結於-S-者,亦可為包含在主鏈或側鏈具有色素結構的重複單元的聚合物鏈。所述聚合物鏈只要包含色素結構,則並無特別限定,較佳為選自(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂、苯乙烯系樹脂、及(甲基)丙烯酸/苯乙烯系樹脂中的一種。聚合物鏈的重複單元並無特別限定,可列舉所述式(A)所表示的重複單元、所述式(C)所表示的重複單元等。另外,構成聚合物鏈的所有重複單元中的具有色素結構的重複單元的合計較佳為5莫耳%~60莫耳%,更佳為10莫耳%~50莫耳%,進而佳為20莫耳%~40莫耳%。 所述聚合物鏈除包含具有色素結構的重複單元以外,亦包含色素多聚體(A)中說明的其他重複單元等。較佳為具有選自具有酸基的重複單元及具有硬化性基的重複單元中的一種以上來作為其他重複單元。In the formula (D-2), D 2 represents a dye structure. The dye structure represented by D 2 may be a polymer chain in which a part of the dye compound is bonded to -S- or a repeating unit having a dye structure in the main chain or the side chain. The polymer chain is not particularly limited as long as it contains a dye structure, and is preferably one selected from the group consisting of a (meth)acrylic resin, a styrene resin, and a (meth)acrylic acid/styrene resin. The repeating unit of the polymer chain is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a repeating unit represented by the formula (A), a repeating unit represented by the formula (C), and the like. Further, the total of the repeating units having a dye structure among all the repeating units constituting the polymer chain is preferably from 5 mol% to 60 mol%, more preferably from 10 mol% to 50 mol%, and still more preferably 20 Mole% to 40% by mole. The polymer chain includes, in addition to the repeating unit having a dye structure, other repeating units described in the dye multimer (A). It is preferred to have one or more selected from the group consisting of a repeating unit having an acid group and a repeating unit having a curable group as another repeating unit.

作為式(D)的具體例,可列舉以下。 [化34][化35][化36] Specific examples of the formula (D) include the followings. [化34] [化35] [化36]

色素多聚體的重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為2000~50000。下限更佳為3000以上,進而佳為6000以上。上限更佳為30000以下,進而佳為20000以下。藉由滿足所述範圍,容易製造顏色不均及缺陷得到抑制的硬化膜。 色素多聚體的重量平均分子量(Mw)與數量平均分子量(Mn)的比[(Mw)/(Mn)]較佳為1.0~2.0,進而佳為1.1~1.8,特佳為1.1~1.5。 再者,本發明中,色素多聚體的重量平均分子量(Mw)為藉由凝膠滲透層析(GPC)測定而得的聚苯乙烯換算值,具體而言,為藉由後述實施例中記載的方法而測定的值。The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the dye multimer is preferably from 2,000 to 50,000. The lower limit is more preferably 3,000 or more, and further preferably 6,000 or more. The upper limit is preferably 30,000 or less, and further preferably 20,000 or less. By satisfying the above range, it is easy to produce a cured film in which color unevenness and defects are suppressed. The ratio of the weight average molecular weight (Mw) to the number average molecular weight (Mn) of the dye multimer [(Mw) / (Mn)] is preferably from 1.0 to 2.0, more preferably from 1.1 to 1.8, particularly preferably from 1.1 to 1.5. Further, in the present invention, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the dye multimer is a polystyrene-converted value measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC), and specifically, by the following examples. The value measured by the method described.

色素多聚體的酸價較佳為10 mgKOH/g以上,更佳為20 mgKOH/g以上,進而佳為27 mgKOH/g以上,特佳為30 mgKOH/g以上。另外,酸價的上限較佳為300 mgKOH/g以下,更佳為200 mgKOH/g以下,進而佳為180 mgKOH/g以下,尤佳為130 mgKOH/g以下,進一步尤佳為120 mgKOH/g以下。藉由滿足所述範圍,顯影性進一步提高,從而可進一步減少顯影殘渣。The acid value of the dye multimer is preferably 10 mgKOH/g or more, more preferably 20 mgKOH/g or more, further preferably 27 mgKOH/g or more, and particularly preferably 30 mgKOH/g or more. Further, the upper limit of the acid value is preferably 300 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 200 mgKOH/g or less, further preferably 180 mgKOH/g or less, particularly preferably 130 mgKOH/g or less, and further preferably 120 mgKOH/g. the following. By satisfying the above range, the developability is further improved, so that the development residue can be further reduced.

色素多聚體的硬化性基價較佳為0.1 mmol/g以上,更佳為0.2 mmol/g以上,進而佳為0.3 mmol/g以上。若硬化性基價為0.1 mmol/g以上,則容易獲得耐光性或耐溶劑性優異的硬化膜。另外,可更有效地抑制由顯影液或剝離液等引起的膜的褪色。硬化性基價的上限並無特別限定,例如較佳為2.0 mmol/g以下,更佳為1.5 mmol/g以下。硬化性基價可藉由使導入至色素多聚體的硬化性基個數除以色素多聚體的分子量而算出。另外,亦可藉由1 H-NMR(核磁共振)等分析手段來實際測量。The curable base value of the dye multimer is preferably 0.1 mmol/g or more, more preferably 0.2 mmol/g or more, and still more preferably 0.3 mmol/g or more. When the curable base value is 0.1 mmol/g or more, a cured film excellent in light resistance or solvent resistance can be easily obtained. In addition, fading of the film caused by the developer, the stripper, or the like can be more effectively suppressed. The upper limit of the curable base value is not particularly limited, and is, for example, preferably 2.0 mmol/g or less, more preferably 1.5 mmol/g or less. The curable base value can be calculated by dividing the number of curable groups introduced into the dye multimer by the molecular weight of the dye multimer. Further, it can be actually measured by an analysis means such as 1 H-NMR (nuclear magnetic resonance).

本發明的著色組成物較佳為於本發明的著色組成物的總固體成分中含有0.01質量%~50質量%的所述色素多聚體。下限較佳為0.1質量%以上,更佳為0.5質量%以上。上限較佳為30質量%以下,更佳為15質量%以下。於本發明的著色組成物包含兩種以上的色素多聚體的情況下,較佳為其合計量為所述範圍內。The colored composition of the present invention preferably contains 0.01% by mass to 50% by mass of the dye multimer in the total solid content of the colored composition of the present invention. The lower limit is preferably 0.1% by mass or more, and more preferably 0.5% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 30% by mass or less, and more preferably 15% by mass or less. In the case where the colored composition of the present invention contains two or more kinds of dye multimers, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.

<<其他著色劑>> 本發明的著色組成物可進而使用所述色素多聚體以外的著色劑(其他著色劑)。本發明的著色組成物較佳為包含其他著色劑。其他著色劑可為染料及顏料的任一者,亦可併用兩者。其他著色劑較佳為顏料。另外,其他著色劑可為色素多聚體。<<Other Coloring Agent>> The coloring composition of the present invention may further use a coloring agent (other coloring agent) other than the coloring matter polymer. The colored composition of the present invention preferably comprises other colorants. Other colorants may be either dye or pigment, or both. Other colorants are preferably pigments. In addition, other colorants may be pigment multimers.

作為顏料,可列舉先前公知的各種無機顏料或有機顏料。就顏色不均或對比度的觀點而言,顏料的一次粒子尺寸較佳為100 nm以下。另外,就分散穩定性的觀點而言,較佳為5 nm以上。顏料的一次粒子尺寸更佳為5 nm~75 nm,進而佳為5 nm~55 nm,特佳為5 nm~35 nm。顏料的一次粒子尺寸可藉由電子顯微鏡等公知的方法來測定。As the pigment, various conventional inorganic pigments or organic pigments can be cited. The primary particle size of the pigment is preferably 100 nm or less from the viewpoint of color unevenness or contrast. Further, from the viewpoint of dispersion stability, it is preferably 5 nm or more. The primary particle size of the pigment is preferably from 5 nm to 75 nm, more preferably from 5 nm to 55 nm, and particularly preferably from 5 nm to 35 nm. The primary particle size of the pigment can be measured by a known method such as an electron microscope.

作為無機顏料,可列舉金屬氧化物、金屬錯鹽等金屬化合物,具體而言可列舉:碳黑、鈦黑等黑色顏料,鐵、鈷、鋁、鎘、鉛、銅、鈦、鎂、鉻、鋅、銻等的金屬氧化物,以及所述金屬的複合氧化物。Examples of the inorganic pigment include metal compounds such as a metal oxide and a metal salt, and specific examples thereof include black pigments such as carbon black and titanium black, and iron, cobalt, aluminum, cadmium, lead, copper, titanium, magnesium, and chromium. a metal oxide such as zinc or bismuth, and a composite oxide of the metal.

作為有機顏料,可列舉以下者。但是,本發明並不限定於該些。 染料索引(Colour Index,C.I.)顏料黃(Pigment Yellow)1、C.I.顏料黃2、C.I.顏料黃3、C.I.顏料黃4、C.I.顏料黃5、C.I.顏料黃6、C.I.顏料黃10、C.I.顏料黃11、C.I.顏料黃12、C.I.顏料黃13、C.I.顏料黃14、C.I.顏料黃15、C.I.顏料黃16、C.I.顏料黃17、C.I.顏料黃18、C.I.顏料黃20、C.I.顏料黃24、C.I.顏料黃31、C.I.顏料黃32、C.I.顏料黃34、C.I.顏料黃35、C.I.顏料黃35:1、C.I.顏料黃36、C.I.顏料黃36:1、C.I.顏料黃37、C.I.顏料黃37:1、C.I.顏料黃40、C.I.顏料黃42、C.I.顏料黃43、C.I.顏料黃53、C.I.顏料黃55、C.I.顏料黃60、C.I.顏料黃61、C.I.顏料黃62、C.I.顏料黃63、C.I.顏料黃65、C.I.顏料黃73、C.I.顏料黃74、C.I.顏料黃77、C.I.顏料黃81、C.I.顏料黃83、C.I.顏料黃86、C.I.顏料黃93、C.I.顏料黃94、C.I.顏料黃95、C.I.顏料黃97、C.I.顏料黃98、C.I.顏料黃100、C.I.顏料黃101、C.I.顏料黃104、C.I.顏料黃106、C.I.顏料黃108、C.I.顏料黃109、C.I.顏料黃110、C.I.顏料黃113、C.I.顏料黃114、C.I.顏料黃115、C.I.顏料黃116、C.I.顏料黃117、C.I.顏料黃118、C.I.顏料黃119、C.I.顏料黃120、C.I.顏料黃123、C.I.顏料黃125、C.I.顏料黃126、C.I.顏料黃127、C.I.顏料黃128、C.I.顏料黃129、C.I.顏料黃137、C.I.顏料黃138、C.I.顏料黃139、C.I.顏料黃147、C.I.顏料黃148、C.I.顏料黃150、C.I.顏料黃151、C.I.顏料黃152、C.I.顏料黃153、C.I.顏料黃154、C.I.顏料黃155、C.I.顏料黃156、C.I.顏料黃161、C.I.顏料黃162、C.I.顏料黃164、C.I.顏料黃166、C.I.顏料黃167、C.I.顏料黃168、C.I.顏料黃169、C.I.顏料黃170、C.I.顏料黃171、C.I.顏料黃172、C.I.顏料黃173、C.I.顏料黃174、C.I.顏料黃175、C.I.顏料黃176、C.I.顏料黃177、C.I.顏料黃179、C.I.顏料黃180、C.I.顏料黃181、C.I.顏料黃182、C.I.顏料黃185、C.I.顏料黃187、C.I.顏料黃188、C.I.顏料黃193、C.I.顏料黃194、C.I.顏料黃199、C.I.顏料黃213、C.I.顏料黃214等, C.I.顏料橙(Pigment Orange)2、C.I.顏料橙5、C.I.顏料橙13、C.I.顏料橙16、C.I.顏料橙17:1、C.I.顏料橙31、C.I.顏料橙34、C.I.顏料橙36、C.I.顏料橙38、C.I.顏料橙43、C.I.顏料橙46、C.I.顏料橙48、C.I.顏料橙49、C.I.顏料橙51、C.I.顏料橙52、C.I.顏料橙55、C.I.顏料橙59、C.I.顏料橙60、C.I.顏料橙61、C.I.顏料橙62、C.I.顏料橙64、C.I.顏料橙71、C.I.顏料橙73等, C.I.顏料紅(Pigment Red)1、C.I.顏料紅2、C.I.顏料紅3、C.I.顏料紅4、C.I.顏料紅5、C.I.顏料紅6、C.I.顏料紅7、C.I.顏料紅9、C.I.顏料紅10、C.I.顏料紅14、C.I.顏料紅17、C.I.顏料紅22、C.I.顏料紅23、C.I.顏料紅31、C.I.顏料紅38、C.I.顏料紅41、C.I.顏料紅48:1、C.I.顏料紅48:2、C.I.顏料紅48:3、C.I.顏料紅48:4、C.I.顏料紅49、C.I.顏料紅49:1、C.I.顏料紅49:2、C.I.顏料紅52:1、C.I.顏料紅52:2、C.I.顏料紅53:1、C.I.顏料紅57:1、C.I.顏料紅60:1、C.I.顏料紅63:1、C.I.顏料紅66、C.I.顏料紅67、C.I.顏料紅81:1、C.I.顏料紅81:2、C.I.顏料紅81:3、C.I.顏料紅83、C.I.顏料紅88、C.I.顏料紅90、C.I.顏料紅105、C.I.顏料紅112、C.I.顏料紅119、C.I.顏料紅122、C.I.顏料紅123、C.I.顏料紅144、C.I.顏料紅146、C.I.顏料紅149、C.I.顏料紅150、C.I.顏料紅155、C.I.顏料紅166、C.I.顏料紅168、C.I.顏料紅169、C.I.顏料紅170、C.I.顏料紅171、C.I.顏料紅172、C.I.顏料紅175、C.I.顏料紅176、C.I.顏料紅177、C.I.顏料紅178、C.I.顏料紅179、C.I.顏料紅184、C.I.顏料紅185、C.I.顏料紅187、C.I.顏料紅188、C.I.顏料紅190、C.I.顏料紅200、C.I.顏料紅202、C.I.顏料紅206、C.I.顏料紅207、C.I.顏料紅208、C.I.顏料紅209、C.I.顏料紅210、C.I.顏料紅216、C.I.顏料紅220、C.I.顏料紅224、C.I.顏料紅226、C.I.顏料紅242、C.I.顏料紅246、C.I.顏料紅254、C.I.顏料紅255、C.I.顏料紅264、C.I.顏料紅270、C.I.顏料紅272、C.I.顏料紅279, C.I.顏料綠(Pigment Green)7、C.I.顏料綠10、C.I.顏料綠36、C.I.顏料綠37、C.I.顏料綠58、C.I.顏料綠59, C.I.顏料紫(Pigment Violet)1、C.I.顏料紫19、C.I.顏料紫23、C.I.顏料紫27、C.I.顏料紫32、C.I.顏料紫37、C.I.顏料紫42, C.I.顏料藍(Pigment Blue)1、C.I.顏料藍2、C.I.顏料藍15、C.I.顏料藍15:1、C.I.顏料藍15:2、C.I.顏料藍15:3、C.I.顏料藍15:4、C.I.顏料藍15:6、C.I.顏料藍16、C.I.顏料藍22、C.I.顏料藍60、C.I.顏料藍64、C.I.顏料藍66、C.I.顏料藍79、C.I.顏料藍80, C.I.顏料黑(Pigment Black)1。 另外,作為綠色顏料,亦可使用分子中的鹵素原子數平均為10個~14個、溴原子平均為8個~12個、氯原子平均為2個~5個的鹵化鋅酞菁顏料。作為具體例,可列舉WO2015/118720號公報中記載的化合物。 另外,作為黃色顏料,亦可使用日本專利特開2013-54339號公報的段落0011~段落0034中記載的喹酞酮顏料、日本專利特開2014-26228號公報的段落0013~段落0058中記載的喹酞酮顏料等。 該些有機顏料可單獨使用或者為了提高色純度而將各種有機顏料組合使用。The following are mentioned as an organic pigment. However, the invention is not limited to these. Pigment Index (CI) Pigment Yellow 1, CI Pigment Yellow 2, CI Pigment Yellow 3, CI Pigment Yellow 4, CI Pigment Yellow 5, CI Pigment Yellow 6, CI Pigment Yellow 10, CI Pigment Yellow 11 , CI Pigment Yellow 12, CI Pigment Yellow 13, CI Pigment Yellow 14, CI Pigment Yellow 15, CI Pigment Yellow 16, CI Pigment Yellow 17, CI Pigment Yellow 18, CI Pigment Yellow 20, CI Pigment Yellow 24, CI Pigment Yellow 31 , CI Pigment Yellow 32, CI Pigment Yellow 34, CI Pigment Yellow 35, CI Pigment Yellow 35:1, CI Pigment Yellow 36, CI Pigment Yellow 36:1, CI Pigment Yellow 37, CI Pigment Yellow 37:1, CI Pigment Yellow 40, CI Pigment Yellow 42, CI Pigment Yellow 43, CI Pigment Yellow 53, CI Pigment Yellow 55, CI Pigment Yellow 60, CI Pigment Yellow 61, CI Pigment Yellow 62, CI Pigment Yellow 63, CI Pigment Yellow 65, CI Pigment Yellow 73, CI Pigment Yellow 74, CI Pigment Yellow 77, CI Pigment Yellow 81, CI Pigment Yellow 83, CI Pigment Yellow 86, CI Pigment Yellow 93, CI Pigment Yellow 94, CI Pigment Yellow 95, CI Pigment Yellow 97, CI Pigment Yellow 98, CI Pigment Yellow 100, CI Pigment Yellow 101, CI Pigment Yellow 104, CI Pigment Yellow 106, CI Pigment Yellow 108, CI Pigment Yellow 109, CI Pigment Yellow 110, CI Pigment Yellow 113, CI Pigment Yellow 114, CI Pigment Yellow 115, CI Pigment Yellow 116, CI Pigment Yellow 117, CI Pigment Yellow 118, CI Pigment Yellow 119, CI Pigment Yellow 120, CI Pigment Yellow 123, CI Pigment Yellow 125, CI Pigment Yellow 126, CI Pigment Yellow 127, CI Pigment Yellow 128, CI Pigment Yellow 129, CI Pigment Yellow 137, CI Pigment Yellow 138, CI Pigment Yellow 139, CI Pigment Yellow 147, CI Pigment Yellow 148, CI Pigment Yellow 150, CI Pigment Yellow 151, CI Pigment Yellow 152, CI Pigment Yellow 153, CI Pigment Yellow 154, CI Pigment Yellow 155, CI Pigment Yellow 156, CI Pigment Yellow 161, CI Pigment Yellow 162, CI Pigment Yellow 164, CI Pigment Yellow 166, CI Pigment Yellow 167, CI Pigment Yellow 168, CI Pigment Yellow 169, CI Pigment Yellow 170, CI Pigment Yellow 171, CI Pigment Yellow 172, CI Pigment Yellow 173, CI Pigment Yellow 174, CI Pigment Yellow 175, CI Pigment Yellow 176, CI Pigment Yellow 177, CI Pigment Yellow 179, CI Pigment Yellow 180, CI Pigment Yellow 181, CI Pigment Yellow 182, CI Pigment Yellow 185, CI Pigment Yellow 187, CI Pigment Yellow 188, CI Pigment Yellow 193, CI Pigment Yellow 194, CI Pigment 199, CI Pigment Yellow 213, CI Pigment Yellow 214, etc., CI Pigment Orange 2, CI Pigment Orange 5, CI Pigment Orange 13, CI Pigment Orange 16, CI Pigment Orange 17: 1, CI Pigment Orange 31, CI Pigment Orange 34, CI Pigment Orange 36, CI Pigment Orange 38, CI Pigment Orange 43, CI Pigment Orange 46, CI Pigment Orange 48, CI Pigment Orange 49, CI Pigment Orange 51, CI Pigment Orange 52, CI Pigment Orange 55, CI Pigment Orange 59, CI Pigment Orange 60, CI Pigment Orange 61, CI Pigment Orange 62, CI Pigment Orange 64, CI Pigment Orange 71, CI Pigment Orange 73, etc., CI Pigment Red 1, Pigment Red 2, CI Pigment Red 3, CI Pigment Red 4, CI Pigment Red 5, CI Pigment Red 6, CI Pigment Red 7, CI Pigment Red 9, CI Pigment Red 10, CI Pigment Red 14, CI Pigment Red 17, CI Pigment Red 22, CI Pigment Red 23, CI Pigment Red 31, CI Pigment Red 38, CI Pigment Red 41, CI Pigment Red 48:1, CI Pigment Red 48:2, CI Pigment Red 48:3, CI Pigment Red 48:4, CI Pigment Red 49, CI Pigment Red 49:1, CI Pigment Red 49:2, CI Pigment Red 52:1, CI Pigment Red 52:2, CI Pigment Red 53:1 CI Pigment Red 57:1, CI Pigment Red 60:1, CI Pigment Red 63:1, CI Pigment Red 66, CI Pigment Red 67, CI Pigment Red 81:1, CI Pigment Red 81:2, CI Pigment Red 81: 3, CI Pigment Red 83, CI Pigment Red 88, CI Pigment Red 90, CI Pigment Red 105, CI Pigment Red 112, CI Pigment Red 119, CI Pigment Red 122, CI Pigment Red 123, CI Pigment Red 144, CI Pigment Red 146, CI Pigment Red 149, CI Pigment Red 150, CI Pigment Red 155, CI Pigment Red 166, CI Pigment Red 168, CI Pigment Red 169, CI Pigment Red 170, CI Pigment Red 171, CI Pigment Red 172, CI Pigment Red 175, CI Pigment Red 176, CI Pigment Red 177, CI Pigment Red 178, CI Pigment Red 179, CI Pigment Red 184, CI Pigment Red 185, CI Pigment Red 187, CI Pigment Red 188, CI Pigment Red 190, CI Pigment Red 200, CI Pigment Red 202, CI Pigment Red 206, CI Pigment Red 207, CI Pigment Red 208, CI Pigment Red 209, CI Pigment Red 210, CI Pigment Red 216, CI Pigment Red 220, CI Pigment Red 224, CI Pigment Red 226, CI Pigment Red 242, CI Pigment Red 246, CI Pigment Red 254, CI Pigment Red 255 , CI Pigment Red 264, CI Pigment Red 270, CI Pigment Red 272, CI Pigment Red 279, CI Pigment Green 7, Pigment Green 10, CI Pigment Green 36, CI Pigment Green 37, CI Pigment Green 58, CI Pigment Green 59, CI Pigment Violet 1, CI Pigment Violet 19, CI Pigment Violet 23, CI Pigment Violet 27, CI Pigment Violet 32, CI Pigment Violet 37, CI Pigment Violet 42, CI Pigment Blue (Pigment Blue) 1, CI Pigment Blue 2, CI Pigment Blue 15, CI Pigment Blue 15:1, CI Pigment Blue 15:2, CI Pigment Blue 15:3, CI Pigment Blue 15:4, CI Pigment Blue 15:6, CI Pigment Blue 16, CI Pigment Blue 22, CI Pigment Blue 60, CI Pigment Blue 64, CI Pigment Blue 66, CI Pigment Blue 79, CI Pigment Blue 80, and Pig Pigment Black 1. Further, as the green pigment, a zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment having an average of 10 to 14 halogen atoms in the molecule, an average of 8 to 12 bromine atoms, and an average of 2 to 5 chlorine atoms can be used. Specific examples thereof include the compounds described in WO2015/118720. In addition, as the yellow pigment, the quinophthalone pigments described in paragraphs 0011 to 0034 of JP-A-2013-54339, and paragraphs 0013 to 0558 of JP-A-2014-26228 may be used. Quinone pigments, etc. These organic pigments may be used singly or in combination of various organic pigments for the purpose of improving color purity.

作為染料,例如可使用:日本專利特開昭64-90403號公報、日本專利特開昭64-91102號公報、日本專利特開平1-94301號公報、日本專利特開平6-11614號公報、日本專利第2592207號、美國專利4808501號說明書、美國專利5667920號說明書、美國專利505950號說明書、日本專利特開平5-333207號公報、日本專利特開平6-35183號公報、日本專利特開平6-51115號公報、日本專利特開平6-194828號公報等中所揭示的色素。若以化學結構的形式來區分,則可使用吡唑偶氮化合物、吡咯亞甲基化合物、苯胺基偶氮化合物、三苯基甲烷化合物、蒽醌化合物、亞苄基化合物、氧雜菁化合物、吡唑并三唑偶氮化合物、吡啶酮偶氮化合物、花青化合物、啡噻嗪化合物、吡咯并吡唑偶氮甲鹼(pyrrolopyrazole azomethine)化合物等。另外,作為染料,亦可使用色素多聚體。For example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. Patent No. 2,592, 207, U.S. Patent No. 4,808, 501, U.S. Patent No. 5, 568, 850, U.S. Patent No. 5, 567, 950, U.S. Patent No. 5, 505, 950, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 5- 333 207, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 6-35183, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 6-51115 The dye disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei 6-194928, and the like. If it is distinguished by a chemical structure, a pyrazole azo compound, a pyrrolemethylene compound, an anilino azo compound, a triphenylmethane compound, an anthracene compound, a benzylidene compound, an oxophthalocyanine compound, or the like can be used. A pyrazolotriazole azo compound, a pyridone azo compound, a cyanine compound, a phenothiazine compound, a pyrrolopyrazole azomethine compound, or the like. Further, as the dye, a dye multimer can also be used.

作為色素多聚體,可列舉日本專利特開2011-213925號公報、日本專利特開2013-041097號公報、日本專利特開2015-028144號公報、日本專利特開2015-030742號公報等中所記載的化合物。Examples of the dye multimers include those disclosed in JP-A-2011-213925, JP-A-2013-041097, JP-A-2015-028144, JP-A-2015-030742, and the like. The compound described.

於本發明的著色組成物含有其他著色劑的情況下,相對於著色組成物的總固體成分,其他著色劑的含量較佳為10質量%~70質量%。上限更佳為60質量%以下,進而佳為50質量%以下。下限更佳為20質量%以上,進而佳為25質量%以上。 另外,本發明的著色組成物亦可設為實質上不含有其他著色劑的態樣。再者,所謂實質上不含有其他著色劑,例如相對於著色劑的總量(本發明的色素多聚體與其他著色劑的合計質量),較佳為0.1質量%以下,更佳為0.05質量%以下,尤佳為不含有其他著色劑。When the coloring composition of the present invention contains another coloring agent, the content of the other coloring agent is preferably from 10% by mass to 70% by mass based on the total solid content of the coloring composition. The upper limit is more preferably 60% by mass or less, and further preferably 50% by mass or less. The lower limit is more preferably 20% by mass or more, and still more preferably 25% by mass or more. Further, the colored composition of the present invention may be in a form that does not substantially contain other coloring agents. In addition, it is preferable that the coloring agent does not contain other coloring agents, for example, the total amount of the coloring agent (the total mass of the dye multimer of the present invention and other coloring agents) is preferably 0.1% by mass or less, more preferably 0.05% by mass. Below %, it is especially preferred that no other colorants are included.

<<樹脂>> 本發明的著色組成物較佳為包含樹脂。樹脂例如以使顏料等分散於組成物中的用途、黏合劑的用途調配。再者,將主要用以使顏料等著色劑分散的樹脂亦稱為分散劑。其中,樹脂的此種用途為一例,亦可出於此種用途以外的目的來使用。<<Resin>> The coloring composition of the present invention preferably contains a resin. The resin is blended, for example, in a use for dispersing a pigment or the like in a composition or a use of a binder. Further, a resin mainly used for dispersing a colorant such as a pigment is also referred to as a dispersant. Among them, such a use of the resin is an example, and it can also be used for purposes other than such use.

本發明的著色性組成物中,相對於著色性組成物的總固體成分,樹脂的含量較佳為10質量%~80質量%。下限較佳為15質量%以上,更佳為20質量%以上。上限較佳為70質量%以下,更佳為60質量%以下。In the colored composition of the present invention, the content of the resin is preferably from 10% by mass to 80% by mass based on the total solid content of the coloring composition. The lower limit is preferably 15% by mass or more, and more preferably 20% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 70% by mass or less, more preferably 60% by mass or less.

<<<分散劑>>> 本發明的著色組成物較佳為包含樹脂形式的分散劑。分散劑較佳為至少包含酸性分散劑,更佳為僅酸性分散劑。藉由分散劑至少包含酸性分散劑,顏料的分散性提高,難以產生亮度不均。進而,可獲得優異的顯影性,故可利用光微影較佳地進行圖案形成。再者,所謂分散劑僅為酸性分散劑,例如酸性分散劑於分散劑的總質量中的含量較佳為99質量%以上,亦可設為99.9質量%以上。<<<Dispersant>>> The coloring composition of the present invention preferably contains a dispersant in the form of a resin. The dispersing agent preferably contains at least an acidic dispersing agent, more preferably an acidic dispersing agent. When the dispersant contains at least an acidic dispersant, the dispersibility of the pigment is improved, and it is difficult to cause unevenness in brightness. Further, since excellent developability can be obtained, pattern formation can be preferably performed by photolithography. Further, the dispersant is only an acidic dispersant. For example, the content of the acidic dispersant in the total mass of the dispersant is preferably 99% by mass or more, and may be 99.9% by mass or more.

此處,所謂酸性分散劑(酸性樹脂),表示酸基的量多於鹼性基的量的樹脂。當將酸基的量與鹼性基的量的合計量設為100莫耳%時,酸性分散劑(酸性樹脂)較佳為酸基的量佔70莫耳%以上的樹脂,更佳為實質上僅包含酸基的樹脂。酸性分散劑(酸性樹脂)所具有的酸基較佳為羧基。 另外,所謂鹼性分散劑(鹼性樹脂),表示鹼性基的量多於酸基的量的樹脂。當將酸基的量與鹼性基的量的合計量設為100莫耳%時,鹼性分散劑(鹼性樹脂)較佳為鹼性基的量佔50莫耳%以上的樹脂。鹼性分散劑所具有的鹼性基較佳為胺。 酸性分散劑(酸性樹脂)的酸價較佳為40 mgKOH/g~105 mgKOH/g,更佳為50 mgKOH/g~105 mgKOH/g,進而佳為60 mgKOH/g~105 mgKOH/g。Here, the acidic dispersant (acid resin) means a resin in which the amount of the acid group is larger than the amount of the basic group. When the total amount of the acid group and the amount of the basic group is 100 mol%, the acidic dispersant (acid resin) is preferably a resin having an acid group content of 70 mol% or more, more preferably substantially A resin containing only an acid group. The acid group of the acidic dispersant (acid resin) is preferably a carboxyl group. Further, the basic dispersant (basic resin) means a resin in which the amount of the basic group is more than the amount of the acid group. When the total amount of the acid group and the amount of the basic group is 100 mol%, the alkaline dispersant (basic resin) is preferably a resin having a basic group content of 50 mol% or more. The basic group possessed by the alkaline dispersant is preferably an amine. The acid value of the acidic dispersant (acid resin) is preferably from 40 mgKOH/g to 105 mgKOH/g, more preferably from 50 mgKOH/g to 105 mgKOH/g, and still more preferably from 60 mgKOH/g to 105 mgKOH/g.

作為分散劑,例如可列舉:高分子分散劑[例如,聚醯胺胺與其鹽、多羧酸與其鹽、高分子量不飽和酸酯、改質聚胺基甲酸酯、改質聚酯、改質聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸系共聚物、萘磺酸福馬林縮合物]、聚氧伸乙基烷基磷酸酯、聚氧伸乙基烷基胺、烷醇胺等。Examples of the dispersant include polymer dispersants [for example, polyamidoamine and its salts, polycarboxylic acids and salts thereof, high molecular weight unsaturated acid esters, modified polyurethanes, modified polyesters, and modified Poly (meth) acrylate, (meth) acryl copolymer, naphthalene sulfonate condensate], polyoxyalkylene alkyl phosphate, polyoxyethylamine, alkanolamine, etc. .

高分子分散劑可根據其結構而進而分類為直鏈狀高分子、末端改質型高分子、接枝型高分子、嵌段型高分子。高分子分散劑以吸附於顏料的表面而防止再凝聚的方式發揮作用。因此,可列舉具有對顏料表面的錨固部位的末端改質型高分子、接枝型高分子、嵌段型高分子作為較佳的結構。The polymer dispersant can be further classified into a linear polymer, a terminal modified polymer, a graft polymer, and a block polymer according to the structure. The polymer dispersant functions to adsorb on the surface of the pigment to prevent re-agglomeration. Therefore, a terminal modified polymer having a blocking portion on the surface of the pigment, a graft polymer, and a block polymer are preferable.

作為樹脂(分散劑),亦可使用包含下述式(1)~式(4)的任一者所表示的重複單元的接枝共聚物。As the resin (dispersant), a graft copolymer containing a repeating unit represented by any one of the following formulas (1) to (4) can also be used.

[化37] [化37]

式(1)~式(4)中,W1 、W2 、W3 、及W4 分別獨立地表示氧原子或NH,X1 、X2 、X3 、X4 、及X5 分別獨立地表示氫原子或一價有機基,Y1 、Y2 、Y3 、及Y4 分別獨立地表示二價連結基,Z1 、Z2 、Z3 、及Z4 分別獨立地表示一價有機基,R3 表示伸烷基,R4 表示氫原子或一價有機基,n、m、p、及q分別獨立地表示1~500的整數,j及k分別獨立地表示2~8的整數,式(3)中,當p為2~500時,存在多個的R3 彼此可相同亦可不同,式(4)中,當q為2~500時,存在多個的X5 及R4 彼此可相同亦可不同。In the formulae (1) to (4), W 1 , W 2 , W 3 , and W 4 each independently represent an oxygen atom or NH, and X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , and X 5 are each independently Represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and Y 1 , Y 2 , Y 3 , and Y 4 each independently represent a divalent linking group, and Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , and Z 4 each independently represent a monovalent organic group. R 3 represents an alkylene group, R 4 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and n, m, p, and q each independently represent an integer of 1 to 500, and j and k each independently represent an integer of 2 to 8, In the formula (3), when p is from 2 to 500, a plurality of R 3 may be the same or different, and in the formula (4), when q is from 2 to 500, a plurality of X 5 and R 4 are present. They may be the same or different from each other.

W1 、W2 、W3 、及W4 較佳為氧原子。X1 、X2 、X3 、X4 、及X5 較佳為氫原子或碳數1~12的烷基,更佳為分別獨立地為氫原子或甲基,特佳為甲基。Y1 、Y2 、Y3 、及Y4 分別獨立地表示二價連結基,連結基於結構方面並無特別制約。Z1 、Z2 、Z3 、及Z4 所表示的一價有機基的結構並無特別限定,具體而言可列舉:烷基、羥基、烷氧基、芳氧基、雜芳氧基、烷基硫醚基、芳基硫醚基、雜芳基硫醚基、及胺基等。該些中,作為Z1 、Z2 、Z3 、及Z4 所表示的有機基,尤其是就提高分散性的觀點而言,較佳為具有立體排斥效果的基,且較佳為分別獨立地為碳數5~24的烷基或烷氧基,其中,特佳為分別獨立地為碳數5~24的分支烷基、碳數5~24的環狀烷基、或碳數5~24的烷氧基。再者,烷氧基中所含的烷基可為直鏈狀、分支鏈狀、環狀的任一種。W 1 , W 2 , W 3 , and W 4 are preferably oxygen atoms. X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 and X 5 are preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably each independently a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and particularly preferably a methyl group. Y 1 , Y 2 , Y 3 , and Y 4 each independently represent a divalent linking group, and the connection is not particularly limited depending on the structure. The structure of the monovalent organic group represented by Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , and Z 4 is not particularly limited, and specific examples thereof include an alkyl group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, and a heteroaryloxy group. An alkyl sulfide group, an aryl sulfide group, a heteroaryl sulfide group, an amine group, and the like. Among these, the organic groups represented by Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , and Z 4 are preferably groups having a steric repulsion effect, and are preferably independently independent from the viewpoint of improving dispersibility. The ground is an alkyl group or alkoxy group having 5 to 24 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably a branched alkyl group having 5 to 24 carbon atoms, a cyclic alkyl group having 5 to 24 carbon atoms, or a carbon number of 5 to 5 carbon atoms. 24 alkoxy groups. Further, the alkyl group contained in the alkoxy group may be any of a linear chain, a branched chain, and a cyclic group.

式(1)~式(4)中,n、m、p、及q分別獨立地為1~500的整數。另外,式(1)及式(2)中,j及k分別獨立地表示2~8的整數。就分散穩定性、顯影性的觀點而言,式(1)及式(2)中的j及k較佳為4~6的整數,最佳為5。In the formulae (1) to (4), n, m, p, and q are each independently an integer of from 1 to 500. Further, in the formulas (1) and (2), j and k each independently represent an integer of 2 to 8. From the viewpoints of dispersion stability and developability, j and k in the formulae (1) and (2) are preferably an integer of 4 to 6, and most preferably 5.

式(3)中,R3 表示伸烷基,較佳為碳數1~10的伸烷基,更佳為碳數2或3的伸烷基。當p為2~500時,存在多個的R3 彼此可相同亦可不同。In the formula (3), R 3 represents an alkylene group, preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylene group having 2 or 3 carbon atoms. When p is 2 to 500, a plurality of R 3 may be the same or different from each other.

式(4)中,R4 表示氫原子或一價有機基。一價有機基於結構方面並無特別限定。R4 較佳為可列舉氫原子、烷基、芳基、及雜芳基,進而佳為氫原子、或烷基。於R4 為烷基的情況下,較佳為碳數1~20的直鏈狀烷基、碳數3~20的分支狀烷基、或碳數5~20的環狀烷基,更佳為碳數1~20的直鏈狀烷基,特佳為碳數1~6的直鏈狀烷基。式(4)中,當q為2~500時,於接枝共聚物中存在多個的X5 及R4 彼此可相同亦可不同。In the formula (4), R 4 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. The monovalent organic structure is not particularly limited based on the structure. R 4 is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. When R 4 is an alkyl group, a linear alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, or a cyclic alkyl group having 5 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferable. The linear alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is particularly preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. In the formula (4), when q is from 2 to 500, a plurality of X 5 and R 4 present in the graft copolymer may be the same or different.

關於所述接枝共聚物,可參考日本專利特開2012-255128號公報的段落編號0025~段落編號0094的記載,將所述內容併入至本說明書中。作為所述接枝共聚物的具體例,例如可列舉日本專利特開2012-255128號公報的段落編號0072~段落編號0094中記載的樹脂,將該內容併入至本說明書中。Regarding the graft copolymer, the description of Paragraph No. 0025 to Paragraph No. 0094 of JP-A-2012-255128 is incorporated herein by reference. Specific examples of the graft copolymer include, for example, the resin described in Paragraph No. 0072 to Paragraph No. 0094 of JP-A-2012-255128, which is incorporated herein by reference.

另外,樹脂(分散劑)亦可使用於主鏈及側鏈的至少一者包含氮原子的寡聚亞胺(oligoimine)系分散劑。作為寡聚亞胺系分散劑,較佳為具有重複單元與側鏈、且於主鏈及側鏈的至少一者具有鹼性氮原子的樹脂,所述重複單元含有具有pKa 14以下的官能基的部分結構X,所述側鏈包含原子數40~10,000的側鏈Y。所謂鹼性氮原子,只要為呈鹼性的氮原子,則並無特別限制。Further, the resin (dispersant) may be used in an oligomeric oligoimine-based dispersant containing at least one of a main chain and a side chain. The oligomer-imine-based dispersant is preferably a resin having a repeating unit and a side chain and having a basic nitrogen atom in at least one of the main chain and the side chain, and the repeating unit contains a functional group having a pKa of 14 or less. A partial structure X, the side chain comprising a side chain Y having an atomic number of 40 to 10,000. The basic nitrogen atom is not particularly limited as long as it is a basic nitrogen atom.

關於寡聚亞胺系分散劑,可參考日本專利特開2012-255128號公報的段落編號0102~段落編號0174的記載,將所述內容併入至本說明書中。作為寡聚亞胺系分散劑的具體例,例如可使用日本專利特開2012-255128號公報的段落編號0168~段落編號0174中記載的樹脂。For the oligo-imine-based dispersing agent, the description of Paragraph No. 0102 to Paragraph No. 0174 of JP-A-2012-255128 is incorporated herein by reference. As a specific example of the oligomeric imide-based dispersing agent, for example, the resin described in Paragraph No. 0168 to Paragraph No. 0174 of JP-A-2012-255128 can be used.

分散劑亦可作為市售品而獲取,作為此種具體例,可列舉:楠本化成股份有限公司製造的「DA-7301」;畢克化學(BYKChemie)公司製造的「迪斯帕畢克(Disperbyk)-101(聚醯胺胺磷酸鹽)、107(羧酸酯)、110(包含酸基的共聚物)、111(磷酸系分散劑)、130(聚醯胺)、161、162、163、164、165、166、170(高分子共聚物)、畢克(BYK)-P104、P105(高分子量不飽和多羧酸)」;埃夫卡(EFKA)公司製造的「埃夫卡(EFKA)4047、4050~4165(聚胺基甲酸酯系)、埃夫卡(EFKA)4330~埃夫卡(EFKA)4340(嵌段共聚物)、4400~4402(改質聚丙烯酸酯)、5010(聚酯醯胺)、5765(高分子量多羧酸鹽)、6220(脂肪酸聚酯)、6745(酞菁衍生物)、6750(偶氮顏料衍生物)」;味之素精細化學(Ajinomoto Fine-Techno)公司製造的「阿吉斯帕(Ajisper)PB821、PB822、PB880、PB881」;共榮社化學公司製造的「弗洛蘭(Flowlen)TG-710(胺基甲酸酯寡聚物)、珀利弗洛(Polyflow)No.50E、No.300(丙烯酸系共聚物)」;楠本化成公司製造的「帝司巴隆(Disparlon)KS-860、873SN、874、#2150(脂肪族多元羧酸)、#7004(聚醚酯)、DA-703-50、DA-705、DA-725」;花王公司製造的「戴默爾(Demol)RN、N(萘磺酸福馬林縮聚物)、MS、C、SN-B(芳香族磺酸福馬林縮聚物)、荷摩蓋諾爾(Homogenol)L-18(高分子多羧酸)、艾瑪爾根(Emulgen)920、930、935、985(聚氧伸乙基壬基苯基醚)、阿塞他明(Acetamin)86(硬脂基胺乙酸酯)」;日本路博潤(Lubrizol)(股)製造的「索爾斯帕斯(Solsperse)5000(酞菁衍生物)、22000(偶氮顏料衍生物)、13240(聚酯胺)、3000、12000、17000、20000、27000(於末端部具有功能部的高分子)、24000、28000、32000、38500(接枝型高分子)」;日光化學(Nikko Chemicals)公司製造的「尼考爾(Nikkol)T106(聚氧伸乙基脫水山梨糖醇單油酸酯)、MYS-IEX(聚氧伸乙基單硬脂酸酯)」;川研精化(Kawaken Fine Chemicals)(股)製造的「西諾科特(Hinoact)T-8000E」;信越化學工業(股)製造的「有機矽氧烷聚合物KP341」;森下產業(股)製造的「埃夫卡(EFKA)-46、埃夫卡(EFKA)-47、埃夫卡(EFKA)-47EA、埃夫卡(EFKA)聚合物100、埃夫卡(EFKA)聚合物400、埃夫卡(EFKA)聚合物401、埃夫卡(EFKA)聚合物450」;聖諾普科(San Nopco)(股)製造的「迪斯帕斯愛德(Disperse Aid)6、迪斯帕斯愛德(Disperse Aid)8、迪斯帕斯愛德(Disperse Aid)15、迪斯帕斯愛德(Disperse Aid)9100」等高分子分散劑;艾迪科(ADEKA)(股)製造的「艾迪科普魯洛尼克(Adeka Pluronic)L31、F38、L42、L44、L61、L64、F68、L72、P95、F77、P84、F87、P94、L101、P103、F108、L121、P-123」;以及三洋化成(股)製造的「伊歐奈特(Ionet)(商品名)S-20」等。另外,亦可使用壓克力倍斯(Acrybase)FFS-6752、壓克力倍斯(Acrybase)FFS-187、壓克力庫亞(Acrycure)RD-F8、賽庫洛瑪(Cyclomer)P。 再者,作為所述分散劑而說明的樹脂亦可用於分散劑以外的用途。例如亦可用作黏合劑。The dispersing agent can also be obtained as a commercial product, and as such a specific example, "DA-7301" manufactured by Nanben Chemical Co., Ltd.; "Disperbyk" manufactured by BYK Chemie Co., Ltd. (Disperbyk) -101 (polyamidoamine phosphate), 107 (carboxylate), 110 (copolymer containing acid group), 111 (phosphate dispersant), 130 (polyamine), 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 170 (polymer copolymer), BYK-P104, P105 (high molecular weight unsaturated polycarboxylic acid); Evka (EFKA) manufactured by EFKA 4047, 4050 ~ 4165 (polyurethane type), Efka (EFKA) 4330 ~ Evka (EFKA) 4340 (block copolymer), 4400 ~ 4402 (modified polyacrylate), 5010 ( Polyester decylamine), 5765 (high molecular weight polycarboxylate), 6220 (fatty acid polyester), 6745 (phthalocyanine derivative), 6750 (azo pigment derivative)"; Ajinomoto Fine-Chemistry "Ajisper PB821, PB822, PB880, PB881" manufactured by Techno); "Flowlen TG-710 (urethane oligomer), Polyflow No. 50E, No. 300 (acrylic copolymer)" manufactured by Nippon Chemical Co., Ltd. "Disparlon" KS-860, 873SN, 874, #2150 (aliphatic polycarboxylic acid), #7004 (polyether ester), DA-703-50, DA-705, DA-725"; Demol RN, N (formalin polycondensate), MS, C, SN-B (aromatic polycondensate), Homogenol L manufactured by Kao Corporation -18 (polymer polycarboxylic acid), Emulgen 920, 930, 935, 985 (polyoxyethylidene phenyl ether), acetaxel (Acetamin) 86 (stearylamine) Acetate)": Solsperse 5000 (phthalocyanine derivative), 22000 (azo pigment derivative), 13240 (polyesteramine) manufactured by Lubrizol, Japan , 3000, 12000, 17000, 20000, 27000 (polymers with functional parts at the end), 24000, 28000, 32000, 38500 (grafted polymers); Nikko (Nikko) "Nikkol T106 (polyoxyethyl sorbitan monooleate), MYS-IEX (polyoxyethylidene monostearate)" manufactured by Chemicals); "Hinoact T-8000E" manufactured by Kawaken Fine Chemicals Co., Ltd.; "organic siloxane polymer KP341" manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.; EFKA-46, EFKA-47, EFKA-47EA, EFKA polymer 100, EFKA polymer 400, Evka EFKA) Polymer 401, Efka (EFKA) Polymer 450"; Disperse Aid 6, Dispas Ed (made by San Nopco) Disperse Aid) 8, Disperse Aid 15, Disperse Aid 9100, and other polymer dispersants; Eddie Science, made by ADEKA Adeka Pluronic L31, F38, L42, L44, L61, L64, F68, L72, P95, F77, P84, F87, P94, L101, P103, F108 L121, P-123 "; and" Iao Knight (Ionet) (trade name) S-20 ", etc. Sanyo Chemical (shares) manufacture. In addition, Acrybase FFS-6752, Acrybase FFS-187, Acrycure RD-F8, and Cyclomer P can also be used. Further, the resin described as the dispersant can also be used for applications other than the dispersant. For example, it can also be used as a binder.

<<<鹼可溶性樹脂>>> 本發明的著色組成物可含有鹼可溶性樹脂作為樹脂。藉由含有鹼可溶性樹脂,顯影性・圖案形成性得到提高。再者,鹼可溶性樹脂亦可用作分散劑或黏合劑。<<<Alkali Soluble Resin>>> The coloring composition of the present invention may contain an alkali-soluble resin as a resin. The developability and pattern formability are improved by containing an alkali-soluble resin. Further, an alkali-soluble resin can also be used as a dispersing agent or a binder.

鹼可溶性樹脂的分子量並無特別限定,重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為5,000~100,000。另外,數量平均分子量(Mn)較佳為1,000~20,000。 作為鹼可溶性樹脂,可自如下鹼可溶性樹脂中適宜選擇,所述鹼可溶性樹脂可為線狀有機高分子聚合體,且於分子(較佳為以丙烯酸系共聚物、苯乙烯系共聚物為主鏈的分子)中具有至少一個促進鹼可溶性的基。The molecular weight of the alkali-soluble resin is not particularly limited, and the weight average molecular weight (Mw) is preferably from 5,000 to 100,000. Further, the number average molecular weight (Mn) is preferably from 1,000 to 20,000. The alkali-soluble resin can be suitably selected from the following alkali-soluble resins, and the alkali-soluble resin can be a linear organic polymer, and is preferably a molecule (preferably an acrylic copolymer or a styrene copolymer). The molecule of the chain has at least one group that promotes alkali solubility.

作為鹼可溶性樹脂,就耐熱性的觀點而言,較佳為聚羥基苯乙烯系樹脂、聚矽氧烷系樹脂、丙烯酸系樹脂、丙烯醯胺系樹脂、丙烯酸/丙烯醯胺共聚物樹脂,就控制顯影性的觀點而言,較佳為丙烯酸系樹脂、丙烯醯胺系樹脂、丙烯酸/丙烯醯胺共聚物樹脂。 作為促進鹼可溶性的基(以下,亦稱為酸基),例如可列舉:羧基、磷酸基、磺酸基、酚性羥基等,較佳為於有機溶劑中可溶且可藉由弱鹼性水溶液顯影者,可列舉(甲基)丙烯酸作為特佳者。該些酸基可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上。The alkali-soluble resin is preferably a polyhydroxystyrene resin, a polyoxyalkylene resin, an acrylic resin, an acrylamide resin, or an acrylic/acrylamide copolymer resin from the viewpoint of heat resistance. From the viewpoint of controlling developability, an acrylic resin, an acrylamide resin, or an acrylic/acrylamide copolymer resin is preferable. Examples of the base which promotes alkali solubility (hereinafter, also referred to as an acid group) include a carboxyl group, a phosphoric acid group, a sulfonic acid group, and a phenolic hydroxyl group, and are preferably soluble in an organic solvent and may be weakly alkaline. As the developer of the aqueous solution, (meth)acrylic acid is particularly preferred. These acid groups may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

鹼可溶性樹脂的製造中例如可應用利用公知的自由基聚合法的方法。藉由自由基聚合法製造鹼可溶性樹脂時的溫度、壓力、自由基起始劑的種類及其量、溶媒的種類等的聚合條件對於本領域技術人員而言可容易地設定,並且亦可實驗性地決定條件。For the production of an alkali-soluble resin, for example, a method using a known radical polymerization method can be applied. The polymerization conditions such as the temperature, the pressure, the type and amount of the radical initiator, the kind of the solvent, and the like when the alkali-soluble resin is produced by the radical polymerization method can be easily set by those skilled in the art, and can also be experimentally conducted. Determine the conditions sexually.

鹼可溶性樹脂較佳為於側鏈具有羧基的聚合物,亦可列舉:甲基丙烯酸共聚物、丙烯酸共聚物、衣康酸共聚物、丁烯酸共聚物、馬來酸共聚物、部分酯化馬來酸共聚物、酚醛清漆型樹脂等鹼可溶性酚樹脂等,以及於側鏈具有羧基的酸性纖維素衍生物、於具有羥基的聚合物中加成有酸酐而成者。尤其是(甲基)丙烯酸、和可與其進行共聚的其他單體的共聚物作為鹼可溶性樹脂而較佳。作為可與(甲基)丙烯酸進行共聚的其他單體,可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸芳基酯、乙烯基化合物等。作為(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯及(甲基)丙烯酸芳基酯,可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯、(甲基)丙烯酸甲苯酯、(甲基)丙烯酸萘酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯等,作為乙烯基化合物,可列舉:苯乙烯、α-甲基苯乙烯、乙烯基甲苯、甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯、丙烯腈、乙酸乙烯酯、N-乙烯基吡咯啶酮、甲基丙烯酸四氫糠酯、聚苯乙烯巨分子單體、聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯巨分子單體等。另外,作為其他單體,可使用日本專利特開平10-300922號公報中記載的N位取代馬來醯亞胺單體。例如可列舉N-苯基馬來醯亞胺、N-環己基馬來醯亞胺等。再者,該些可與(甲基)丙烯酸進行共聚的其他單體可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上。The alkali-soluble resin is preferably a polymer having a carboxyl group in a side chain, and examples thereof include a methacrylic acid copolymer, an acrylic copolymer, an itaconic acid copolymer, a butenoic acid copolymer, a maleic acid copolymer, and a partial esterification. An alkali-soluble phenol resin such as a maleic acid copolymer or a novolac type resin, and an acid anhydride derivative having a carboxyl group in a side chain, and an acid anhydride added to a polymer having a hydroxyl group. In particular, a copolymer of (meth)acrylic acid and another monomer copolymerizable therewith is preferred as the alkali-soluble resin. Examples of the other monomer copolymerizable with (meth)acrylic acid include an alkyl (meth)acrylate, an aryl (meth)acrylate, and a vinyl compound. Examples of the (meth)acrylic acid alkyl ester and the (meth)acrylic acid aryl ester include methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, propyl (meth)acrylate, and (methyl). Butyl acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, amyl (meth)acrylate, hexyl (meth)acrylate, octyl (meth)acrylate, phenyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid Benzyl ester, toluene (meth)acrylate, naphthyl (meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, etc., as the vinyl compound, styrene, α-methylstyrene, vinyl toluene , glycidyl methacrylate, acrylonitrile, vinyl acetate, N-vinyl pyrrolidone, tetrahydrofurfuryl methacrylate, polystyrene macromonomer, polymethyl methacrylate macromonomer, etc. . In addition, as the other monomer, the N-substituted maleimide monomer described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. Hei 10-300922 can be used. For example, N-phenylmaleimide, N-cyclohexylmaleimide, etc. are mentioned. Further, these other monomers copolymerizable with (meth)acrylic acid may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

鹼可溶性樹脂可較佳地使用(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯/(甲基)丙烯酸共聚物、(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯/(甲基)丙烯酸/(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯共聚物、包含(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯/(甲基)丙烯酸/其他單體的多元共聚物。另外,亦可較佳地使用將(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯共聚而成者、日本專利特開平7-140654號公報中記載的(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丙酯/聚苯乙烯巨分子單體/甲基丙烯酸苄酯/甲基丙烯酸共聚物、丙烯酸2-羥基-3-苯氧基丙酯/聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯巨分子單體/甲基丙烯酸苄酯/甲基丙烯酸共聚物、甲基丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯/聚苯乙烯巨分子單體/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/甲基丙烯酸共聚物、甲基丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯/聚苯乙烯巨分子單體/甲基丙烯酸苄酯/甲基丙烯酸共聚物等。另外,作為市售品,例如亦可使用FF-426(藤倉化成公司製造)等。As the alkali-soluble resin, a benzyl (meth)acrylate/(meth)acrylic acid copolymer, a benzyl (meth)acrylate/(meth)acrylic acid/2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate copolymer can be preferably used. A multicomponent copolymer comprising benzyl (meth)acrylate/(meth)acrylic acid/other monomer. In addition, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate/polystyrene described in JP-A-7-140654, which is a copolymer of 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, can also be preferably used. Macromonomer/Benzyl methacrylate/methacrylic acid copolymer, 2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl acrylate/polymethyl methacrylate macromonomer/benzyl methacrylate/methacrylic acid Copolymer, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate/polystyrene macromonomer/methyl methacrylate/methacrylic acid copolymer, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate/polystyrene macromonomer/A Benzyl acrylate / methacrylic acid copolymer and the like. In addition, as a commercial item, for example, FF-426 (made by Fujikura Kasei Co., Ltd.) or the like can be used.

另外,鹼可溶性樹脂亦可使用具有聚合性基的鹼可溶性樹脂。作為聚合性基,可列舉(甲基)烯丙基、(甲基)丙烯醯基等。具有聚合性基的鹼可溶性樹脂中,於側鏈具有聚合性基的鹼可溶性樹脂等有用。作為具有聚合性基的鹼可溶性樹脂,可列舉:戴娜爾(Dianal)NR系列(三菱麗陽股份有限公司製造),佛陀瑪(Photomer)6173(含有COOH的聚胺基甲酸酯丙烯酸系寡聚物,鑽石三葉草有限公司(Diamond Shamrock Co., Ltd)製造),比斯克(Biscoat)R-264、KS抗蝕劑106(均為大阪有機化學工業股份有限公司製造),賽庫洛瑪(Cyclomer)P系列(例如,ACA230AA)、普拉賽爾(Placcel)CF200系列(均為大賽璐(Daicel)(股)製造),艾巴克力(Ebecryl)3800(大賽璐UCB股份有限公司製造),壓克力庫亞(Acrycure)RD-F8(日本觸媒公司製造)等。Further, as the alkali-soluble resin, an alkali-soluble resin having a polymerizable group can also be used. Examples of the polymerizable group include a (meth)allyl group and a (meth)acrylonitrile group. Among the alkali-soluble resins having a polymerizable group, an alkali-soluble resin having a polymerizable group in a side chain or the like is useful. Examples of the alkali-soluble resin having a polymerizable group include: Dianal NR series (manufactured by Mitsubishi Rayon Co., Ltd.), and Photomer 6173 (polyurethane-based oligosaccharide containing COOH). Polymer, manufactured by Diamond Shamrock Co., Ltd., Biscoat R-264, KS Resist 106 (both manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), Sekuroma ( Cyclomer) P series (for example, ACA230AA), Placcel CF200 series (all manufactured by Daicel), Ebecryl 3800 (made by UCB Co., Ltd.), Acrycure RD-F8 (manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.).

鹼可溶性樹脂亦較佳為包含如下的聚合物,所述聚合物是將包含下述通式(ED1)所示的化合物及/或日本專利特開2010-168539號公報的通式(1)所表示的化合物(以下,有時將該些化合物亦稱為「醚二聚物」)的單體成分加以聚合而成。The alkali-soluble resin is also preferably a polymer comprising a compound represented by the following formula (ED1) and/or a formula (1) of JP-A-2010-168539. The monomer components of the compound (hereinafter, some of these compounds are also referred to as "ether dimers") are polymerized.

[化38] [化38]

通式(ED1)中,R1 及R2 分別獨立地表示氫原子或可具有取代基的碳數1~25的烴基。In the formula (ED1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.

作為醚二聚物的具體例,例如可參考日本專利特開2013-29760號公報的段落0317,將該內容併入至本說明書中。醚二聚物可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上。As a specific example of the ether dimer, for example, reference is made to paragraph 0317 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2013-29760, which is incorporated herein by reference. The ether dimer may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

鹼可溶性樹脂亦可包含源自下述式(X)所示的化合物的重複單元。 [化39]式(X)中,R1 表示氫原子或甲基,R2 表示碳數2~10的伸烷基,R3 表示氫原子或可包含苯環的碳數1~20的烷基。n表示1~15的整數。The alkali-soluble resin may also contain a repeating unit derived from a compound represented by the following formula (X). [39] In the formula (X), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 2 represents a alkylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and R 3 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may include a benzene ring. n represents an integer of 1 to 15.

所述式(X)中,R2 的伸烷基的碳數較佳為2~3。另外,R3 的烷基的碳數為1~20,更佳為1~10,R3 的烷基可包含苯環。作為R3 所表示的包含苯環的烷基,可列舉苄基、2-苯基(異)丙基等。In the formula (X), the alkyl group of R 2 preferably has 2 to 3 carbon atoms. Further, the alkyl group of R 3 has a carbon number of from 1 to 20, more preferably from 1 to 10, and the alkyl group of R 3 may contain a benzene ring. As the alkyl group R contains a benzene ring represented by 3 include benzyl, 2-phenyl (iso) propyl and the like.

作為鹼可溶性樹脂的具體例,例如可列舉下述樹脂。以下的式中,Me為甲基。 [化40] Specific examples of the alkali-soluble resin include the following resins. In the following formula, Me is a methyl group. [化40]

鹼可溶性樹脂可參考日本專利特開2012-208494號公報的段落0558~段落0571(對應的美國專利申請公開第2012/0235099號說明書的[0685]~[0700])的記載,將該些內容併入至本說明書中。進而,亦可使用日本專利特開2012-32767號公報的段落編號0029~段落編號0063中記載的共聚物(B)及實施例中所使用的鹼可溶性樹脂、日本專利特開2012-208474號公報的段落編號0088~段落編號0098中記載的黏合劑樹脂及實施例中所使用的黏合劑樹脂、日本專利特開2012-137531號公報的段落編號0022~段落編號0032中記載的黏合劑樹脂及實施例中所使用的黏合劑樹脂、日本專利特開2013-024934號公報的段落編號0132~段落編號0143中記載的黏合劑樹脂及實施例中所使用的黏合劑樹脂、日本專利特開2011-242752號公報的段落編號0092~段落編號0098及實施例中所使用的黏合劑樹脂、日本專利特開2012-032770號公報的段落編號0030~段落編號0072中記載的黏合劑樹脂。將該些內容併入至本說明書中。The alkali-soluble resin can be referred to the descriptions of paragraphs 0558 to 0571 of the Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-208494 (corresponding to U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2012/0235099, the specification of [0685] to [0700]). Enter this manual. Further, the copolymer (B) described in Paragraph No. 0029 to Paragraph 0063 of JP-A-2012-32767, and the alkali-soluble resin used in the examples, and JP-A-2012-208474 can be used. The adhesive resin described in the paragraphs 0088 to 0098 and the adhesive resin used in the examples, and the adhesive resin described in paragraph number 0022 to paragraph 0032 of JP-A-2012-137531 The adhesive resin used in the example, the adhesive resin described in Paragraph No. 0132 to Paragraph No. 0143 of JP-A-2013-024934, and the adhesive resin used in the Example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2011-242752 The adhesive resin described in Paragraph No. 0092 to Paragraph No. 0098 of the Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 0098 and the Examples, and the adhesive resin described in Paragraph No. 0030 to Paragraph No. 0072 of JP-A-2012-032770. This content is incorporated into this specification.

鹼可溶性樹脂的酸價較佳為30 mgKOH/g~500 mgKOH/g。下限更佳為50 mgKOH/g以上,進而佳為70 mgKOH/g以上。上限更佳為400 mgKOH/g以下,進而佳為200 mgKOH/g以下,特佳為150 mgKOH/g以下,尤佳為120 mgKOH/g以下。The acid value of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably from 30 mgKOH/g to 500 mgKOH/g. The lower limit is more preferably 50 mgKOH/g or more, and further preferably 70 mgKOH/g or more. The upper limit is more preferably 400 mgKOH/g or less, further preferably 200 mgKOH/g or less, particularly preferably 150 mgKOH/g or less, and particularly preferably 120 mgKOH/g or less.

相對於著色組成物的總固體成分,鹼可溶性樹脂的含量較佳為0.1質量%~20質量%。下限較佳為1質量%以上,更佳為2質量%以上。上限較佳為15質量%以下,更佳為10質量%以下。本發明的著色組成物可僅包含一種鹼可溶性樹脂,亦可包含兩種以上。於包含兩種以上的情況下,較佳為其合計量成為所述範圍。The content of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably from 0.1% by mass to 20% by mass based on the total solid content of the colored composition. The lower limit is preferably 1% by mass or more, and more preferably 2% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 15% by mass or less, and more preferably 10% by mass or less. The colored composition of the present invention may contain only one alkali-soluble resin, or may contain two or more kinds. When two or more types are contained, it is preferable that the total amount is the said range.

<<溶劑>> 本發明的著色組成物較佳為含有溶劑。溶劑較佳為有機溶劑。溶劑只要滿足各成分的溶解性或著色組成物的塗佈性,則並無特別限制。<<Solvent>> The coloring composition of the present invention preferably contains a solvent. The solvent is preferably an organic solvent. The solvent is not particularly limited as long as it satisfies the solubility of each component or the coatability of the coloring composition.

有機溶劑的例子例如可列舉以下者。作為酯類,例如可較佳地列舉:乙酸乙酯、乙酸正丁酯、乙酸異丁酯、乙酸環己酯、甲酸戊酯、乙酸異戊酯、丙酸丁酯、丁酸異丙酯、丁酸乙酯、丁酸丁酯、乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯、烷氧基乙酸烷基酯(例如,烷氧基乙酸甲酯、烷氧基乙酸乙酯、烷氧基乙酸丁酯(例如,甲氧基乙酸甲酯、甲氧基乙酸乙酯、甲氧基乙酸丁酯、乙氧基乙酸甲酯、乙氧基乙酸乙酯等))、3-烷氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例如,3-烷氧基丙酸甲酯、3-烷氧基丙酸乙酯等(例如,3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、3-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯等))、2-烷氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例:2-烷氧基丙酸甲酯、2-烷氧基丙酸乙酯、2-烷氧基丙酸丙酯等(例如,2-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、2-甲氧基丙酸丙酯、2-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基丙酸乙酯))、2-烷氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯及2-烷氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯(例如,2-甲氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯等)、丙酮酸甲酯、丙酮酸乙酯、丙酮酸丙酯、乙醯乙酸甲酯、乙醯乙酸乙酯、2-氧代丁酸甲酯、2-氧代丁酸乙酯等;以及作為醚類,例如可較佳地列舉:二乙二醇二甲醚、四氫呋喃、乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單乙醚、甲基溶纖劑乙酸酯、乙基溶纖劑乙酸酯、二乙二醇單甲醚、二乙二醇單乙醚、二乙二醇單丁醚、丙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單丙醚乙酸酯等;以及作為酮類,例如可較佳地列舉:甲基乙基酮、環己酮、環戊酮、2-庚酮、3-庚酮等;以及作為芳香族烴類,例如可較佳地列舉:甲苯、二甲苯等。Examples of the organic solvent include the following. Examples of the esters include ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, cyclohexyl acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, butyl propionate, and isopropyl butyrate. Ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, alkyl alkoxyacetate (for example, methyl alkoxyacetate, ethyl alkoxylate, butyl alkoxy acetate (for example) , methyl methoxyacetate, ethyl methoxyacetate, butyl methoxyacetate, methyl ethoxyacetate, ethyl ethoxyacetate, etc.), alkyl 3-alkoxypropionate (For example, methyl 3-alkoxypropionate, ethyl 3-alkoxypropionate, etc. (for example, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, 3-ethoxyl) Methyl propyl propionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, etc.), alkyl 2-alkoxypropionate (Example: methyl 2-alkoxypropionate, 2-alkoxypropionic acid) Ethyl ester, propyl 2-alkoxypropionate, etc. (for example, methyl 2-methoxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, propyl 2-methoxypropionate, 2-ethoxyl Methyl propyl propionate, ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate), 2-alkoxy-2-methylpropanoate and Ethyl 2-alkoxy-2-methylpropanoate (for example, methyl 2-methoxy-2-methylpropanoate, ethyl 2-ethoxy-2-methylpropionate, etc.), acetone Methyl ester, ethyl pyruvate, propyl pyruvate, methyl ethyl acetate, ethyl acetate, methyl 2-oxobutyrate, ethyl 2-oxobutanoate, etc.; and as ethers, For example, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, diethyl Glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, etc.; Further, examples of the ketones include methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 2-heptanone, and 3-heptanone; and, as the aromatic hydrocarbon, for example, preferably exemplified : Toluene, xylene, and the like.

有機溶劑可單獨使用一種,亦可將兩種以上組合使用。於將兩種以上的有機溶劑組合使用的情況下,特佳為包含選自所述3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯、乙基溶纖劑乙酸酯、乳酸乙酯、二乙二醇二甲醚、乙酸丁酯、3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-庚酮、環己酮、乙基卡必醇乙酸酯、丁基卡必醇乙酸酯、丙二醇甲醚及丙二醇甲醚乙酸酯中的兩種以上的混合溶液。The organic solvent may be used alone or in combination of two or more. In the case where two or more organic solvents are used in combination, it is particularly preferred to include a methyl ester selected from the group consisting of methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, and ethyl cellosolve acetate. Ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, cyclohexanone, ethyl carbitol acetate, butyl carbitol A mixed solution of two or more of acetate, propylene glycol methyl ether and propylene glycol methyl ether acetate.

本發明中,有機溶劑的過氧化物的含有率較佳為0.8 mmol/L以下,更佳為實質上不含過氧化物。In the present invention, the content of the peroxide of the organic solvent is preferably 0.8 mmol/L or less, and more preferably substantially no peroxide.

溶劑的含量較佳為著色組成物的總固體成分成為5質量%~80質量%的量。下限較佳為10質量%以上。上限較佳為60質量%以下,更佳為50質量%以下,進而佳為40質量%以下。The content of the solvent is preferably such an amount that the total solid content of the colored composition is from 5% by mass to 80% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 10% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 60% by mass or less, more preferably 50% by mass or less, and still more preferably 40% by mass or less.

<<硬化性化合物>> 本發明的著色組成物含有硬化性化合物。作為硬化性化合物,可使用可藉由自由基、酸、熱而進行交聯的公知的化合物。例如可列舉含有具有乙烯性不飽和鍵的基、環狀醚(環氧、氧雜環丁烷)基、羥甲基等的化合物。作為具有乙烯性不飽和鍵的基,可列舉乙烯基、(甲基)烯丙基、(甲基)丙烯醯基等。 本發明中,硬化性化合物較佳為聚合性化合物,更佳為自由基聚合性化合物。<<Curable Compound>> The colored composition of the present invention contains a curable compound. As the curable compound, a known compound which can be crosslinked by a radical, an acid or heat can be used. For example, a compound containing a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, a cyclic ether (epoxy group, oxetane) group, or a methylol group can be mentioned. Examples of the group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond include a vinyl group, a (meth)allyl group, and a (meth)acryl fluorenyl group. In the present invention, the curable compound is preferably a polymerizable compound, more preferably a radical polymerizable compound.

相對於著色組成物的總固體成分,硬化性化合物的含量較佳為0.1質量%~50質量%。下限例如更佳為0.5質量%以上,進而佳為1質量%以上。上限例如更佳為45質量%以下,進而佳為40質量%以下。硬化性化合物可為單獨一種,亦可併用兩種以上。於併用兩種以上的情況下,較佳為合計量成為所述範圍。The content of the curable compound is preferably from 0.1% by mass to 50% by mass based on the total solid content of the colored composition. The lower limit is, for example, more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and still more preferably 1% by mass or more. The upper limit is, for example, more preferably 45% by mass or less, and still more preferably 40% by mass or less. The curable compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more. In the case where two or more types are used in combination, it is preferred that the total amount is within the above range.

(聚合性化合物) 本發明中,聚合性化合物例如亦可為單體、預聚物即二聚物、三聚物及寡聚物、或者該些的混合物以及該些的多聚體等化學形態的任一種。於聚合性化合物為光自由基聚合性化合物的情況下,較佳為單體。 聚合性化合物的分子量較佳為100~3000。上限較佳為2000以下,進而佳為1500以下。下限較佳為150以上,進而佳為250以上。 聚合性化合物較佳為三官能~十五官能的(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物,更佳為三官能~六官能的(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物。作為該些的具體化合物,可參考日本專利特開2009-288705號公報的段落編號0095~段落編號0108、日本專利特開2013-29760號公報的段落0227、日本專利特開2008-292970號公報的段落編號0254~段落編號0257中記載的化合物,將該內容併入至本說明書中。(Polymerizable compound) In the present invention, the polymerizable compound may be, for example, a monomer, a prepolymer, that is, a dimer, a trimer, or an oligomer, or a mixture thereof, and a chemical form such as a polymer. Any of them. When the polymerizable compound is a photoradical polymerizable compound, it is preferably a monomer. The molecular weight of the polymerizable compound is preferably from 100 to 3,000. The upper limit is preferably 2,000 or less, and more preferably 1,500 or less. The lower limit is preferably 150 or more, and more preferably 250 or more. The polymerizable compound is preferably a trifunctional to pentafunctional (meth) acrylate compound, more preferably a trifunctional to hexafunctional (meth) acrylate compound. As a specific compound, the paragraph number 0095 to the paragraph number 0108 of the Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2009-288705, the paragraph 0227 of the Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2013-29760, and the Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2008-292970 The compound described in Paragraph No. 0254 to Paragraph No. 0257 is incorporated in the present specification.

聚合性化合物較佳為二季戊四醇三丙烯酸酯(市售品為卡亞拉得(KAYARAD)D-330;日本化藥股份有限公司製造)、二季戊四醇四丙烯酸酯(市售品為卡亞拉得(KAYARAD)D-320;日本化藥股份有限公司製造)、二季戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯(市售品為卡亞拉得(KAYARAD)D-310;日本化藥股份有限公司製造)、二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯(市售品為卡亞拉得(KAYARAD)DPHA,日本化藥股份有限公司製造;A-DPH-12E,新中村化學工業公司製造)、及該些的(甲基)丙烯醯基經由乙二醇殘基、丙二醇殘基而鍵結的結構(例如,由沙多瑪(Sartomer)公司市售的SR454、SR499)。亦可使用該些的寡聚物類型。另外,亦可使用卡亞拉得(KAYARAD)RP-1040、DPCA-20(日本化藥股份有限公司製造)。另外,亦可使用下述化合物。 [化41] The polymerizable compound is preferably dipentaerythritol triacrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD D-330; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) and dipentaerythritol tetraacrylate (commercially available as Kayad) (KAYARAD) D-320; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate (commercial product is KAYARAD D-310; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), Dipentaerythritol hexa(meth) acrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD DPHA, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.; A-DPH-12E, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), and A structure in which a methyl group acrylonitrile group is bonded via an ethylene glycol residue or a propylene glycol residue (for example, SR454, SR499 commercially available from Sartomer Co., Ltd.). These types of oligomers can also be used. In addition, KAYARAD RP-1040 and DPCA-20 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) can also be used. In addition, the following compounds can also be used. [化41]

聚合性化合物亦可具有羧基、磺酸基、磷酸基等酸基。作為市售品,例如可列舉作為東亞合成股份有限公司製造的多元酸改質丙烯酸系寡聚物的M-305、M-510、M-520等。The polymerizable compound may have an acid group such as a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group or a phosphoric acid group. For example, M-305, M-510, M-520, etc. which are polybasic acid-modified acrylic oligomers manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd. are mentioned as a commercial item.

具有酸基的聚合性化合物的較佳酸價為0.1 mgKOH/g~40 mgKOH/g,特佳為5 mgKOH/g~30 mgKOH/g。若聚合性化合物的酸價為0.1 mgKOH/g以上,則顯影溶解特性良好,若為40 mgKOH/g以下,則於製造或操作方面有利。進而,光聚合性能良好,硬化性優異。The preferred acid value of the polymerizable compound having an acid group is from 0.1 mgKOH/g to 40 mgKOH/g, particularly preferably from 5 mgKOH/g to 30 mgKOH/g. When the acid value of the polymerizable compound is 0.1 mgKOH/g or more, the development and dissolution characteristics are good, and when it is 40 mgKOH/g or less, it is advantageous in terms of production or handling. Further, the photopolymerization performance is good and the curability is excellent.

聚合性化合物中,具有己內酯結構的化合物亦為較佳態樣。 具有己內酯結構的聚合性化合物例如由日本化藥(股)以卡亞拉得(KAYARAD)DPCA系列來市售,可列舉:DPCA-20、DPCA-30、DPCA-60、DPCA-120等。Among the polymerizable compounds, a compound having a caprolactone structure is also preferred. The polymerizable compound having a caprolactone structure is commercially available, for example, from the KAYARAD DPCA series from Japan Chemicals Co., Ltd., and examples thereof include DPCA-20, DPCA-30, DPCA-60, DPCA-120, and the like. .

聚合性化合物亦可使用具有伸烷氧基的聚合性化合物。具有伸烷氧基的聚合性化合物較佳為具有伸乙氧基及/或伸丙氧基的聚合性化合物,進而佳為具有伸乙氧基的聚合性化合物,更佳為具有4個~20個伸乙氧基的三官能~六官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物。As the polymerizable compound, a polymerizable compound having an alkoxy group can also be used. The polymerizable compound having an alkoxy group is preferably a polymerizable compound having an ethoxy group and/or a propoxy group, and further preferably a polymerizable compound having an ethoxy group, more preferably 4 to 20 An ethoxylated trifunctional to hexafunctional (meth) acrylate compound.

作為具有伸烷氧基的聚合性化合物的具體例,可列舉以下化合物。 [化42] Specific examples of the polymerizable compound having an alkoxy group include the following compounds. [化42]

作為具有伸烷氧基的聚合性化合物的市售品,例如可列舉沙多瑪(Sartomer)公司製造的具有4個伸乙氧基的四官能丙烯酸酯即SR-494、日本化藥股份有限公司製造的具有6個伸戊氧基的六官能丙烯酸酯即DPCA-60、具有3個伸異丁氧基的三官能丙烯酸酯即TPA-330等。As a commercial item of the polymerizable compound having an alkoxy group, for example, SR-494, which is a tetrafunctional acrylate having four ethylene oxide groups, manufactured by Sartomer Co., Ltd., is known as Nippon Chemical Co., Ltd. A hexafunctional acrylate having six pentyloxy groups, that is, DPCA-60, a trifunctional acrylate having three isobutoxy groups, that is, TPA-330, or the like, was produced.

作為聚合性化合物,如日本專利特公昭48-41708號公報、日本專利特開昭51-37193號公報、日本專利特公平2-32293號公報、日本專利特公平2-16765號公報中所記載般的胺基甲酸酯丙烯酸酯類、或日本專利特公昭58-49860號公報、日本專利特公昭56-17654號公報、日本專利特公昭62-39417號公報、日本專利特公昭62-39418號公報記載的具有環氧乙烷系骨架的胺基甲酸酯化合物類亦較佳。另外,亦較佳為使用日本專利特開昭63-277653號公報、日本專利特開昭63-260909號公報、日本專利特開平1-105238號公報中所記載的於分子內具有胺基結構或硫醚結構的加成聚合性化合物類。 作為市售品,可列舉:胺基甲酸酯寡聚物UAS-10、UAB-140(山陽國策紙漿公司製造),UA-7200(新中村化學工業公司製造),DPHA-40H(日本化藥公司製造),UA-306H、UA-306T、UA-306I、AH-600、T-600、AI-600(共榮社化學(股)製造)等。The polymerizable compound is as described in JP-A-48-41708, JP-A-53-37193, JP-A-2-332293, and JP-A-2-16765. Amino acrylate acrylates, or Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 58-49860, Japanese Patent Publication No. SHO 56-17654, Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 62-39417, Japanese Patent Publication No. SHO 62-39418 The urethane compound having an ethylene oxide skeleton described above is also preferred. In addition, it is preferable to use an amine group structure in the molecule as described in JP-A-63-277653, JP-A-63-260909, and JP-A-1-105238. An addition polymerizable compound of a thioether structure. Commercially available products include urethane oligomer UAS-10, UAB-140 (manufactured by Shanyang Guoce Pulp Co., Ltd.), UA-7200 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), and DPHA-40H (Nippon Chemical Co., Ltd.) Manufactured by the company), UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I, AH-600, T-600, AI-600 (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.).

於使用聚合性化合物作為硬化性化合物的情況下,相對於組成物的總固體成分,聚合性化合物的含量較佳為0.1質量%~50質量%。下限例如更佳為0.5質量%以上,進而佳為1質量%以上。上限例如更佳為45質量%以下,進而佳為40質量%以下。硬化性化合物可為單獨一種,亦可併用兩種以上。於併用兩種以上的情況下,較佳為合計量成為所述範圍。 另外,相對於硬化性化合物的總質量,聚合性化合物的含量較佳為10質量%~100質量%,更佳為30質量%~100質量%。When a polymerizable compound is used as the curable compound, the content of the polymerizable compound is preferably from 0.1% by mass to 50% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition. The lower limit is, for example, more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and still more preferably 1% by mass or more. The upper limit is, for example, more preferably 45% by mass or less, and still more preferably 40% by mass or less. The curable compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more. In the case where two or more types are used in combination, it is preferred that the total amount is within the above range. Further, the content of the polymerizable compound is preferably from 10% by mass to 100% by mass, and more preferably from 30% by mass to 100% by mass based on the total mass of the curable compound.

(具有環氧基的化合物) 於本發明中,作為硬化性化合物,亦可使用具有環氧基的化合物。具有環氧基的化合物較佳為於一分子內具有兩個以上的環氧基的化合物。環氧基較佳為於一分子內具有2個~100個。上限例如亦可設為10個以下,亦可設為5個以下。(Compound having an epoxy group) In the present invention, a compound having an epoxy group can also be used as the curable compound. The compound having an epoxy group is preferably a compound having two or more epoxy groups in one molecule. The epoxy group preferably has 2 to 100 in one molecule. The upper limit may be, for example, 10 or less, or may be 5 or less.

本發明中具有環氧基的化合物較佳為具有芳香族環及/或脂肪族環的結構,進而佳為具有脂肪族環的結構。環氧基較佳為經由單鍵或連結基而鍵結於芳香族環及/或脂肪族環。作為連結基,可列舉包含選自伸烷基、伸芳基、-O-、-NR'-(R'表示氫原子、可具有取代基的烷基或可具有取代基的芳基,較佳為氫原子)所表示的結構、-SO2 -、-CO-、-O-及-S-中的至少一個的基。 於具有脂肪族環的化合物的情況下,較佳為環氧基直接鍵結(單鍵)於脂肪族環而成的化合物。於具有芳香族環的化合物的情況下,較佳為環氧基經由連結基而鍵結於芳香族環而成的化合物。連結基較佳為包含伸烷基、或伸烷基與-O-的組合的基。 另外,具有環氧基的化合物亦可使用具有兩個以上的芳香族環藉由烴基而連結的結構的化合物。烴基較佳為碳數1~6的伸烷基。環氧基較佳為經由所述連結基而連結。The compound having an epoxy group in the present invention preferably has a structure having an aromatic ring and/or an aliphatic ring, and further preferably has an aliphatic ring structure. The epoxy group is preferably bonded to the aromatic ring and/or the aliphatic ring via a single bond or a linking group. The linking group may, for example, be an alkyl group selected from an alkyl group, an extended aryl group, -O-, or -NR'- (R' represents a hydrogen atom, may have a substituent, or may have a substituent, preferably A structure represented by a hydrogen atom), a group of at least one of -SO 2 -, -CO-, -O-, and -S-. In the case of a compound having an aliphatic ring, a compound in which an epoxy group is directly bonded (single bond) to an aliphatic ring is preferred. In the case of a compound having an aromatic ring, a compound in which an epoxy group is bonded to an aromatic ring via a linking group is preferred. The linking group is preferably a group containing an alkyl group or a combination of an alkyl group and -O-. Further, as the compound having an epoxy group, a compound having a structure in which two or more aromatic rings are bonded by a hydrocarbon group can also be used. The hydrocarbon group is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. The epoxy group is preferably linked via the linking group.

具有環氧基的化合物的環氧當量(=具有環氧基的化合物的分子量/環氧基的個數)較佳為500 g/eq以下,更佳為100 g/eq~400 g/eq,進而佳為100 g/eq~300 g/eq。The epoxy equivalent of the compound having an epoxy group (= the molecular weight of the compound having an epoxy group / the number of epoxy groups) is preferably 500 g/eq or less, more preferably 100 g/eq to 400 g/eq. Further preferably, it is from 100 g/eq to 300 g/eq.

具有環氧基的化合物可為低分子化合物(例如分子量未滿2000,進而分子量未滿1000),亦可為高分子化合物(macromolecule)(例如分子量為1000以上,於聚合物的情況下,重量平均分子量為1000以上)的任一個。具有環氧基的化合物的重量平均分子量較佳為200~100000,更佳為500~50000。重量平均分子量的上限較佳為3000以下,更佳為2000以下,進而佳為1500以下。The compound having an epoxy group may be a low molecular compound (for example, a molecular weight of less than 2,000, and a molecular weight of less than 1,000), or may be a macromolecule (for example, a molecular weight of 1,000 or more, in the case of a polymer, a weight average) Any one of molecular weights of 1,000 or more. The weight average molecular weight of the epoxy group-containing compound is preferably from 200 to 100,000, more preferably from 500 to 50,000. The upper limit of the weight average molecular weight is preferably 3,000 or less, more preferably 2,000 or less, and still more preferably 1,500 or less.

具有環氧基的化合物亦可使用日本專利特開2013-011869號公報的段落編號0034~段落編號0036、日本專利特開2014-043556號公報的段落編號0147~段落編號0156、日本專利特開2014-089408號公報的段落編號0085~段落編號0092中所記載的化合物。將該些內容併入至本說明書中。作為市售品,例如雙酚A型環氧樹脂為jER825、jER827、jER828、jER834、jER1001、jER1002、jER1003、jER1055、jER1007、jER1009、jER1010(以上為三菱化學(股)製造),艾比克隆(EPICLON)860、艾比克隆(EPICLON)1050、艾比克隆(EPICLON)1051、艾比克隆(EPICLON)1055(以上為迪愛生(DIC)(股)製造)等,雙酚F型環氧樹脂為jER806、jER807、jER4004、jER4005、jER4007、jER4010(以上為三菱化學(股)製造),艾比克隆(EPICLON)830、艾比克隆(EPICLON)835(以上為迪愛生(DIC)(股)製造),LCE-21、RE-602S(以上為日本化藥(股)製造)等,苯酚酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂為jER152、jER154、jER157S70、jER157S65(以上為三菱化學(股)製造),艾比克隆(EPICLON)N-740、艾比克隆(EPICLON)N-770、艾比克隆(EPICLON)N-775(以上為迪愛生(DIC)(股)製造)等,甲酚酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂為艾比克隆(EPICLON)N-660、艾比克隆(EPICLON)N-665、艾比克隆(EPICLON)N-670、艾比克隆(EPICLON)N-673、艾比克隆(EPICLON)N-680、艾比克隆(EPICLON)N-690、艾比克隆(EPICLON)N-695(以上為迪愛生(DIC)(股)製造),EOCN-1020(以上為日本化藥(股)製造)等,脂肪族環氧樹脂為艾迪科樹脂(ADEKA RESIN)EP-4080S、艾迪科樹脂(ADEKA RESIN)EP-4085S、艾迪科樹脂(ADEKA RESIN)EP-4088S(以上為艾迪科(ADEKA)(股)製造),賽羅西德(Celloxide)2021P、賽羅西德(Celloxide)2081、賽羅西德(Celloxide)2083、賽羅西德(Celloxide)2085、EHPE3150、艾波利得(EPOLEAD)PB 3600、艾波利得(EPOLEAD)PB 4700(以上為大賽璐(Daicel)(股)製造),丹納考爾(Denacol)EX-212L、丹納考爾(Denacol)EX-214L、丹納考爾(Denacol)EX-216L、丹納考爾(Denacol)EX-321L、丹納考爾(Denacol)EX-850L(以上為長瀨化成(Nagase ChemteX)(股)製造)等。除此以外,亦可列舉艾迪科樹脂(ADEKA RESIN)EP-4000S、艾迪科樹脂(ADEKA RESIN)EP-4003S、艾迪科樹脂(ADEKA RESIN)EP-4010S、艾迪科樹脂(ADEKA RESIN)EP-4011S(以上為艾迪科(ADEKA)(股)製造),NC-2000、NC-3000、NC-7300、XD-1000、EPPN-501、EPPN-502(以上為艾迪科(ADEKA)(股)製造),jER1031S(三菱化學(股)製造)等。For the compound having an epoxy group, paragraph number 0034 to paragraph number 0036 of JP-A-2013-011869, paragraph number 0147 to paragraph number 0156 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2014-043556, and Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2014 The compound described in Paragraph No. 0085 to Paragraph No. 0092 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 089408. This content is incorporated into this specification. As a commercial product, for example, bisphenol A type epoxy resin is jER825, jER827, jER828, jER834, jER1001, jER1002, jER1003, jER1055, jER1007, jER1009, jER1010 (above is manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Co., Ltd.), Abby clone ( EPICLON) 860, EPICLON 1050, EPICLON 1051, EPICLON 1055 (above, manufactured by Di Aisheng (DIC) Co., Ltd.), bisphenol F epoxy resin jER806, jER807, jER4004, jER4005, jER4007, jER4010 (above is manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Co., Ltd.), Epiclon 830, EPICLON 835 (above produced by Di Aisheng (DIC) Co., Ltd.) , LCE-21, RE-602S (the above is manufactured by Nippon Chemical Co., Ltd.), etc., phenol novolac type epoxy resin is jER152, jER154, jER157S70, jER157S65 (above is manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Co., Ltd.), Abby clone (EPICLON) N-740, Epiclon (EPICLON) N-770, Epiclon (EPICLON) N-775 (above, manufactured by Di Aisheng (DIC) Co., Ltd.), etc., cresol novolac type epoxy resin Abby Clone (EPICL) ON) N-660, Epiclon N-665, EPICLON N-670, EPICLON N-673, EPICLON N-680, Abby clone EPICLON) N-690, EPICLON N-695 (above is manufactured by Di Ai Sheng (DIC) Co., Ltd.), EOCN-1020 (above is manufactured by Nippon Chemical Co., Ltd.), aliphatic epoxy resin ADEKA RESIN EP-4080S, ADEKA RESIN EP-4085S, ADEKA RESIN EP-4088S (above ADEKA) , Celloxide 2021P, Celloxide 2081, Celloxide 2083, Celloxide 2085, EHPE3150, EPOLEAD PB 3600, Aibo EPOLEAD PB 4700 (above made by Daicel), Denacol EX-212L, Denacol EX-214L, Denacol EX -216L, Denacol EX-321L, Denacol EX-850L (above is Nagase Chemte) X) (share) manufacturing) and so on. In addition, ADEKA RESIN EP-4000S, ADEKA RESIN EP-4003S, ADEKA RESIN EP-4010S, ADEKA RESIN can also be cited. ) EP-4011S (above is made by ADEKA), NC-2000, NC-3000, NC-7300, XD-1000, EPPN-501, EPPN-502 (above ADEKA) ) (manufacturing), jER1031S (Mitsubishi Chemical Co., Ltd.), etc.

於使用具有環氧基的化合物作為硬化性化合物的情況下,相對於著色組成物的總固體成分,具有環氧基的化合物的含量較佳為0.1質量%~40質量%。下限例如更佳為0.5質量%以上,進而佳為1質量%以上。上限例如更佳為30質量%以下,進而佳為20質量%以下。具有環氧基的化合物可為單獨一種,亦可併用兩種以上。於併用兩種以上的情況下,較佳為合計量成為所述範圍。 另外,相對於硬化性化合物的總質量,具有環氧基的化合物的含量較佳為1質量%~80質量%,更佳為1質量%~50質量%。 另外,於併用聚合性化合物與具有環氧基的化合物的情況下,聚合性化合物與具有環氧基的化合物的質量比較佳為聚合性化合物:具有環氧基的化合物=100:1~100:400,更佳為100:1~100:100。When a compound having an epoxy group is used as the curable compound, the content of the compound having an epoxy group is preferably from 0.1% by mass to 40% by mass based on the total solid content of the coloring composition. The lower limit is, for example, more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and still more preferably 1% by mass or more. The upper limit is, for example, more preferably 30% by mass or less, and still more preferably 20% by mass or less. The compound having an epoxy group may be used alone or in combination of two or more. In the case where two or more types are used in combination, it is preferred that the total amount is within the above range. Further, the content of the epoxy group-containing compound is preferably from 1% by mass to 80% by mass, and more preferably from 1% by mass to 50% by mass based on the total mass of the curable compound. Further, in the case where a polymerizable compound and a compound having an epoxy group are used in combination, the mass of the polymerizable compound and the compound having an epoxy group is preferably a polymerizable compound: a compound having an epoxy group = 100:1 to 100: 400, more preferably 100:1 to 100:100.

<<硬化促進劑>> 本發明的著色組成物亦可出於促進聚合性化合物的反應或降低硬化溫度的目的而添加硬化促進劑。作為硬化促進劑,可列舉於分子內具有兩個以上的巰基的多官能硫醇化合物等。多官能硫醇化合物亦可以改良穩定性、臭氣、解析性、顯影性、密接性等為目的而添加。多官能硫醇化合物較佳為二級的烷烴硫醇類,特佳為具有下述通式(T1)所表示的結構的化合物。 通式(T1) [化43](式(T1)中,n表示2~4的整數,L表示二價~四價的連結基)<<Curing accelerator>> The coloring composition of the present invention may be added with a curing accelerator for the purpose of promoting the reaction of the polymerizable compound or lowering the curing temperature. Examples of the curing accelerator include polyfunctional thiol compounds having two or more mercapto groups in the molecule. The polyfunctional thiol compound can also be added for the purpose of improving stability, odor, resolution, developability, adhesion, and the like. The polyfunctional thiol compound is preferably a secondary alkanethiol, and particularly preferably a compound having a structure represented by the following formula (T1). General formula (T1) [化43] (In the formula (T1), n represents an integer of 2 to 4, and L represents a divalent to tetravalent linking group)

所述通式(T1)中,連結基L較佳為碳數2~12的脂肪族基,特佳為n為2,L為碳數2~12的伸烷基。作為多官能硫醇化合物的具體例,可列舉下述結構式(T2)~式(T4)所表示的化合物,特佳為式(T2)所表示的化合物。該些多官能硫醇化合物可使用一種或組合使用多種。In the above formula (T1), the linking group L is preferably an aliphatic group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, particularly preferably n is 2, and L is an alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms. Specific examples of the polyfunctional thiol compound include compounds represented by the following structural formulae (T2) to (T4), and particularly preferred are compounds represented by the formula (T2). These polyfunctional thiol compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

[化44] [化44]

另外,硬化促進劑亦可使用羥甲基系化合物(例如日本專利特開2015-34963號公報的段落0246中作為交聯劑而例示的化合物)、胺類、鏻鹽、脒鹽、醯胺化合物(以上為例如日本專利特開2013-41165號公報的0186段落中記載的硬化劑)、鹼產生劑(例如日本專利特開2014-55114號公報中記載的離子性化合物)、氰酸酯化合物(例如日本專利特開2012-150180號公報的段落0071中記載的化合物)、烷氧基矽烷化合物(例如日本專利特開2011-253054號公報中記載的具有環氧基的烷氧基矽烷化合物)、鎓鹽化合物(例如於日本專利特開2015-34963號公報的段落0216中作為酸產生劑而例示的化合物、日本專利特開2009-180949號公報中記載的化合物)等。Further, as the hardening accelerator, a methylol-based compound (for example, a compound exemplified as a crosslinking agent in paragraph 0246 of JP-A-2015-34963), an amine, a phosphonium salt, a phosphonium salt, or a guanamine compound can also be used. (The above-mentioned, for example, the curing agent described in paragraph 0186 of JP-A-2013-41165), an alkali generating agent (for example, an ionic compound described in JP-A-2014-55114), and a cyanate compound ( For example, the compound described in paragraph 0071 of JP-A-2012-150180, an alkoxydecane compound (for example, an alkoxydecane compound having an epoxy group described in JP-A-2011-253054), The onium salt compound (for example, a compound exemplified as an acid generator in paragraph 0216 of JP-A-2015-34963, a compound described in JP-A-2009-180949), and the like.

於本發明的著色組成物含有硬化促進劑的情況下,相對於著色組成物的總固體成分,硬化促進劑的含量較佳為0.3質量%~8.9質量%,更佳為0.8質量%~6.4質量%。When the coloring composition of the present invention contains a curing accelerator, the content of the curing accelerator is preferably from 0.3% by mass to 8.9% by mass, and more preferably from 0.8% by mass to 6.4% by mass based on the total solid content of the coloring composition. %.

<<光聚合起始劑>> 本發明的著色組成物較佳為進而含有光聚合起始劑。光聚合起始劑只要具有使聚合性化合物的聚合起始的能力,則並無特別限制,可自公知的光聚合起始劑中適宜選擇。例如較佳為對紫外線區域至可見區域的光線具有感光性者。另外,可為與經光激發的增感劑產生某種作用而生成活性自由基的活性劑,亦可為對應於單體的種類而使陽離子聚合起始的起始劑。另外,光聚合起始劑較佳為含有至少一種於約300 nm~800 nm(更佳為330 nm~500 nm)的範圍內具有至少約50的分子吸光係數的化合物。<<Photopolymerization Initiator>> The coloring composition of the present invention preferably further contains a photopolymerization initiator. The photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited as long as it has the ability to initiate polymerization of the polymerizable compound, and can be appropriately selected from known photopolymerization initiators. For example, it is preferred that the light in the ultraviolet region to the visible region is photosensitive. Further, it may be an active agent which generates a living radical by a certain action with a photo-excited sensitizer, or may be an initiator which initiates cationic polymerization in accordance with the kind of the monomer. Further, the photopolymerization initiator is preferably a compound having at least one molecular absorption coefficient of at least about 50 in the range of from about 300 nm to 800 nm, more preferably from 330 nm to 500 nm.

作為光聚合起始劑,例如可列舉:鹵化烴衍生物(例如,具有三嗪骨架者、具有噁二唑骨架者等)、醯基氧化膦等醯基膦化合物、六芳基聯咪唑、肟衍生物等肟化合物、有機過氧化物、硫化合物、酮化合物、芳香族鎓鹽、酮肟醚、胺基苯乙酮化合物、羥基苯乙酮等。作為三鹵代甲基三嗪系光聚合起始劑的市售品,可列舉TAZ-107(綠化學公司製造)等。Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include a halogenated hydrocarbon derivative (for example, a triazine skeleton or a oxadiazole skeleton), a mercaptophosphine compound such as a mercaptophosphine oxide, a hexaarylbiimidazole or an anthracene. An anthracene compound such as a derivative, an organic peroxide, a sulfur compound, a ketone compound, an aromatic onium salt, a ketoxime ether, an aminoacetophenone compound, or a hydroxyacetophenone. A commercially available product of a trihalomethyltriazine-based photopolymerization initiator is TAZ-107 (manufactured by Green Chemical Co., Ltd.).

另外,就曝光感度的觀點而言,較佳為選自由三鹵代甲基三嗪化合物、苄基二甲基縮酮化合物、α-羥基酮化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、醯基膦化合物、氧化膦化合物、茂金屬化合物、肟化合物、三芳基咪唑化合物、苯并咪唑化合物、鎓化合物、苯并噻唑化合物、二苯甲酮化合物、苯乙酮化合物及其衍生物、環戊二烯-苯-鐵錯合物及其鹽、鹵代甲基噁二唑化合物、3-芳基取代香豆素化合物所組成的群組中的化合物。作為三芳基咪唑化合物、苯并咪唑化合物、二苯甲酮化合物,可列舉下述化合物。 [化45] Further, from the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity, it is preferably selected from the group consisting of a trihalomethyltriazine compound, a benzyldimethylketal compound, an α-hydroxyketone compound, an α-aminoketone compound, and a mercaptophosphine compound. , phosphine oxide compound, metallocene compound, hydrazine compound, triarylimidazole compound, benzimidazole compound, hydrazine compound, benzothiazole compound, benzophenone compound, acetophenone compound and its derivative, cyclopentadiene- A compound of the group consisting of a benzene-iron complex and a salt thereof, a halogenated methyl oxadiazole compound, and a 3-aryl-substituted coumarin compound. The following compounds are mentioned as a triaryl imidazole compound, a benzimidazole compound, and a benzophenone compound. [化45]

作為光聚合起始劑,亦可較佳地使用羥基苯乙酮化合物、胺基苯乙酮化合物、及醯基膦化合物。更具體而言,例如亦可使用日本專利特開平10-291969號公報中記載的胺基苯乙酮系起始劑、日本專利第4225898號公報中記載的醯基氧化膦系起始劑。 作為羥基苯乙酮系起始劑,可使用豔佳固(IRGACURE)-184、達羅卡(DAROCUR)-1173、豔佳固(IRGACURE)-500、豔佳固(IRGACURE)-2959、豔佳固(IRGACURE)-127(商品名,均為巴斯夫(BASF)公司製造)。作為胺基苯乙酮系起始劑,可使用作為市售品的豔佳固(IRGACURE)-907、豔佳固(IRGACURE)-369、及豔佳固(IRGACURE)-379(商品名,均為巴斯夫(BASF)公司製造)。作為胺基苯乙酮系起始劑,亦可使用吸收波長與365 nm或405 nm等的長波光源相匹配的日本專利特開2009-191179號公報中記載的化合物。另外,作為醯基膦系起始劑,可使用作為市售品的豔佳固(IRGACURE)-819或達羅卡(DAROCUR)-TPO(商品名,均為巴斯夫(BASF)公司製造)。As the photopolymerization initiator, a hydroxyacetophenone compound, an aminoacetophenone compound, and a mercaptophosphine compound can also be preferably used. More specifically, for example, an amino acetophenone-based initiator as described in JP-A-10-291969, and a sulfhydryl phosphine oxide-based initiator described in Japanese Patent No. 4,258,899 can be used. As a hydroxyacetophenone-based initiator, IRGACURE-184, DAROCUR-1173, IRGACURE-500, IRGACURE-2959, Yanjia can be used. IRGACURE-127 (trade name, manufactured by BASF). As the aminoacetophenone-based initiator, IRGACURE-907, IRGACURE-369, and IRGACURE-379 (trade names, both of which are commercially available) can be used. Made for BASF). As the aminoacetophenone-based initiator, a compound described in JP-A-2009-191179, which has an absorption wavelength matching a long-wavelength source such as 365 nm or 405 nm, can also be used. Further, as the mercaptophosphine-based initiator, IRGACURE-819 or DAROCUR-TPO (trade name, all manufactured by BASF) can be used as a commercial product.

尤其於將本發明的著色組成物用於固體攝像元件的彩色濾光片的製作的情況下,需要以尖銳(sharp)的形狀形成微細的圖案,因此重要的是硬化性以及未曝光部並無殘渣地進行顯影。就此種觀點而言,特佳為使用肟化合物作為光聚合起始劑。尤其是於固體攝像元件中形成微細的圖案的情況下,硬化用曝光是使用步進式曝光機,但該曝光機有因鹵素而受到損傷的情況,光聚合起始劑的添加量亦必須抑制得低,因此若考慮該些方面,則於如固體攝像元件般形成微細圖案時,光聚合起始劑特佳為使用肟化合物。另外,藉由使用肟化合物,可使顏色遷移性進一步變佳。 作為光聚合起始劑的具體例,例如可參考日本專利特開2013-29760號公報的段落0265~段落0268,將該內容併入至本說明書中。In particular, when the coloring composition of the present invention is used for the production of a color filter of a solid-state image sensor, it is necessary to form a fine pattern in a sharp shape. Therefore, it is important that the hardenability and the unexposed portion are not present. The residue was developed. From this point of view, it is particularly preferred to use a ruthenium compound as a photopolymerization initiator. In particular, when a fine pattern is formed in a solid-state image sensor, the exposure for curing is a stepper, but the exposure machine is damaged by halogen, and the amount of photopolymerization initiator must be suppressed. In view of these aspects, it is particularly preferable to use a ruthenium compound when forming a fine pattern like a solid-state image sensor. In addition, color mobility can be further improved by using a ruthenium compound. As a specific example of the photopolymerization initiator, for example, reference is made to paragraph 0265 to paragraph 0268 of JP-A-2013-29760, which is incorporated herein by reference.

作為光聚合起始劑,更佳為可列舉肟化合物。作為肟起始劑的具體例,可使用日本專利特開2001-233842號公報記載的化合物、日本專利特開2000-80068號公報記載的化合物、日本專利特開2006-342166號公報記載的化合物。As a photopolymerization initiator, a ruthenium compound is more preferable. As a specific example of the oxime initiator, a compound described in JP-A-2001-233842, a compound described in JP-A-2000-80068, and a compound described in JP-A-2006-342166 can be used.

作為本發明中的可較佳地用作光聚合起始劑的肟衍生物等肟化合物,例如可列舉:3-苯甲醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、3-乙醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、3-丙醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、2-乙醯氧基亞胺基戊烷-3-酮、2-乙醯氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮、2-苯甲醯氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮、3-(4-甲苯磺醯氧基)亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、及2-乙氧基羰氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮等。As the hydrazine compound such as an anthracene derivative which can be preferably used as a photopolymerization initiator in the present invention, for example, 3-benzylideneoxyimidobutan-2-one, 3-ethyloxene Isoaminobutan-2-one, 3-propenyloxyimidobutan-2-one, 2-ethyloxyiminopentan-3-one, 2-ethyloxy Amino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 2-benzylideneoxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 3-(4-toluenesulfonyloxy)iminobutane 2-ketone, 2-ethoxycarbonyloxyimido-1-phenylpropan-1-one, and the like.

作為肟化合物,可列舉「英國化學會志-普爾金會刊II(J. C. S. Perkin II)」((1979年)第1653-1660頁)、「英國化學會志-普爾金會刊II(J. C. S. Perkin II)」((1979年)第156-162頁)、「光聚合物科學與技術期刊(Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology)」((1995年)第202-232頁)、日本專利特開2000-66385號公報記載的化合物、日本專利特開2000-80068號公報、日本專利特表2004-534797號公報、日本專利特開2006-342166號公報的各公報中記載的化合物等。 市售品中亦可較佳地使用豔佳固(IRGACURE)-OXE01(巴斯夫(BASF)公司製造)、豔佳固(IRGACURE)-OXE02(巴斯夫(BASF)公司製造)。另外,亦可使用強力(TRONLY)TR-PBG-304、強力(TRONLY)TR-PBG-309、強力(TRONLY)TR-PBG-305(常州強力電子新材料有限公司(CHANGZHOU TRONLY NEW ELECTRONIC MATERIALS CO., LTD)製造)、艾迪科阿克魯茲(Adeka Arkls)NCI-930(艾迪科(ADEKA)公司製造)。As the ruthenium compound, "JCS Perkin II" (June 1753-1660), "The British Chemical Society - Purkin II" (JCS Perkin II) ("(1979) pp. 156-162), "Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology" ((1995) pp. 202-232), Japanese Patent Laid-Open 2000-66385 The compound described in each of the publications of Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. JP-A-2006-342166, and JP-A-2006-342166. In the commercial product, IRGACURE-OXE01 (manufactured by BASF) and IRGACURE-OXE02 (manufactured by BASF) can be preferably used. In addition, you can also use TRONLY TR-PBG-304, TRONLY TR-PBG-309, TRONLY TR-PBG-305 (CHANGZHOU TRONLY NEW ELECTRONIC MATERIALS CO.) , LTD)), Adeka Arkls NCI-930 (made by ADEKA).

另外,作為所述記載以外的肟化合物,亦可使用於咔唑環的N位連結有肟的日本專利特表2009-519904號公報中記載的化合物、於二苯甲酮部位導入有雜取代基的美國專利第7626957號公報中記載的化合物、於色素部位導入有硝基的日本專利特開2010-15025號公報及美國專利公開2009-292039號公報中記載的化合物、國際公開WO2009/131189號公報中記載的酮肟化合物、於同一分子內含有三嗪骨架與肟骨架的美國專利7556910號公報中記載的化合物、於405 nm下具有吸收最大且對g射線光源具有良好的感度的日本專利特開2009-221114號公報記載的化合物等。較佳為例如可參考日本專利特開2013-29760號公報的段落0274~段落0275,並將該內容併入至本說明書中。具體而言,作為肟化合物,較佳為下述式(OX-1)所表示的化合物。再者,可為肟的N-O鍵為(E)體的肟化合物,亦可為(Z)體的肟化合物,抑或可為(E)體與(Z)體的混合物。In addition, as the ruthenium compound other than the above, a compound described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2009-519904, which is bonded to the N-position of the carbazole ring, and a hetero substituent introduced to the benzophenone moiety may be used. The compound described in the Japanese Patent Publication No. 7626957, the compound described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2010-15025, and the Japanese Patent Publication No. 2009-292039, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference. The ketone oxime compound described in Japanese Patent No. 7556910, which contains a triazine skeleton and an anthracene skeleton in the same molecule, has a maximum absorption at 405 nm and a good sensitivity to a g-ray source. A compound or the like described in JP-A-2009-221114. For example, it is preferable to refer to paragraph 0274 to paragraph 0275 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. Hei. No. 2013-29760, the entire contents of which is incorporated herein. Specifically, the quinone compound is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (OX-1). Further, it may be a ruthenium compound in which the N-O bond of ruthenium is (E), or may be a ruthenium compound of the (Z) form, or may be a mixture of the (E) form and the (Z) form.

[化46] [Chem. 46]

通式(OX-1)中,R及B分別獨立地表示一價取代基,A表示二價有機基,Ar表示芳基。 通式(OX-1)中,作為R所表示的一價取代基,較佳為一價的非金屬原子團。 作為一價的非金屬原子團,可列舉:烷基、芳基、醯基、烷氧基羰基、芳氧基羰基、雜環基、烷硫基羰基、芳硫基羰基等。另外,該些基亦可具有一個以上的取代基。另外,所述取代基亦可進而經其他取代基取代。 作為取代基,可列舉:鹵素原子、芳氧基、烷氧基羰基或芳氧基羰基、醯氧基、醯基、烷基、芳基等。 通式(OX-1)中,作為B所表示的一價取代基,較佳為芳基、雜環基、芳基羰基、或雜環羰基。該些基亦可具有一個以上的取代基。取代基可例示所述取代基。 通式(OX-1)中,作為A所表示的二價有機基,較佳為碳數1~12的伸烷基、伸炔基。該些基亦可具有一個以上的取代基。取代基可例示所述取代基。In the formula (OX-1), R and B each independently represent a monovalent substituent, A represents a divalent organic group, and Ar represents an aryl group. In the formula (OX-1), as the monovalent substituent represented by R, a monovalent non-metal atomic group is preferred. The monovalent non-metal atomic group may, for example, be an alkyl group, an aryl group, a decyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, a heterocyclic group, an alkylthiocarbonyl group or an arylthiocarbonyl group. In addition, the groups may have one or more substituents. Further, the substituent may be further substituted with another substituent. The substituent may, for example, be a halogen atom, an aryloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group or an aryloxycarbonyl group, a decyloxy group, a decyl group, an alkyl group or an aryl group. In the formula (OX-1), the monovalent substituent represented by B is preferably an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, an arylcarbonyl group or a heterocyclic carbonyl group. The groups may also have more than one substituent. The substituent may be exemplified as the substituent. In the general formula (OX-1), the divalent organic group represented by A is preferably an alkylene group or an alkynylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. The groups may also have more than one substituent. The substituent may be exemplified as the substituent.

本發明亦可使用具有茀環的肟化合物作為光聚合起始劑。作為具有茀環的肟化合物的具體例,可列舉日本專利特開2014-137466號公報記載的化合物。將該內容併入至本說明書中。The ruthenium compound having an anthracene ring can also be used as a photopolymerization initiator in the present invention. Specific examples of the ruthenium compound having an anthracene ring include the compounds described in JP-A-2014-137466. This content is incorporated into the present specification.

本發明亦可使用具有氟原子的肟化合物作為光聚合起始劑。作為具有氟原子的肟化合物的具體例,可列舉日本專利特開2010-262028號公報記載的化合物、日本專利特表2014-500852號公報記載的化合物24、化合物36~化合物40、日本專利特開2013-164471號公報記載的化合物(C-3)等。將該內容併入至本說明書中。The present invention can also use a ruthenium compound having a fluorine atom as a photopolymerization initiator. Specific examples of the ruthenium compound having a fluorine atom include a compound described in JP-A-2010-262028, a compound 24 described in JP-A-2014-500852, a compound 36 to a compound 40, and a Japanese patent. Compound (C-3) or the like described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2013-164471. This content is incorporated into the present specification.

本發明可使用具有硝基的肟化合物作為光聚合起始劑。作為具有硝基的肟化合物的具體例,可列舉日本專利特開2013-114249號公報的段落0031~段落0047、日本專利特開2014-137466號公報的段落0008~段落0012、段落0070~段落0079中所記載的化合物、或艾迪科阿克魯茲(Adeka Arkls)NCI-831(艾迪科(ADEKA)公司製造)。The present invention can use a ruthenium compound having a nitro group as a photopolymerization initiator. Specific examples of the ruthenium compound having a nitro group include paragraphs 0031 to 0047 of JP-A-2013-114249, paragraphs 0008 to 0012 of JP-A-2014-137466, and paragraphs 0070 to 0079. The compound described in the above, or Adeka Arkls NCI-831 (manufactured by ADEKA).

以下示出本發明中可較佳地使用的肟化合物的具體例,但本發明並不限定於該些。Specific examples of the ruthenium compound which can be preferably used in the present invention are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.

[化47][化48] [化47] [48]

肟化合物較佳為於350 nm~500 nm的波長區域具有最大吸收波長的化合物,更佳為於360 nm~480 nm的波長區域具有吸收波長的化合物,特佳為365 nm及405 nm的吸光度高的化合物。The ruthenium compound is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in a wavelength range of 350 nm to 500 nm, more preferably a compound having an absorption wavelength in a wavelength range of 360 nm to 480 nm, particularly preferably having a high absorbance at 365 nm and 405 nm. compound of.

就感度的觀點而言,肟化合物的365 nm或405 nm下的莫耳吸光係數較佳為1,000~300,000,更佳為2,000~300,000,特佳為5,000~200,000。化合物的莫耳吸光係數的測定可使用公知的方法,具體而言,例如較佳為藉由紫外可見分光光度計(瓦里安(Varian)公司製造的凱里-5分光光度計(Cary-5 spectrophotometer))且使用乙酸乙酯溶媒並於0.01 g/L的濃度下進行測定。 光聚合起始劑亦可視需要將兩種以上組合使用。From the viewpoint of sensitivity, the molar absorption coefficient of the cerium compound at 365 nm or 405 nm is preferably from 1,000 to 300,000, more preferably from 2,000 to 300,000, particularly preferably from 5,000 to 200,000. A known method can be used for the measurement of the molar absorption coefficient of the compound. Specifically, for example, a Kerry-5 spectrophotometer (Vary-5 spectrophotometer manufactured by Varian) is preferably used by an ultraviolet-visible spectrophotometer. )) and using an ethyl acetate solvent and measuring at a concentration of 0.01 g/L. The photopolymerization initiator may also be used in combination of two or more kinds as needed.

於本發明的著色組成物含有光聚合起始劑的情況下,相對於著色組成物的總固體成分,光聚合起始劑的含量較佳為0.1質量%~50質量%,更佳為0.5質量%~30質量%,進而佳為1質量%~20質量%。於該範圍內可獲得更良好的感度與圖案形成性。本發明的著色組成物可僅包含一種光聚合起始劑,亦可包含兩種以上。於包含兩種以上的情況下,較佳為其合計量成為所述範圍。In the case where the coloring composition of the present invention contains a photopolymerization initiator, the content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably from 0.1% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably 0.5% by mass based on the total solid content of the coloring composition. % to 30% by mass, and more preferably 1% by mass to 20% by mass. More good sensitivity and pattern formation can be obtained within this range. The coloring composition of the present invention may contain only one photopolymerization initiator, and may contain two or more kinds. When two or more types are contained, it is preferable that the total amount is the said range.

<<顏料衍生物>> 本發明的著色組成物可含有顏料衍生物。作為顏料衍生物,可列舉具有有機顏料的一部分經酸性基、鹼性基或鄰苯二甲醯亞胺甲基取代而成的結構的化合物。作為用於構成顏料衍生物的有機顏料,可列舉:二酮基吡咯并吡咯系顏料、偶氮系顏料、酞菁系顏料、蒽醌系顏料、喹吖啶酮系顏料、二噁嗪系顏料、紫環酮系顏料、苝系顏料、硫代靛藍系顏料、異吲哚啉系顏料、異吲哚啉酮系顏料、喹酞酮系顏料、陰丹士林(indanthrene)系顏料、金屬錯合物系顏料等。另外,作為顏料衍生物所具有的酸性基,較佳為磺酸基、羧酸基及其四級銨鹽基,進而佳為羧酸基及磺酸基,特佳為磺酸基。作為顏料衍生物所具有的鹼性基,較佳為胺基,特佳為三級胺基。作為顏料衍生物的具體例,可參考日本專利特開2011-252065號公報的段落0162~段落0183的記載,將該內容併入至本說明書中。<<Pigment Derivative>> The coloring composition of the present invention may contain a pigment derivative. The pigment derivative may be a compound having a structure in which a part of the organic pigment is substituted with an acidic group, a basic group or a phthalimine methyl group. Examples of the organic pigment constituting the pigment derivative include a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment, an azo pigment, a phthalocyanine pigment, an anthraquinone pigment, a quinacridone pigment, and a dioxazine pigment. , a purple ring ketone pigment, an anthraquinone pigment, a thioindigo pigment, an isoporphyrin pigment, an isoindolinone pigment, a quinophthalone pigment, an indanthrene pigment, a metal Compound pigments and the like. Further, as the acidic group of the pigment derivative, a sulfonic acid group, a carboxylic acid group, and a quaternary ammonium salt group thereof are preferable, and a carboxylic acid group and a sulfonic acid group are preferable, and a sulfonic acid group is particularly preferable. The basic group which the pigment derivative has is preferably an amine group, and particularly preferably a tertiary amine group. As a specific example of the pigment derivative, the description of paragraphs 0162 to 0183 of JP-A-2011-252065 is incorporated herein by reference.

相對於顏料的總質量,本發明的著色組成物中的顏料衍生物的含量較佳為1質量%~30質量%,進而佳為3質量%~20質量%。顏料衍生物可僅使用一種,亦可併用兩種以上。The content of the pigment derivative in the colored composition of the present invention is preferably from 1% by mass to 30% by mass, and more preferably from 3% by mass to 20% by mass based on the total mass of the pigment. The pigment derivative may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

<<界面活性劑>> 就進一步提高塗佈性的觀點而言,本發明的著色組成物亦可含有各種界面活性劑。作為界面活性劑,可使用氟系界面活性劑、非離子系界面活性劑、陽離子系界面活性劑、陰離子系界面活性劑、矽酮系界面活性劑等各種界面活性劑。<<Interfacial Active Agent>> The colored composition of the present invention may contain various surfactants from the viewpoint of further improving coatability. As the surfactant, various surfactants such as a fluorine-based surfactant, a nonionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, an anionic surfactant, and an anthrone-based surfactant can be used.

藉由於本發明的著色組成物中含有氟系界面活性劑,製備成塗佈液時的溶液特性(特別是流動性)進一步提高,可進一步改善塗佈厚度的均勻性或省液性。即,於使用應用了含有氟系界面活性劑的著色組成物的塗佈液而形成膜的情況下,被塗佈面與塗佈液的界面張力下降,從而對被塗佈面的潤濕性得到改善,且對被塗佈面的塗佈性提高。因此,可更佳地進行厚度不均小的均勻厚度的膜形成。By containing a fluorine-based surfactant in the colored composition of the present invention, the solution characteristics (especially fluidity) when the coating liquid is prepared are further improved, and the uniformity of the coating thickness or the liquid-saving property can be further improved. In other words, when a film is formed using a coating liquid to which a coloring composition containing a fluorine-based surfactant is applied, the interfacial tension between the surface to be coated and the coating liquid is lowered to wett the surface to be coated. It is improved and the coatability to the coated surface is improved. Therefore, film formation of a uniform thickness having a small thickness unevenness can be more preferably performed.

氟系界面活性劑中的氟含有率較佳為3質量%~40質量%,更佳為5質量%~30質量%,特佳為7質量%~25質量%。氟含有率為該範圍內的氟系界面活性劑於塗佈膜的厚度的均勻性或省液性的方面有效果,且組成物中的溶解性亦良好。The fluorine content in the fluorine-based surfactant is preferably from 3% by mass to 40% by mass, more preferably from 5% by mass to 30% by mass, even more preferably from 7% by mass to 25% by mass. The fluorine-containing content ratio of the fluorine-based surfactant in this range is effective in the uniformity of the thickness of the coating film or the liquid-saving property, and the solubility in the composition is also good.

作為氟系界面活性劑,例如可列舉:美佳法(Megafac)F171、美佳法(Megafac)F172、美佳法(Megafac)F173、美佳法(Megafac)F176、美佳法(Megafac)F177、美佳法(Megafac)F141、美佳法(Megafac)F142、美佳法(Megafac)F143、美佳法(Megafac)F144、美佳法(Megafac)R30、美佳法(Megafac)F437、美佳法(Megafac)F475、美佳法(Megafac)F479、美佳法(Megafac)F482、美佳法(Megafac)F554、美佳法(Megafac)F780、美佳法(Megafac)RS-72-K(以上為迪愛生(DIC)(股)製造);弗洛德(Fluorad)FC430、弗洛德(Fluorad)FC431、弗洛德(Fluorad)FC171(以上為住友3M(股)製造);沙福隆(Surflon)S-382、沙福隆(Surflon)SC-101、沙福隆(Surflon)SC-103、沙福隆(Surflon)SC-104、沙福隆(Surflon)SC-105、沙福隆(Surflon)SC1068、沙福隆(Surflon)SC-381、沙福隆(Surflon)SC-383、沙福隆(Surflon)S393、沙福隆(Surflon)KH-40(以上為旭硝子(股)製造);PF636、PF656、PF6320、PF6520、PF7002(以上為歐諾法(OMNOVA)公司製造)等。氟系界面活性劑亦可使用日本專利特開2015-117327號公報的段落0015~段落0158中記載的化合物。亦可使用嵌段聚合物作為氟系界面活性劑,作為具體例,例如可列舉日本專利特開2011-89090號公報中所記載的化合物。 作為氟系界面活性劑,亦可較佳地使用包含源自具有氟原子的(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物的重複單元與源自具有兩個以上(較佳為五個以上)的伸烷氧基(較佳為伸乙氧基、伸丙氧基)的(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物的重複單元的含氟高分子化合物,下述化合物亦可作為本發明中所使用的氟系界面活性劑而例示。 [化49]所述化合物的重量平均分子量較佳為3,000~50,000,例如為14,000。 作為氟系界面活性劑,亦可使用於側鏈具有乙烯性不飽和基的含氟聚合體。作為具體例,可列舉日本專利特開2010-164965號公報0050段落~0090段落及0289段落~0295段落中所記載的化合物,例如迪愛生(DIC)公司製造的美佳法(Megafac)RS-101、RS-102、RS-718K等。Examples of the fluorine-based surfactant include Megafac F171, Megafac F172, Megafac F173, Megafac F176, Megafac F177, and Megafac. F141, Megafac F142, Megafac F143, Megafac F144, Megafac R30, Megafac F437, Megafac F475, Megafac F479, Megafac F482, Megafac F554, Megafac F780, Megafac RS-72-K (above produced by Di Aisheng (DIC)); Froude (Fluorad) FC430, Fluorad FC431, Fluorad FC171 (above Sumitomo 3M (share)); Surfolon S-382, Surflon SC-101 , Surflon SC-103, Surflon SC-104, Surflon SC-105, Surflon SC1068, Surflon SC-381, sand Surflon SC-383, Surflon S393, sand Long (Surflon) KH-40 (Asahi Glass (shares) manufactured); PF636, PF656, PF6320, PF6520, PF7002 (OMNOVA as above (OMNOVA) Co., Ltd.). As the fluorine-based surfactant, the compound described in paragraphs 0015 to 0158 of JP-A-2015-117327 can also be used. A block polymer can also be used as the fluorine-based surfactant. Specific examples thereof include a compound described in JP-A-2011-89090. As the fluorine-based surfactant, a repeating unit derived from a (meth) acrylate compound having a fluorine atom and an alkoxy group derived from two or more (preferably five or more) may be preferably used. A fluorine-containing polymer compound of a repeating unit of a (meth) acrylate compound (preferably an ethoxy group or a propoxy group), and the following compound can also be used as a fluorine-based surfactant used in the present invention. Illustrative. [化49] The weight average molecular weight of the compound is preferably from 3,000 to 50,000, for example, 14,000. As the fluorine-based surfactant, a fluorine-containing polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated group in its side chain can also be used. Specific examples include compounds described in paragraphs 0050 to 0090 and paragraphs 0289 to 0295 of JP-A-2010-164965, for example, Megafac RS-101 manufactured by DIC Corporation. RS-102, RS-718K, etc.

作為非離子系界面活性劑,具體而言可列舉:丙三醇、三羥甲基丙烷、三羥甲基乙烷以及該些的乙氧基化物及丙氧基化物(例如,丙三醇丙氧基化物、丙三醇乙氧基化物等)、聚氧伸乙基月桂基醚、聚氧伸乙基硬脂基醚、聚氧伸乙基油烯基醚、聚氧伸乙基辛基苯基醚、聚氧伸乙基壬基苯基醚、聚乙二醇二月桂酸酯、聚乙二醇二硬脂酸酯、脫水山梨糖醇脂肪酸酯(巴斯夫(BASF)公司製造的普魯洛尼克(Pluronic)L10、L31、L61、L62、10R5、17R2、25R2、特托羅尼克(Tetronic)304、701、704、901、904、150R1)、索爾斯帕斯(Solsperse)20000(日本路博潤(Lubrizol)(股)製造)等。另外,亦可使用和光純藥工業公司製造的NCW-101、NCW-1001、NCW-1002,竹本油脂(股)製造的皮奧寧(Pionin)D-6112-W、D-6315等。Specific examples of the nonionic surfactant include glycerin, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane, and ethoxylates and propoxylates thereof (for example, glycerin C). Oxylate, glycerol ethoxylate, etc.), polyoxyethylene ethyl lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene ethyl stearyl ether, polyoxyethylene ethyl alkenyl ether, polyoxyethylene ethyl octyl Phenyl ether, polyoxyethylene ethyl phenyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, sorbitan fatty acid ester (BASF) Pluronic L10, L31, L61, L62, 10R5, 17R2, 25R2, Tetronic 304, 701, 704, 901, 904, 150R1), Solsperse 20000 ( Lubrizol (manufactured by Japan) and so on. In addition, Pionin D-6112-W, D-6315, etc., manufactured by Nippon Oil Co., Ltd., NCW-101, NCW-1001, NCW-1002, and Nippon Oil Co., Ltd. can also be used.

作為陽離子系界面活性劑,具體而言可列舉:酞菁衍生物(商品名:埃夫卡(EFKA)-745,森下產業(股)製造),有機矽氧烷聚合物KP341(信越化學工業(股)製造),(甲基)丙烯酸系(共)聚合體珀利弗洛(Polyflow)No.75、No.90、No.95(共榮社化學(股)製造),W001(裕商(股)製造)等。Specific examples of the cationic surfactant include a phthalocyanine derivative (trade name: Efka (EFKA)-745, manufactured by Morishita Industries Co., Ltd.), and an organic siloxane polymer KP341 (Shin-Etsu Chemical Industry ( (manufacturing)), (meth)acrylic (co)polymers Polyflow No. 75, No. 90, No. 95 (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), W001 (Yu Shang ( Share) manufacturing) and so on.

作為陰離子系界面活性劑,具體而言可列舉:W004、W005、W017(裕商(股)製造),桑德(Sanded)BL(三洋化成(股)製造)等。Specific examples of the anionic surfactant include W004, W005, W017 (manufactured by Yusei Co., Ltd.), Sanded BL (manufactured by Sanyo Chemical Co., Ltd.), and the like.

作為矽酮系界面活性劑,例如可列舉:東麗矽酮(Toray Silicone)DC3PA、東麗矽酮(Toray Silicone)SH7PA、東麗矽酮(Toray Silicone)DC11PA、東麗矽酮(Toray Silicone)SH21PA、東麗矽酮(Toray Silicone)SH28PA、東麗矽酮(Toray Silicone)SH29PA、東麗矽酮(Toray Silicone)SH30PA、東麗矽酮(Toray Silicone)SH8400(以上為東麗道康寧(Toray Dow Corning)(股)製造),TSF-4440、TSF-4300、TSF-4445、TSF-4460、TSF-4452(以上為邁圖高新材料(Momentive Performance Materials)公司製造),KP341、KF6001、KF6002(以上為信越矽酮股份有限公司製造),畢克(BYK)307、畢克(BYK)323、畢克(BYK)330(以上為畢克化學(BYKChemie)公司製造)等。Examples of the anthrone-based surfactant include Toray Silicone DC3PA, Toray Silicone SH7PA, Toray Silicone DC11PA, and Toray Silicone. SH21PA, Toray Silicone SH28PA, Toray Silicone SH29PA, Toray Silicone SH30PA, Toray Silicone SH8400 (above Toray Dow) Corning), TSF-4440, TSF-4300, TSF-4445, TSF-4460, TSF-4452 (above manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials), KP341, KF6001, KF6002 (above) It is manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), BYK 307, BYK 323, BYK 330 (above, BYK Chemie).

界面活性劑可僅使用一種,亦可組合兩種以上。 相對於著色組成物的總固體成分,界面活性劑的含量較佳為0.001質量%~2.0質量%,更佳為0.005質量%~1.0質量%。The surfactant may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The content of the surfactant is preferably 0.001% by mass to 2.0% by mass, and more preferably 0.005% by mass to 1.0% by mass based on the total solid content of the coloring composition.

<<矽烷偶合劑>> 本發明的著色組成物可含有矽烷偶合劑。矽烷偶合劑亦較佳為於一分子中具有至少兩種反應性不同的官能基的矽烷化合物,特佳為具有胺基與烷氧基作為官能基者。作為此種矽烷偶合劑,例如有N-β-胺基乙基-γ-胺基丙基-甲基二甲氧基矽烷(信越化學工業公司製造,商品名:KBM-602)、N-β-胺基乙基-γ-胺基丙基-三甲氧基矽烷(信越化學工業公司製造,商品名:KBM-603)、N-β-胺基乙基-γ-胺基丙基-三乙氧基矽烷(信越化學工業公司製造,商品名:KBE-602)、γ-胺基丙基-三甲氧基矽烷(信越化學工業公司製造,商品名:KBM-903)、γ-胺基丙基-三乙氧基矽烷(信越化學工業公司製造,商品名:KBE-903)、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷(信越化學工業公司製造,商品名:KBM-503)等。關於矽烷偶合劑的詳細情況,可參考日本專利特開2013-254047號公報的段落編號0155~段落編號0158的記載,將該內容併入至本說明書中。<<Chane coupling agent>> The coloring composition of the present invention may contain a decane coupling agent. The decane coupling agent is also preferably a decane compound having at least two functional groups having different reactivity in one molecule, and particularly preferably having an amine group and an alkoxy group as a functional group. As such a decane coupling agent, for example, N-β-aminoethyl-γ-aminopropyl-methyldimethoxydecane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name: KBM-602), N-β -Aminoethyl-γ-aminopropyl-trimethoxydecane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name: KBM-603), N-β-aminoethyl-γ-aminopropyl-triethyl Oxydecane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name: KBE-602), γ-aminopropyl-trimethoxydecane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name: KBM-903), γ-aminopropyl - Triethoxy decane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name: KBE-903), 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxydecane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name: KBM-503), etc. . For details of the decane coupling agent, the description of Paragraph No. 0155 to Paragraph No. 0158 of JP-A-2013-254047 is incorporated herein by reference.

於本發明的著色組成物含有矽烷偶合劑的情況下,相對於著色組成物的總固體成分,矽烷偶合劑的含量較佳為0.001質量%~20質量%,更佳為0.01質量%~10質量%,特佳為0.1質量%~5質量%。本發明的著色組成物可僅包含一種矽烷偶合劑,亦可包含兩種以上。於包含兩種以上的情況下,較佳為其合計量成為所述範圍。When the coloring composition of the present invention contains a decane coupling agent, the content of the decane coupling agent is preferably 0.001% by mass to 20% by mass, and more preferably 0.01% by mass to 10% by mass based on the total solid content of the coloring composition. % is particularly preferably from 0.1% by mass to 5% by mass. The colored composition of the present invention may contain only one decane coupling agent, and may contain two or more kinds. When two or more types are contained, it is preferable that the total amount is the said range.

<<聚合抑制劑>> 本發明的著色組成物亦較佳為含有聚合抑制劑。作為聚合抑制劑,可列舉:對苯二酚(hydroquinone)、對甲氧基苯酚、二-第三丁基-對甲酚、五倍子酚(pyrogallol)、第三丁基兒茶酚、苯醌、4,4'-硫代雙(3-甲基-6-第三丁基苯酚)、2,2'-亞甲基雙(4-甲基-6-第三丁基苯酚)、N-亞硝基苯基羥基胺鹽(銨鹽、三價鈰鹽等)等。 於本發明的著色組成物含有聚合抑制劑的情況下,相對於著色組成物的總固體成分,聚合抑制劑的含量較佳為0.01質量%~5質量%。本發明的著色組成物可僅包含一種聚合抑制劑,亦可包含兩種以上。於包含兩種以上的情況下,較佳為其合計量成為所述範圍。<<Polymerization Inhibitor>> The coloring composition of the present invention preferably further contains a polymerization inhibitor. Examples of the polymerization inhibitor include hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, tert-butylcatechol, and benzoquinone. 4,4'-thiobis(3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), 2,2'-methylenebis(4-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), N-Asia Nitrophenylhydroxylamine salt (ammonium salt, trivalent phosphonium salt, etc.) and the like. When the coloring composition of the present invention contains a polymerization inhibitor, the content of the polymerization inhibitor is preferably from 0.01% by mass to 5% by mass based on the total solid content of the coloring composition. The coloring composition of the present invention may contain only one polymerization inhibitor, and may contain two or more types. When two or more types are contained, it is preferable that the total amount is the said range.

<<其他添加劑>> 於本發明的著色組成物中可視需要而調配各種添加物,例如填充劑、密接促進劑、抗氧化劑、紫外線吸收劑、抗凝劑等。作為該些添加物,可列舉日本專利特開2004-295116號公報的段落0155~段落0156中記載的添加物,將該些內容併入至本說明書中。作為抗氧化劑,例如可使用苯酚化合物、磷系化合物(例如日本專利特開2011-90147號公報的0042段落中記載的化合物)、硫醚化合物等。作為市售品,例如可列舉艾迪科(ADEKA)(股)製造的艾迪科斯塔波(ADEKASTAB)系列(AO-20、AO-30、AO-40、AO-50、AO-50F、AO-60、AO-60G、AO-80、AO-330等)。抗氧化劑亦可將兩種以上混合使用。本發明的著色組成物中可含有日本專利特開2004-295116號公報的段落0078中記載的增感劑或光穩定劑、日本專利特開2004-295116號公報的段落0081中記載的熱聚合防止劑。<<Other Additives>> Various additives such as a filler, an adhesion promoter, an antioxidant, an ultraviolet absorber, an anticoagulant, and the like can be formulated as needed in the coloring composition of the present invention. As such additives, the additives described in paragraphs 0155 to 0156 of JP-A-2004-295116 can be cited, and these contents are incorporated in the present specification. As the antioxidant, for example, a phenol compound, a phosphorus compound (for example, a compound described in paragraph 0942 of JP-A-2011-90147), a thioether compound, or the like can be used. As a commercial item, for example, the ADEKASTAB series (AO-20, AO-30, AO-40, AO-50, AO-50F, AO) manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd. can be cited. -60, AO-60G, AO-80, AO-330, etc.). Antioxidants may also be used in combination of two or more. The coloring composition of the present invention may contain the sensitizer or the light stabilizer described in paragraph 0078 of JP-A-2004-295116, and the thermal polymerization prevention described in paragraph 0081 of JP-A-2004-295116. Agent.

有時由於所使用的原料等而在著色組成物中包含金屬元素,但就抑制缺陷產生等的觀點而言,著色組成物中的第2族元素(鈣、鎂等)的含量較佳為50 ppm以下,且較佳為控制為0.01 ppm~10 ppm。另外,著色組成物中的無機金屬鹽的總量較佳為100 ppm以下,更佳為控制為0.5 ppm~50 ppm。In the coloring composition, the metal element is contained in the coloring composition, and the content of the second group element (calcium, magnesium, etc.) in the coloring composition is preferably 50. Below ppm, and preferably controlled to be from 0.01 ppm to 10 ppm. Further, the total amount of the inorganic metal salt in the colored composition is preferably 100 ppm or less, more preferably 0.5 ppm to 50 ppm.

<著色組成物的製備方法> 本發明的著色組成物可將所述成分加以混合而製備。調配時的投入順序或作業條件並不受特別制約。例如可將所有成分同時溶解・分散於溶劑中而製備組成物,亦可視需要事先將各成分適宜地製成兩種以上的溶液或分散液,在使用時(塗佈時)將該些加以混合而製備。<Method for Preparing Colored Composition> The colored composition of the present invention can be prepared by mixing the components. The order of input or the working conditions at the time of preparation are not particularly restricted. For example, all the components may be simultaneously dissolved and dispersed in a solvent to prepare a composition, and if necessary, each component may be appropriately prepared into two or more kinds of solutions or dispersions, and these may be mixed at the time of application (at the time of coating). And prepared.

於製備著色組成物時,出於去除異物或減少缺陷等目的,較佳為藉由過濾器進行過濾。作為過濾器,若為自先前以來便用於過濾用途等的過濾器,則可無特別限定地使用。例如可列舉利用聚四氟乙烯(polytetrafluoroethylene,PTFE)等氟樹脂、尼龍(例如尼龍-6、尼龍-6,6)等聚醯胺系樹脂、聚乙烯、聚丙烯(polypropylene,PP)等聚烯烴樹脂(包含高密度、超高分子量的聚烯烴樹脂)等原材料的過濾器。該些原材料中,較佳為聚丙烯(包含高密度聚丙烯)及尼龍。 過濾器的孔徑合適的是0.01 μm~7.0 μm左右,較佳為0.01 μm~3.0 μm左右,進而佳為0.05 μm~0.5 μm左右。藉由設為該範圍,可將於後述步驟中阻礙均勻的組成物的製備或平滑的膜的形成等的微細的異物確實地去除。另外,亦較佳為使用纖維狀的濾材,作為濾材,例如可列舉聚丙烯纖維、尼龍纖維、玻璃纖維等,具體而言可使用羅基技術(Roki Techno)公司製造的SBP型系列(SBP008等)、TPR型系列(TPR002、TPR005等)、SHPX型系列(SHPX003等)的濾筒(filter cartridge)。In the preparation of the colored composition, it is preferred to filter by a filter for the purpose of removing foreign matter or reducing defects. The filter is not particularly limited as long as it is a filter used for filtration purposes or the like from the past. For example, a fluororesin such as polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), a polyamide resin such as nylon (for example, nylon-6 or nylon-6,6), or a polyolefin such as polyethylene or polypropylene (PP) may be used. A filter for raw materials such as a resin (including a high-density, ultra-high molecular weight polyolefin resin). Among these raw materials, polypropylene (including high density polypropylene) and nylon are preferred. The pore diameter of the filter is suitably from about 0.01 μm to about 7.0 μm, preferably from about 0.01 μm to about 3.0 μm, and more preferably from about 0.05 μm to about 0.5 μm. By setting it as this range, the fine foreign material, such as the formation of a uniform composition, or formation of a smooth film, can be removed reliably in the procedure mentioned later. In addition, it is preferable to use a fibrous filter material, and examples of the filter material include polypropylene fiber, nylon fiber, and glass fiber. Specifically, an SBP type series (SBP008, etc.) manufactured by Roki Techno Co., Ltd. can be used. ), TPR type series (TPR002, TPR005, etc.), SHPX series (SHPX003, etc.) filter cartridge.

當使用過濾器時,亦可將不同的過濾器加以組合。此時,利用第1過濾器的過濾可僅進行一次,亦可進行兩次以上。 另外,亦可於所述範圍內將孔徑不同的第1過濾器加以組合。此處的孔徑可參照過濾器生產商的標稱值。作為市售的過濾器,例如可自日本頗爾(Pall)股份有限公司(DFA4201NXEY等)、愛多邦得科東洋(Advantec Toyo)股份有限公司、日本英特格(Nihon Entegris)股份有限公司(原日本密科理(Mykrolis)股份有限公司)或北澤微濾器(Kitz Microfilter)股份有限公司等所提供的各種過濾器中進行選擇。 第2過濾器可使用藉由與所述第1過濾器相同的材料等形成的過濾器。 例如,利用第1過濾器的過濾可僅利用分散液進行,亦可混合其他成分後進行第2過濾。Different filters can also be combined when using filters. In this case, the filtration by the first filter may be performed only once or twice or more. Further, the first filters having different pore diameters may be combined in the above range. The aperture here can be referred to the nominal value of the filter manufacturer. As a commercially available filter, for example, from Pall Co., Ltd. (DFA4201NXEY, etc.), Advantec Toyo Co., Ltd., and Nihon Entegris Co., Ltd. ( Selected from various filters provided by Japan's Mykrolis Co., Ltd. or Kitz Microfilter Co., Ltd. As the second filter, a filter formed of the same material or the like as the first filter can be used. For example, the filtration by the first filter may be performed only by the dispersion, or the other components may be mixed and then the second filtration may be performed.

<色素多聚體> 其次,對本發明的色素多聚體進行說明。 本發明的色素多聚體為具有所述式(I-1)或式(I-2)所表示的色素結構的色素多聚體。關於式(I-1)及式(I-2)的詳細情況,與所述著色組成物中說明的範圍相同。<Pigment Multimer> Next, the dye multimer of the present invention will be described. The dye multimer of the present invention is a dye multimer having a dye structure represented by the above formula (I-1) or formula (I-2). The details of the formula (I-1) and the formula (I-2) are the same as those described in the colored composition.

色素多聚體的重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為2000~50 000。下限更佳為3000以上,進而佳為6000以上。上限更佳為30000以下,進而佳為20000以下。藉由滿足所述範圍,容易製造顏色不均及缺陷得到抑制的硬化膜。 色素多聚體的重量平均分子量(Mw)與數量平均分子量(Mn)的比[(Mw)/(Mn)]較佳為1.0~2.0,進而佳為1.1~1.8,特佳為1.1~1.5。 再者,本發明中,色素多聚體的重量平均分子量(Mw)為藉由凝膠滲透層析(GPC)測定而得的聚苯乙烯換算值,具體而言,為藉由後述實施例中記載的方法而測定的值。The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the dye multimer is preferably from 2,000 to 50,000. The lower limit is more preferably 3,000 or more, and further preferably 6,000 or more. The upper limit is preferably 30,000 or less, and further preferably 20,000 or less. By satisfying the above range, it is easy to produce a cured film in which color unevenness and defects are suppressed. The ratio of the weight average molecular weight (Mw) to the number average molecular weight (Mn) of the dye multimer [(Mw) / (Mn)] is preferably from 1.0 to 2.0, more preferably from 1.1 to 1.8, particularly preferably from 1.1 to 1.5. Further, in the present invention, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the dye multimer is a polystyrene-converted value measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC), and specifically, by the following examples. The value measured by the method described.

色素多聚體的酸價較佳為10 mgKOH/g以上,更佳為20 mgKOH/g以上,進而佳為27 mgKOH/g以上,特佳為30 mgKOH/g以上。另外,酸價的上限較佳為300 mgKOH/g以下,更佳為200 mgKOH/g以下,進而佳為180 mgKOH/g以下,尤佳為130 mgKOH/g以下,進一步尤佳為120 mgKOH/g以下。藉由滿足所述範圍,顯影性進一步提高,從而可進一步減少顯影殘渣。The acid value of the dye multimer is preferably 10 mgKOH/g or more, more preferably 20 mgKOH/g or more, further preferably 27 mgKOH/g or more, and particularly preferably 30 mgKOH/g or more. Further, the upper limit of the acid value is preferably 300 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 200 mgKOH/g or less, further preferably 180 mgKOH/g or less, particularly preferably 130 mgKOH/g or less, and further preferably 120 mgKOH/g. the following. By satisfying the above range, the developability is further improved, so that the development residue can be further reduced.

色素多聚體的硬化性基價較佳為0.1 mmol/g以上,更佳為0.2 mmol/g以上,進而佳為0.3 mmol/g以上。若硬化性基價為0.1 mmol/g以上,則容易獲得耐光性或耐溶劑性優異的硬化膜。另外,可更有效地抑制由顯影液或剝離液等引起的膜的褪色。硬化性基價的上限並無特別限定,例如較佳為2.0 mmol/g以下,更佳為1.5 mmol/g以下。硬化性基價可藉由使導入至色素多聚體的硬化性基個數除以色素多聚體的分子量而算出。另外,亦可藉由1 H-NMR(核磁共振)等分析手段來實際測量。The curable base value of the dye multimer is preferably 0.1 mmol/g or more, more preferably 0.2 mmol/g or more, and still more preferably 0.3 mmol/g or more. When the curable base value is 0.1 mmol/g or more, a cured film excellent in light resistance or solvent resistance can be easily obtained. In addition, fading of the film caused by the developer, the stripper, or the like can be more effectively suppressed. The upper limit of the curable base value is not particularly limited, and is, for example, preferably 2.0 mmol/g or less, more preferably 1.5 mmol/g or less. The curable base value can be calculated by dividing the number of curable groups introduced into the dye multimer by the molecular weight of the dye multimer. Further, it can be actually measured by an analysis means such as 1 H-NMR (nuclear magnetic resonance).

本發明的色素多聚體可用於彩色濾光片、油墨(噴墨用、印刷用等)、塗料、遮光膜等用途。The dye multimer of the present invention can be used for applications such as color filters, inks (for inkjet, printing, etc.), paints, and light-shielding films.

<彩色濾光片> 其次,對本發明的彩色濾光片進行說明。 本發明的彩色濾光片是使用所述的本發明的著色組成物而成者。本發明的彩色濾光片可用於電荷耦合元件(CCD)或互補型金屬氧化物半導體(Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor,CMOS)等固體攝像元件、或圖像顯示裝置等中。<Color Filter> Next, the color filter of the present invention will be described. The color filter of the present invention is obtained by using the coloring composition of the present invention as described above. The color filter of the present invention can be used in a solid-state imaging device such as a charge coupled device (CCD) or a complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS), or an image display device.

本發明的彩色濾光片的著色圖案(著色畫素)的膜厚較佳為2.0 μm以下,更佳為1.0 μm以下,進而佳為0.7 μm以下。下限例如可設為0.1 μm以上,亦可設為0.2 μm以上。 另外,著色圖案(著色畫素)的尺寸(圖案寬度)較佳為2.5 μm以下,更佳為2.0 μm以下,特佳為1.7 μm以下。下限例如可設為0.1 μm以上,亦可設為0.2 μm以上。The coloring pattern (coloring pixel) of the color filter of the present invention has a film thickness of preferably 2.0 μm or less, more preferably 1.0 μm or less, and still more preferably 0.7 μm or less. The lower limit can be, for example, 0.1 μm or more, or 0.2 μm or more. Further, the size (pattern width) of the colored pattern (colored pixel) is preferably 2.5 μm or less, more preferably 2.0 μm or less, and particularly preferably 1.7 μm or less. The lower limit can be, for example, 0.1 μm or more, or 0.2 μm or more.

<圖案形成方法> 本發明的圖案形成方法包括使用本發明的著色組成物而於支撐體上形成著色組成物層的步驟;以及藉由光微影法或乾式蝕刻法對著色組成物層形成圖案的步驟。<Pattern forming method> The pattern forming method of the present invention includes the step of forming a colored composition layer on the support using the coloring composition of the present invention; and patterning the colored composition layer by photolithography or dry etching A step of.

藉由光微影法的圖案形成較佳為包括:使用著色組成物而於支撐體上形成著色組成物層的步驟;以圖案狀對著色組成物層進行曝光的步驟;以及將未曝光部顯影去除而形成圖案的步驟。視需要亦可設置對著色組成物層進行烘烤的步驟(預烘烤步驟)、及對經顯影的圖案進行烘烤的步驟(後烘烤步驟)。 另外,藉由乾式蝕刻法的圖案形成較佳為包括:使用著色組成物而於支撐體上形成著色組成物層,進行硬化而形成硬化物層的步驟;於硬化物層上形成光阻劑層的步驟;藉由進行曝光及顯影而對光阻劑層進行圖案化來獲得抗蝕劑圖案的步驟;以及將抗蝕劑圖案作為蝕刻遮罩而對硬化物層進行乾式蝕刻來形成圖案的步驟。以下,對各步驟進行說明。The pattern formation by the photolithography method preferably includes a step of forming a colored composition layer on the support using the colored composition, a step of exposing the colored composition layer in a pattern, and developing the unexposed portion. The step of removing the pattern to form. A step of baking the colored composition layer (prebaking step) and a step of baking the developed pattern (post-baking step) may be provided as needed. Further, the pattern formation by the dry etching method preferably includes a step of forming a colored composition layer on the support using a colored composition, and hardening to form a cured layer; and forming a photoresist layer on the cured layer. a step of patterning the photoresist layer by exposure and development to obtain a resist pattern; and a step of dry etching the cured layer to form a pattern using the resist pattern as an etch mask . Hereinafter, each step will be described.

<<形成著色組成物層的步驟>> 於形成硬化性組成物層的步驟中,使用著色組成物而於支撐體上形成著色組成物層。<<Step of Forming Colored Composition Layer>> In the step of forming the curable composition layer, a colored composition layer is formed on the support using the colored composition.

作為支撐體,例如可使用在基板(例如矽基板)上設置有CCD或CMOS等固體攝像元件(光接收元件)的固體攝像元件用基板。 本發明的圖案可形成於固體攝像元件用基板的形成有固體攝像元件的面側(表面),亦可形成於未形成固體攝像元件的面側(背面)。 於支撐體上,視需要亦可設置底塗層以改良與上部的層的密接、防止物質的擴散或實現基板表面的平坦化。As the support, for example, a substrate for a solid-state imaging device in which a solid-state imaging device (light receiving element) such as a CCD or a CMOS is provided on a substrate (for example, a germanium substrate) can be used. The pattern of the present invention can be formed on the surface side (surface) on which the solid-state image sensor is formed on the solid-state image sensor substrate, or on the surface side (back surface) on which the solid-state image sensor is not formed. On the support, an undercoat layer may be provided as needed to improve adhesion to the upper layer, prevent diffusion of substances, or achieve planarization of the substrate surface.

作為於支撐體上的著色組成物的應用方法,可使用狹縫塗佈、噴墨法、旋轉塗佈、流延塗佈、輥塗佈、網版印刷法等各種方法。As a method of applying the coloring composition on the support, various methods such as slit coating, inkjet method, spin coating, cast coating, roll coating, and screen printing can be used.

形成於支撐體上的著色組成物層可進行乾燥(預烘烤)。於藉由低溫製程來形成圖案的情況下,亦可不進行預烘烤。 於進行預烘烤的情況下,預烘烤溫度較佳為150℃以下,更佳為120℃以下,進而佳為110℃以下。下限例如可設為50℃以上,亦可設為80℃以上。藉由於預烘烤溫度150℃以下進行,例如於利用有機原材料構成影像感測器的光電轉換膜的情況下,可更有效地維持該些特性。 預烘烤時間較佳為10秒~300秒,更佳為40秒~250秒,進而佳為80秒~220秒。乾燥可利用加熱板、烘箱等進行。The colored composition layer formed on the support can be dried (prebaked). In the case where the pattern is formed by a low temperature process, prebaking may not be performed. In the case of prebaking, the prebaking temperature is preferably 150 ° C or lower, more preferably 120 ° C or lower, and still more preferably 110 ° C or lower. The lower limit can be, for example, 50 ° C or higher, or 80 ° C or higher. By carrying out the prebaking temperature of 150 ° C or lower, for example, in the case of using a photoelectric conversion film of an image sensor using an organic material, these characteristics can be more effectively maintained. The prebaking time is preferably from 10 seconds to 300 seconds, more preferably from 40 seconds to 250 seconds, and further preferably from 80 seconds to 220 seconds. Drying can be carried out using a hot plate, an oven or the like.

(藉由光微影法來進行圖案形成的情況) <<曝光步驟>> 其次,以圖案狀對著色組成物層進行曝光(曝光步驟)。例如使用步進機等曝光裝置,介隔具有規定的遮罩圖案的遮罩對著色組成物層進行曝光,藉此可進行圖案曝光。藉此,可使曝光部分硬化。 作為可於曝光時使用的放射線(光),可較佳地使用g射線、i射線等紫外線(特佳為i射線)。照射量(曝光量)例如較佳為0.03 J/cm2 ~2.5 J/cm2 ,更佳為0.05 J/cm2 ~1.0 J/cm2 。 可適宜選擇曝光時的氧濃度,除於大氣下進行曝光以外,可於例如氧濃度為19體積%以下的低氧環境下(例如15體積%、5體積%、實質上無氧)進行曝光,亦可於氧濃度超過21體積%的高氧環境下(例如22體積%、30體積%、50體積%)進行曝光。另外,可適宜設定曝光照度,通常可自1000 W/m2 ~100000 W/m2 (例如5000 W/m2 、15000 W/m2 、35000 W/m2 )的範圍中選擇。氧濃度與曝光照度可組合適宜條件,例如可設為氧濃度為10體積%且照度為10000 W/m2 、氧濃度為35體積%且照度為20000 W/m2 等。 硬化膜的膜厚較佳為2.0 μm以下,更佳為1.0 μm以下,進而佳為0.7 μm以下。下限例如可設為0.1 μm以上,亦可設為0.2 μm以上。藉由將膜厚設為2.0 μm以下,容易獲得高解析性、高密接性。(When Patterning is Performed by Photolithography) <<Exposure Step>> Next, the colored composition layer is exposed in a pattern (exposure step). For example, an exposure device such as a stepper can be used to expose the colored composition layer by a mask having a predetermined mask pattern, whereby pattern exposure can be performed. Thereby, the exposed portion can be hardened. As the radiation (light) which can be used for exposure, ultraviolet rays (particularly i-rays) such as g-rays and i-rays can be preferably used. The irradiation amount (exposure amount) is, for example, preferably 0.03 J/cm 2 to 2.5 J/cm 2 , more preferably 0.05 J/cm 2 to 1.0 J/cm 2 . The oxygen concentration at the time of exposure can be appropriately selected, and exposure can be performed in a low oxygen atmosphere (for example, 15% by volume, 5% by volume, and substantially oxygen-free) having an oxygen concentration of 19% by volume or less, in addition to exposure in the atmosphere. Exposure can also be carried out in a high oxygen environment (for example, 22% by volume, 30% by volume, and 50% by volume) in which the oxygen concentration exceeds 21% by volume. Further, the exposure illuminance can be appropriately set, and can be usually selected from the range of 1000 W/m 2 to 100000 W/m 2 (for example, 5000 W/m 2 , 15000 W/m 2 , and 35000 W/m 2 ). The oxygen concentration and the exposure illuminance can be combined under suitable conditions, and for example, the oxygen concentration is 10% by volume, the illuminance is 10000 W/m 2 , the oxygen concentration is 35% by volume, and the illuminance is 20,000 W/m 2 . The film thickness of the cured film is preferably 2.0 μm or less, more preferably 1.0 μm or less, and still more preferably 0.7 μm or less. The lower limit can be, for example, 0.1 μm or more, or 0.2 μm or more. By setting the film thickness to 2.0 μm or less, high resolution and high adhesion can be easily obtained.

<<顯影步驟>> 其次,將未曝光部顯影去除而形成圖案。未曝光部的顯影去除可使用顯影液進行。藉此,曝光步驟中的未曝光部的著色組成物層溶出至顯影液中,而僅使光硬化的部分殘留。 作為顯影液,理想的是不對基底的固體攝像元件或電路等造成損傷的有機鹼性顯影液。 顯影液的溫度例如較佳為20℃~30℃。顯影時間較佳為20秒~180秒。另外,為了提高殘渣去除性,亦可將以下步驟反覆進行幾次:每隔60秒甩去顯影液,進而供給新的顯影液。<<Developing Step>> Next, the unexposed portion is developed and removed to form a pattern. The development removal of the unexposed portion can be performed using a developer. Thereby, the colored composition layer of the unexposed part in the exposure step is eluted into the developing solution, and only the portion where the light is hardened remains. As the developer, an organic alkaline developer which does not damage the solid image sensor or the circuit of the substrate is preferable. The temperature of the developer is, for example, preferably 20 ° C to 30 ° C. The development time is preferably from 20 seconds to 180 seconds. Further, in order to improve the residue removal property, the following steps may be repeated several times: the developer is removed every 60 seconds, and a new developer is supplied.

作為顯影液中所用的鹼性劑,例如可列舉:氨水、乙胺、二乙胺、二甲基乙醇胺、氫氧化四甲基銨、氫氧化四乙基銨、氫氧化四丙基銨、氫氧化四丁基銨、氫氧化苄基三甲基銨、二甲基雙(2-羥基乙基)氫氧化銨、膽鹼、吡咯、哌啶、1,8-二氮雜雙環-[5.4.0]-7-十一烯等有機鹼性化合物。顯影液可較佳地使用利用純水將該些鹼性劑稀釋而成的鹼性水溶液。鹼性水溶液的鹼性劑的濃度較佳為0.001質量%~10質量%,更佳為0.01質量%~1質量%。 另外,顯影液中亦可使用無機鹼。作為無機鹼,例如較佳為氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、碳酸鈉、碳酸氫鈉、矽酸鈉、偏矽酸鈉等。 另外,顯影液中亦可使用界面活性劑。作為界面活性劑的例子,可列舉所述硬化性組成物中說明的界面活性劑,較佳為非離子系界面活性劑。 再者,於使用包含此種鹼性水溶液的顯影液的情況下,較佳為通常於顯影後利用純水進行清洗(淋洗)。Examples of the alkaline agent used in the developer include ammonia water, ethylamine, diethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, tetrapropylammonium hydroxide, and hydrogen. Tetrabutylammonium oxide, benzyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, dimethylbis(2-hydroxyethyl)ammonium hydroxide, choline, pyrrole, piperidine, 1,8-diazabicyclo-[5.4. 0] Organic basic compound such as 7-undecene. As the developer, an alkaline aqueous solution obtained by diluting these alkaline agents with pure water can be preferably used. The concentration of the alkaline agent in the alkaline aqueous solution is preferably 0.001% by mass to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01% by mass to 1% by mass. Further, an inorganic base can also be used in the developer. As the inorganic base, for example, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate, sodium citrate, sodium metasilicate or the like is preferable. Further, a surfactant may be used in the developer. Examples of the surfactant include a surfactant described in the curable composition, and a nonionic surfactant is preferred. Further, in the case of using a developer containing such an aqueous alkaline solution, it is preferred to carry out washing (rinsing) with pure water after development.

亦可於顯影後、實施乾燥後進行加熱處理(後烘烤)。後烘烤是用以使膜完全硬化的顯影後的加熱處理。於進行後烘烤的情況下,後烘烤溫度例如較佳為100℃~240℃。就膜硬化的觀點而言,更佳為200℃~230℃。另外,於使用有機電致發光(有機EL(Electroluminescence))元件作為發光光源的情況下或利用有機原材料構成影像感測器的光電轉換膜的情況下,後烘烤溫度較佳為150℃以下,更佳為120℃以下,進而佳為100℃以下,特佳為90℃以下。下限例如可設為50℃以上。 可使用加熱板或對流烘箱(熱風循環式乾燥機)、高頻加熱機等加熱機構,以成為所述條件的方式,藉由連續式或批次式對顯影後的膜進行後烘烤。另外,於藉由低溫製程來形成圖案的情況下,亦可不進行後烘烤。It is also possible to carry out heat treatment (post-baking) after development and after drying. Post-baking is a heat treatment after development for completely hardening the film. In the case of post-baking, the post-baking temperature is, for example, preferably from 100 ° C to 240 ° C. From the viewpoint of film hardening, it is more preferably from 200 ° C to 230 ° C. In the case where an organic electroluminescence (organic luminescence) element is used as the illuminating light source or when the photoelectric conversion film of the image sensor is formed of an organic material, the post-baking temperature is preferably 150° C. or less. More preferably, it is 120 ° C or less, more preferably 100 ° C or less, and particularly preferably 90 ° C or less. The lower limit can be, for example, 50 ° C or higher. The film after development may be post-baked by a continuous or batch type using a heating means such as a hot plate or a convection oven (hot air circulation dryer) or a high frequency heater. Further, in the case of forming a pattern by a low-temperature process, post-baking may not be performed.

(藉由乾式蝕刻法來進行圖案形成的情況) 藉由乾式蝕刻法的圖案形成可藉由如下方法來:對形成於支撐體上的著色組成物層進行硬化而形成硬化物層,繼而於所獲得的硬化物層上形成經圖案化的光阻劑層,將該光阻劑層作為遮罩而使用蝕刻氣體來進行蝕刻等。 具體而言,較佳為將正型或負型的感放射線性組成物塗佈於硬化物層上,並使其乾燥,藉此形成光阻劑層。於光阻劑層的形成過程中,較佳為進而實施預烘烤處理。尤其,作為光阻劑的形成製程,理想的是實施曝光後的加熱處理、顯影後的加熱處理(後烘烤處理)的形態。(When Patterning is Performed by Dry Etching) Patterning by dry etching can be performed by hardening a colored composition layer formed on a support to form a cured layer, and then A patterned photoresist layer is formed on the obtained cured layer, and the photoresist layer is etched using an etching gas as a mask. Specifically, it is preferred to apply a positive or negative radiation sensitive composition onto the cured layer and dry it, thereby forming a photoresist layer. In the formation of the photoresist layer, it is preferred to carry out the prebaking treatment. In particular, as a forming process of the photoresist, it is preferable to perform a heat treatment after exposure and a heat treatment (post-baking treatment) after development.

作為光阻劑層,例如可較佳地使用感應紫外線(g射線、h射線、i射線)、包含準分子雷射等的遠紫外線、電子束、離子束及X射線等放射線的正型的感放射線性組成物。放射線中,較佳為g射線、h射線、i射線,其中,較佳為i射線。具體而言,正型的感放射線性組成物較佳為含有醌二疊氮化合物及鹼可溶性樹脂的組成物。含有醌二疊氮化合物及鹼可溶性樹脂的正型的感放射線性組成物是利用藉由500 nm以下的波長的光照射而使醌二疊氮基分解並產生羧基,結果自鹼不溶狀態變成鹼可溶性者。該正型光阻劑因解析力顯著優異,故用於積體電路(integrated circuit,IC)或大規模積體電路(Large Scale Integration,LSI)等積體電路的製作。作為醌二疊氮化合物,可列舉萘醌二疊氮化合物。作為市售品,例如可列舉「FHi622BC」(富士軟片電子材料(Fujifilm Electronics Materials)公司製造)等。As the photoresist layer, for example, a sense of positive type such as induced ultraviolet rays (g rays, h rays, i rays), far ultraviolet rays including excimer lasers, electron beams, ion beams, and X-rays can be preferably used. Radiation linear composition. In the radiation, g rays, h rays, and i rays are preferable, and among them, i rays are preferable. Specifically, the positive radiation sensitive composition is preferably a composition containing a quinonediazide compound and an alkali-soluble resin. A positive-type radiation-sensitive composition containing a quinonediazide compound and an alkali-soluble resin is obtained by decomposing a quinonediazide group by light irradiation at a wavelength of 500 nm or less and generating a carboxyl group, and the result is changed from an alkali-insoluble state to a base. Soluble. Since this positive type resist is remarkably excellent in resolving power, it is used for the production of an integrated circuit such as an integrated circuit (IC) or a large scale integrated circuit (LSI). As the quinonediazide compound, a naphthoquinonediazide compound can be mentioned. As a commercial item, "FHi622BC" (made by Fujifilm Electronics Materials Co., Ltd.), etc. are mentioned, for example.

光阻劑層的厚度較佳為0.1 μm~3 μm,更佳為0.2 μm~2.5 μm,進而佳為0.3 μm~2 μm。再者,正型的感放射線性組成物的塗佈方法可使用所述著色組成物的塗佈方法而較佳地進行。The thickness of the photoresist layer is preferably from 0.1 μm to 3 μm, more preferably from 0.2 μm to 2.5 μm, still more preferably from 0.3 μm to 2 μm. Further, the method of applying the positive radiation sensitive composition can be preferably carried out by using the coating method of the colored composition.

繼而,對光阻劑層進行曝光及顯影,藉此形成設有抗蝕劑貫穿孔群的抗蝕劑圖案(經圖案化的光阻劑層)。抗蝕劑圖案的形成並無特別限制,可適宜地使先前公知的光微影技術最佳化來進行。藉由曝光及顯影而於光阻劑層上設置抗蝕劑貫穿孔群,藉此於硬化物層上設置接下來的蝕刻中所使用的作為蝕刻遮罩的抗蝕劑圖案。Then, the photoresist layer is exposed and developed, thereby forming a resist pattern (patterned photoresist layer) provided with a resist through-hole group. The formation of the resist pattern is not particularly limited, and can be suitably performed by optimizing a conventionally known photolithography technique. A resist through-hole group is provided on the photoresist layer by exposure and development, whereby a resist pattern as an etching mask used in the subsequent etching is provided on the cured layer.

光阻劑層的曝光可藉由如下方式來進行:介隔規定的遮罩圖案,利用g射線、h射線、i射線等,較佳為i射線對正型或負型的感放射線性組成物實施曝光。曝光後,利用顯影液進行顯影處理,藉此結合欲形成著色圖案的區域來將光阻劑去除。The exposure of the photoresist layer can be carried out by interposing a predetermined mask pattern, using g-rays, h-rays, i-rays, etc., preferably an i-ray alignment type or a negative type radiation sensitive composition. Implement exposure. After the exposure, the developing treatment is performed by the developing solution, whereby the photoresist is removed in combination with the region where the colored pattern is to be formed.

作為顯影液,只要是不對硬化物層造成影響,而使正型抗蝕劑的曝光部及負型抗蝕劑的未硬化部溶解者,則可使用任何顯影液。例如可使用各種溶劑的組合或鹼性水溶液。作為鹼性水溶液,較佳的是以濃度成為0.001質量%~10質量%、較佳為0.01質量%~5質量%的方式溶解鹼性化合物所製備的鹼性水溶液。鹼性化合物例如可列舉:氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、碳酸鈉、矽酸鈉、偏矽酸鈉、氨水、乙胺、二乙胺、二甲基乙醇胺、氫氧化四甲基銨、氫氧化四乙基銨、膽鹼、吡咯、哌啶、1,8-二氮雜雙環[5.4.0]-7-十一烯等。再者,於使用鹼性水溶液的情況下,通常於顯影後利用水實施清洗處理。As the developer, any developer can be used as long as it does not affect the cured layer and dissolves the exposed portion of the positive resist and the uncured portion of the negative resist. For example, a combination of various solvents or an aqueous alkaline solution can be used. The alkaline aqueous solution is preferably an alkaline aqueous solution prepared by dissolving a basic compound in a concentration of from 0.001% by mass to 10% by mass, preferably from 0.01% by mass to 5% by mass. Examples of the basic compound include sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium citrate, sodium metasilicate, aqueous ammonia, ethylamine, diethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, and hydroxide. Tetraethylammonium, choline, pyrrole, piperidine, 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]-7-undecene, and the like. Further, in the case of using an alkaline aqueous solution, the cleaning treatment is usually carried out using water after development.

其次,將抗蝕劑圖案作為蝕刻遮罩,以於硬化物層上形成貫穿孔群的方式藉由乾式蝕刻來進行圖案化。Next, the resist pattern was used as an etching mask, and patterned by dry etching so that a through-hole group was formed on the cured layer.

作為乾式蝕刻,就更接近矩形地形成圖案剖面的觀點或進一步減少對於支撐體的損害的觀點而言,較佳為藉由以下的方法來進行。 較佳為包含如下的蝕刻的方法:使用氟系氣體與氧氣(O2 )的混合氣體,進行蝕刻直至支撐體不露出的區域(深度)為止的第1階段的蝕刻;於該第1階段的蝕刻後,使用氮氣(N2 )與氧氣(O2 )的混合氣體,進行蝕刻直至較佳為支撐體露出的區域(深度)附近為止的第2階段的蝕刻;以及於支撐體露出後進行的過度蝕刻(over etching)。以下,對乾式蝕刻的具體方法,以及第1階段的蝕刻、第2階段的蝕刻、及過度蝕刻進行說明。As the dry etching, from the viewpoint of forming a pattern cross section more rectangularly or further reducing damage to the support, it is preferably carried out by the following method. Preferably, the method includes etching using a mixed gas of a fluorine-based gas and oxygen (O 2 ), and etching in a first step until a region (depth) in which the support is not exposed; in the first stage After the etching, etching is performed using a mixed gas of nitrogen (N 2 ) and oxygen (O 2 ) until it is preferably in the vicinity of the region (depth) where the support is exposed; and after the support is exposed Over etching. Hereinafter, a specific method of dry etching, etching in the first stage, etching in the second stage, and over etching will be described.

乾式蝕刻是藉由下述方法而事先求出蝕刻條件後進行。 (1)分別算出第1階段的蝕刻中的蝕刻速率(nm/min)、及第2階段的蝕刻中的蝕刻速率(nm/min)。 (2)分別算出藉由第1階段的蝕刻來蝕刻所期望的厚度的時間、及藉由第2階段的蝕刻來蝕刻所期望的厚度的時間。 (3)依據所述(2)中算出的蝕刻時間來實施第1階段的蝕刻。 (4)依據所述(2)中算出的蝕刻時間來實施第2階段的蝕刻。或者亦可藉由終點檢測來決定蝕刻時間,並依據所決定的蝕刻時間來實施第2階段的蝕刻。 (5)相對於所述(3)及(4)的合計時間來算出過度蝕刻時間,並實施過度蝕刻。Dry etching is performed by previously obtaining etching conditions by the following method. (1) The etching rate (nm/min) in the etching in the first step and the etching rate (nm/min) in the etching in the second step were respectively calculated. (2) The time during which the desired thickness is etched by the first-stage etching and the time during which the desired thickness is etched by the second-stage etching are respectively calculated. (3) The first-stage etching is performed in accordance with the etching time calculated in the above (2). (4) The second-stage etching is performed in accordance with the etching time calculated in the above (2). Alternatively, the etching time may be determined by endpoint detection, and the second etching may be performed in accordance with the determined etching time. (5) The over-etching time is calculated with respect to the total time of the above (3) and (4), and over-etching is performed.

作為第1階段的蝕刻步驟中使用的混合氣體,就將作為被蝕刻膜的有機材料加工成矩形的觀點而言,較佳為包含氟系氣體及氧氣(O2 )。另外,藉由於第1階段的蝕刻步驟中進行蝕刻直至支撐體不露出的區域為止,可避免支撐體的損害。另外,就於第1階段的蝕刻步驟中利用氟系氣體及氧氣的混合氣體實施蝕刻直至支撐體不露出的區域為止後,避免支撐體的損害的觀點而言,第2階段的蝕刻步驟及過度蝕刻步驟較佳為使用氮氣及氧氣的混合氣體來進行蝕刻處理。The mixed gas used in the etching step of the first step preferably contains a fluorine-based gas and oxygen (O 2 ) from the viewpoint of processing the organic material as the film to be processed into a rectangular shape. Further, the damage of the support can be avoided by etching in the etching step of the first step until the region where the support is not exposed. In addition, in the etching step of the first step, etching is performed by using a mixed gas of a fluorine-based gas and oxygen gas until the support is not exposed, and the second step of the etching step and excessive is considered from the viewpoint of avoiding damage of the support. The etching step is preferably performed by using a mixed gas of nitrogen gas and oxygen gas.

第1階段的蝕刻步驟中的蝕刻量與第2階段的蝕刻步驟中的蝕刻量的比率重要的是以無損由第1階段的蝕刻步驟中的蝕刻處理所形成的矩形性的方式決定。再者,總蝕刻量(第1階段的蝕刻步驟中的蝕刻量與第2階段的蝕刻步驟中的蝕刻量的總和)中的後者的比率較佳為大於0%且為50%以下的範圍,更佳為10%~20%。所謂蝕刻量,是指根據被蝕刻膜的殘存的膜厚與蝕刻前的膜厚的差所算出的量。The ratio of the amount of etching in the etching step in the first step to the amount of etching in the etching step in the second step is determined in such a manner that the rectangularity formed by the etching treatment in the etching step of the first step is not impaired. Further, the ratio of the latter in the total etching amount (the total of the etching amount in the etching step in the first step and the etching amount in the etching step in the second step) is preferably in a range of more than 0% and not more than 50%. More preferably, it is 10% to 20%. The amount of etching refers to an amount calculated from the difference between the film thickness remaining in the film to be etched and the film thickness before etching.

另外,蝕刻較佳為包含過度蝕刻處理。過度蝕刻處理較佳為設定過度蝕刻比率後進行。另外,過度蝕刻比率較佳為根據最初進行的蝕刻處理的時間來算出。過度蝕刻比率可任意地設定,但就維持光阻劑的耐蝕刻性與被蝕刻圖案的矩形性的方面而言,較佳為蝕刻步驟中的蝕刻處理時間的30%以下,更佳為5%~25%,特佳為10%~15%。In addition, the etching preferably includes an overetching process. The overetching treatment is preferably performed after setting the overetching ratio. Further, the overetching ratio is preferably calculated based on the time of the etching process that is initially performed. The over-etching ratio can be arbitrarily set. However, in terms of maintaining the etching resistance of the photoresist and the rectangularity of the etched pattern, it is preferably 30% or less, more preferably 5%, of the etching treatment time in the etching step. ~25%, especially good 10% to 15%.

繼而,將於蝕刻後殘存的抗蝕劑圖案(即蝕刻遮罩)去除。抗蝕劑圖案的去除較佳為包括:將剝離液或溶劑賦予至抗蝕劑圖案上,並形成可去除抗蝕劑圖案的狀態的步驟;以及使用清洗水將抗蝕劑圖案去除的步驟。Then, the resist pattern remaining after the etching (ie, the etching mask) is removed. The removal of the resist pattern preferably includes a step of imparting a stripping liquid or a solvent onto the resist pattern and forming a state in which the resist pattern can be removed, and a step of removing the resist pattern using the washing water.

作為將剝離液或溶劑賦予至抗蝕劑圖案上,並形成可去除抗蝕劑圖案的狀態的步驟,例如可列舉:將剝離液或溶劑至少賦予至抗蝕劑圖案上,並停留規定的時間來進行覆液式顯影的步驟。使剝離液或溶劑停留的時間並無特別限制,但較佳為幾十秒至幾分鐘。As a step of applying a peeling liquid or a solvent to the resist pattern and forming a state in which the resist pattern can be removed, for example, a stripping liquid or a solvent is applied to at least the resist pattern and stays for a predetermined period of time. To carry out the step of liquid-covering development. The time for leaving the stripping solution or solvent to stay is not particularly limited, but is preferably from several tens of seconds to several minutes.

另外,作為使用清洗水將抗蝕劑圖案去除的步驟,例如可列舉:自噴霧式或噴淋式的噴射噴嘴朝抗蝕劑圖案噴射清洗水,而將抗蝕劑圖案去除的步驟。清洗水可較佳地使用純水。另外,作為噴射噴嘴,可列舉:整個支撐體包含在其噴射範圍內的噴射噴嘴、或作為可動式的噴射噴嘴且其可動範圍包含整個支撐體的噴射噴嘴。於噴射噴嘴為可動式的情況下,於將抗蝕劑圖案去除的步驟中,自支撐體中心部至支撐體端部為止移動兩次以上並噴射清洗水,藉此可更有效地去除抗蝕劑圖案。Further, as a step of removing the resist pattern using the washing water, for example, a step of removing the resist pattern by spraying the washing water onto the resist pattern from the spray type or the spray type spray nozzle is exemplified. Pure water can be preferably used for the washing water. Further, examples of the injection nozzle include an injection nozzle in which the entire support body is included in the injection range, or an injection nozzle which is a movable injection nozzle and whose movable range includes the entire support body. In the case where the ejection nozzle is movable, in the step of removing the resist pattern, the cleaning water is sprayed twice or more from the center of the support to the end of the support, thereby more effectively removing the resist. Agent pattern.

剝離液通常含有有機溶劑,可進而含有無機溶媒。作為有機溶劑,例如可列舉:1)烴系化合物、2)鹵化烴系化合物、3)醇系化合物、4)醚系化合物或縮醛系化合物、5)酮系化合物或醛系化合物、6)酯系化合物、7)多元醇系化合物、8)羧酸系化合物或其酸酐系化合物、9)酚系化合物、10)含氮化合物、11)含硫化合物、12)含氟化合物。剝離液較佳為含有含氮化合物,更佳為包含非環狀含氮化合物與環狀含氮化合物。The stripper usually contains an organic solvent and may further contain an inorganic solvent. Examples of the organic solvent include 1) a hydrocarbon-based compound, 2) a halogenated hydrocarbon-based compound, 3) an alcohol-based compound, 4) an ether-based compound or an acetal-based compound, 5) a ketone-based compound or an aldehyde-based compound, and 6) An ester compound, 7) a polyol compound, 8) a carboxylic acid compound or an acid anhydride compound thereof, 9) a phenol compound, 10) a nitrogen-containing compound, 11) a sulfur-containing compound, and 12) a fluorine-containing compound. The stripping liquid preferably contains a nitrogen-containing compound, and more preferably contains an acyclic nitrogen-containing compound and a cyclic nitrogen-containing compound.

作為非環狀含氮化合物,較佳為具有羥基的非環狀含氮化合物。具體而言,例如可列舉:單異丙醇胺、二異丙醇胺、三異丙醇胺、N-乙基乙醇胺、N,N-二丁基乙醇胺、N-丁基乙醇胺、單乙醇胺、二乙醇胺、三乙醇胺等,較佳為單乙醇胺、二乙醇胺、三乙醇胺,更佳為單乙醇胺(H2 NCH2 CH2 OH)。另外,作為環狀含氮化合物,可列舉:異喹啉、咪唑、N-乙基嗎啉、ε-己內醯胺、喹啉、1,3-二甲基-2-咪唑啶酮、α-甲基吡啶、β-甲基吡啶、γ-甲基吡啶、2-甲基哌啶、3-甲基哌啶、4-甲基哌啶、哌嗪、哌啶、吡嗪、吡啶、吡咯啶、N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、N-苯基嗎啉、2,4-二甲基吡啶、2,6-二甲基吡啶等,較佳為N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、N-乙基嗎啉,更佳為N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮(N-Methyl-2-Pyrrolidone,NMP)。The acyclic nitrogen-containing compound is preferably an acyclic nitrogen-containing compound having a hydroxyl group. Specific examples thereof include monoisopropanolamine, diisopropanolamine, triisopropanolamine, N-ethylethanolamine, N,N-dibutylethanolamine, N-butylethanolamine, monoethanolamine, and the like. Diethanolamine, triethanolamine or the like is preferably monoethanolamine, diethanolamine or triethanolamine, more preferably monoethanolamine (H 2 NCH 2 CH 2 OH). Further, examples of the cyclic nitrogen-containing compound include isoquinoline, imidazole, N-ethylmorpholine, ε-caprolactam, quinoline, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone, and α. -methylpyridine, β-methylpyridine, γ-methylpyridine, 2-methylpiperidine, 3-methylpiperidine, 4-methylpiperidine, piperazine, piperidine, pyrazine, pyridine, pyrrole Pyridine, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-phenylmorpholine, 2,4-dimethylpyridine, 2,6-lutidine, etc., preferably N-methyl-2-pyrrole Iridone, N-ethylmorpholine, more preferably N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP).

剝離液較佳為包含非環狀含氮化合物與環狀含氮化合物,其中,更佳為包含作為非環狀含氮化合物的選自單乙醇胺、二乙醇胺、及三乙醇胺中的至少一種,及作為環狀含氮化合物的選自N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮及N-乙基嗎啉中的至少一種,進而佳為包含單乙醇胺與N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮。The stripping liquid preferably contains an acyclic nitrogen-containing compound and a cyclic nitrogen-containing compound, and more preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of monoethanolamine, diethanolamine, and triethanolamine as an acyclic nitrogen-containing compound, and As the cyclic nitrogen-containing compound, at least one selected from the group consisting of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and N-ethylmorpholine preferably further contains monoethanolamine and N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone.

當利用剝離液進行去除時,只要將形成於圖案上的抗蝕劑圖案去除即可,即便於作為蝕刻產物的沈積物(deposited matter)附著於圖案的側壁上的情況下,亦可不完全地去除沈積物。所謂沈積物,是指蝕刻產物附著並堆積於硬化物層的側壁上而成者。When the removal is performed by the stripping solution, the resist pattern formed on the pattern may be removed, and even if the deposited matter as an etching product adheres to the sidewall of the pattern, it may not be completely removed. Sediment. The term "deposit" means that the etching product adheres and accumulates on the side wall of the hardened layer.

作為剝離液,理想的是非環狀含氮化合物的含量相對於剝離液100質量份為9質量份以上且11質量份以下,環狀含氮化合物的含量相對於剝離液100質量份為65質量份以上且70質量份以下者。另外,剝離液較佳為利用純水對非環狀含氮化合物與環狀含氮化合物的混合物進行稀釋而成者。The content of the acyclic nitrogen-containing compound is preferably 9 parts by mass or more and 11 parts by mass or less based on 100 parts by mass of the peeling liquid, and the content of the cyclic nitrogen-containing compound is 65 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the peeling liquid. More than 70 parts by mass or less. Further, the peeling liquid is preferably obtained by diluting a mixture of the acyclic nitrogen-containing compound and the cyclic nitrogen-containing compound with pure water.

<固體攝像元件> 本發明的固體攝像元件具有本發明的彩色濾光片。作為本發明的固體攝像元件的構成,只要為具備本發明的彩色濾光片且作為固體攝像元件而發揮功能的構成,則並無特別限定,例如可列舉如下構成。<Solid-State Imaging Element> The solid-state imaging element of the present invention has the color filter of the present invention. The configuration of the solid-state imaging device of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it is a configuration in which the color filter of the present invention is provided as a solid-state imaging device, and the following configuration is exemplified.

所述固體攝像元件為以下構成:於支撐體上具有構成固體攝像元件(CCD影像感測器、CMOS影像感測器等)的光接收區域的多個光二極體(photodiode)及包含多晶矽等的傳輸電極,於所述光二極體及所述傳輸電極上具有僅光二極體的光接收部開口的包含鎢等的遮光膜,於遮光膜上具有以覆蓋遮光膜整個面及光二極體光接收部的方式形成的包含氮化矽等的器件保護膜,於所述器件保護膜上具有本發明的彩色濾光片。 進而,亦可為於所述器件保護膜上且彩色濾光片之下(靠近支撐體之側)具有聚光機構(例如微透鏡等。以下相同)的構成、或於彩色濾光片上具有聚光機構的構成等。The solid-state imaging device has a configuration in which a plurality of photodiodes (photodiodes) constituting a light receiving region of a solid-state imaging device (a CCD image sensor, a CMOS image sensor, or the like) and a polycrystalline germanium or the like are provided on the support. The transmission electrode has a light-shielding film containing tungsten or the like which is open only in the light-receiving portion of the photodiode, and has a light-shielding film covering the entire surface of the light-shielding film and light-receiving light reception on the light-receiving film. A device protective film comprising tantalum nitride or the like formed in a portion manner, and the color filter of the present invention is provided on the device protective film. Furthermore, it may be configured on the device protective film and under the color filter (on the side close to the support) to have a condensing mechanism (for example, a microlens or the like. The same applies hereinafter) or on the color filter. The composition of the concentrating mechanism, and the like.

<圖像顯示裝置> 本發明的彩色濾光片可用於液晶顯示裝置或有機電致發光顯示裝置等圖像顯示裝置中。具備本發明的彩色濾光片的圖像顯示裝置可顯示高畫質圖像,該高畫質圖像的顯示圖像的色調良好且顯示特性優異。關於顯示裝置的定義或各顯示裝置的詳細情況,例如記載於「電子顯示器器件(佐佐木昭夫著,工業調査會(股),1990年發行)」、「顯示器器件(伊吹順章著,產業圖書(股),1989年發行)」等中。另外,關於液晶顯示裝置,例如記載於「下一代液晶顯示器技術(內田龍男編輯,工業調査會(股),1994年發行)」中。對於本發明可應用的液晶顯示裝置並無特別限制,例如可應用於所述「下一代液晶顯示器技術」中所記載的多種方式的液晶顯示裝置。<Image Display Device> The color filter of the present invention can be used in an image display device such as a liquid crystal display device or an organic electroluminescence display device. The image display device including the color filter of the present invention can display a high-quality image, and the display image of the high-quality image has good color tone and excellent display characteristics. The definition of the display device or the details of each display device is described, for example, in "Electronic display devices (Sasaki Sasaki, Industrial Research Association, shares issued in 1990)", "Display devices (Ibuki Shunzhang, Industrial Books ( Shares), issued in 1989) and so on. In addition, the liquid crystal display device is described in, for example, "Next-Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology (Editor Uchida Ryuo, Industrial Research Association, issued in 1994)". The liquid crystal display device to which the present invention is applicable is not particularly limited, and can be applied to, for example, a plurality of types of liquid crystal display devices described in the "next-generation liquid crystal display technology".

本發明的彩色濾光片亦可用於彩色薄膜電晶體(Thin Film Transistor,TFT)方式的液晶顯示裝置。關於彩色TFT方式的液晶顯示裝置,例如是記載於「彩色TFT液晶顯示器(共立出版(股),1996年發行)」中。進而,本發明亦可應用於共面切換(In Plane Switching,IPS)等橫向電場驅動方式、多象限垂直配向(Multi-domain Vertical Alignment,MVA)等畫素分割方式等的視角經擴大的液晶顯示裝置、或超扭轉向列(Super-Twisted Nematic,STN)、扭轉向列(Twisted Nematic,TN)、垂直配向(Vertical Alignment,VA)、光學補償傾斜(on-chip spacer,OCS)、邊緣場切換(fringe field switching,FFS)、及反射式光學補償彎曲(Reflective Optically Compensated Bend,R-OCB)等。另外,本發明的彩色濾光片亦可供於彩色濾光片陣列(Color-filter On Array,COA)方式。關於該些圖像顯示方式,例如是記載於「EL、電漿顯示面板(Plasma Display Panel,PDP)、液晶顯示器(Liquid Crystal Display,LCD)顯示器-技術與市場的最新動向-(東麗研究中心(Toray Research Center)調查研究部門,2001年發行)」的第43頁等中。The color filter of the present invention can also be used in a liquid crystal display device of a Thin Film Transistor (TFT) type. A liquid crystal display device of a color TFT type is described, for example, in "Color TFT liquid crystal display (Kyoritsu Publishing Co., Ltd., issued in 1996)". Furthermore, the present invention can also be applied to a liquid crystal display having an enlarged viewing angle such as a transverse electric field driving method such as In Plane Switching (IPS) or a pixel division method such as Multi-domain Vertical Alignment (MVA). Device, or Super-Twisted Nematic (STN), Twisted Nematic (TN), Vertical Alignment (VA), on-chip spacer (OCS), fringe field switching (fringe field switching, FFS), and Reflective Optically Compensated Bend (R-OCB). In addition, the color filter of the present invention is also available in a Color-Filter On Array (COA) mode. These image display methods are described, for example, in "EL, Plasma Display Panel (PDP), Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) Display - Technology and Market Trends - (Dongli Research Center) (Toray Research Center, Research and Research Department, issued in 2001), page 43 et al.

具備本發明的彩色濾光片的液晶顯示裝置除了本發明的彩色濾光片以外,亦包括電極基板、偏光膜、相位差膜、背光、間隔件(spacer)、視角補償膜等各種構件。本發明的彩色濾光片可應用於由該些公知的構件所構成的液晶顯示裝置中。關於該些構件,例如是記載於「'94液晶顯示器周邊材料・化學品的市場(島健太郎,CMC(股),1994年發行)」、「2003液晶相關市場的現狀與將來展望(下卷)(表良吉,富士凱美萊總研(股),2003年發行)」中。 關於背光,是記載於「國際資訊顯示學會會議記錄(SID(The Society for Information Display)meeting Digest)」1380(2005)(A.今野(A.Konno)等人)、或「月刊顯示器」的2005年12月號的第18~24頁(島康裕)、該文獻第25~30頁(八木隆明)等中。 [實施例]The liquid crystal display device including the color filter of the present invention includes various members such as an electrode substrate, a polarizing film, a retardation film, a backlight, a spacer, and a viewing angle compensation film in addition to the color filter of the present invention. The color filter of the present invention can be applied to a liquid crystal display device composed of such known members. For example, the "94 liquid crystal display peripheral materials and chemicals market (Ichishima Kentaro, CMC (share), issued in 1994)", "2003 liquid crystal related market status and future prospects (volume) (Former Liangji, Fuji Kamelai Institute (share), issued in 2003). The backlight is described in "The Society for Information Display (Meeting Digest)" 1380 (2005) (A. Konno et al.) or "Monthly Display" 2005. The 18th to 24th pages of the December issue (Island Kangyu), the 25th and 30th pages of the document (Yamamu Longming), etc. [Examples]

以下,列舉實施例來對本發明進行更具體的說明。只要不脫離本發明的主旨,則以下的實施例中所示的材料、使用量、比例、處理內容、處理程序等可適宜變更。因此,本發明的範圍並不限定於以下所示的具體例。再者,只要無特別說明,則「份」、「%」為質量基準。另外,以下的結構式中,Me表示甲基,Et表示乙基,Bu表示丁基,Ts表示甲苯磺醯基。Hereinafter, the present invention will be more specifically described by way of examples. The materials, the amounts used, the ratios, the processing contents, the processing procedures, and the like shown in the following examples can be appropriately changed without departing from the gist of the invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention is not limited to the specific examples shown below. In addition, unless otherwise indicated, "part" and "%" are the quality standards. Further, in the following structural formula, Me represents a methyl group, Et represents an ethyl group, Bu represents a butyl group, and Ts represents a toluenesulfonyl group.

<重量平均分子量的測定> 重量平均分子量可利用藉由凝膠滲透層析(GPC)測定的聚苯乙烯換算值進行測定。 管柱種類:將TOSOH TSKgel Super HZM-H與TOSOH TSKgel Super HZ4000及TOSOH TSKgel Super HZ2000連結而成的管柱 展開溶媒:四氫呋喃 管柱溫度:40℃ 流量(樣品注入量):1.0 μL(樣品濃度:0.1質量%) 裝置名:東曹(TOSOH)製造的HLC-8220GPC 檢測器:折射率(RI)檢測器 校準曲線基礎樹脂:聚苯乙烯<Measurement of Weight Average Molecular Weight> The weight average molecular weight can be measured by a polystyrene equivalent value measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC). Column type: The column with TOSOH TSKgel Super HZM-H and TOSOH TSKgel Super HZ4000 and TOSOH TSKgel Super HZ2000 is developed. Solvent: tetrahydrofuran column temperature: 40 °C flow rate (sample injection amount): 1.0 μL (sample concentration: 0.1% by mass) Device name: HLC-8220GPC manufactured by Tosoh: Ref. Refractive Index (RI) Detector Calibration Curve Base Resin: Polystyrene

<合成例> (合成例1) 色素單量體(X-1)的合成<Synthesis Example> (Synthesis Example 1) Synthesis of Pigment Monomeric (X-1)

[化50] [化50]

將化合物a的28.8 g添加至脫水四氫呋喃200 mL中,並冷卻至-50℃。其次,滴加1.6 mol/L的正丁基鋰(己烷溶液)128 mL並升溫至-5℃~0℃。其次,緩慢添加碘化乙基45.4 g,升溫至30℃為止。其次,添加水100 mL,以乙酸乙酯200 mL進行分液。利用水100 mL將油層清洗2次,並濃縮油層,藉此獲得中間體b 33.2 g。其次,將中間體b的30.0 g、對氯甲基苯乙烯16.0 g、氧化鎂1.0 g、四氫呋喃80 mL、以及離子交換水20 mL混合,於100℃下加熱2小時。放置冷卻至室溫後,添加鈉N,N雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺31.1 g,並攪拌1小時。於添加乙酸乙酯100 mL、1 mol/L鹽酸100 mL並進行分液後,利用水100 mL來清洗油層。將油層濃縮後,藉由使用矽膠的管柱層析法進行純化,從而獲得色素單量體(X-1)22.5 g。28.8 g of Compound a was added to 200 mL of dehydrated tetrahydrofuran and cooled to -50 °C. Next, 128 mL of 1.6 mol/L n-butyllithium (hexane solution) was added dropwise and the temperature was raised to -5 °C to 0 °C. Next, 45.4 g of ethyl iodide was slowly added thereto, and the temperature was raised to 30 °C. Next, 100 mL of water was added, and the mixture was separated with 200 mL of ethyl acetate. The oil layer was washed twice with 100 mL of water, and the oil layer was concentrated, whereby Intermediate b 33.2 g was obtained. Next, 30.0 g of the intermediate b, 16.0 g of p-chloromethylstyrene, 1.0 g of magnesium oxide, 80 mL of tetrahydrofuran, and 20 mL of ion-exchanged water were mixed, and the mixture was heated at 100 ° C for 2 hours. After standing to cool to room temperature, sodium N,N bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) sulfimine 31.1 g was added and stirred for 1 hour. After adding 100 mL of ethyl acetate and 100 mL of 1 mol/L hydrochloric acid and separating the liquid, the oil layer was washed with 100 mL of water. After the oil layer was concentrated, it was purified by column chromatography using silica gel to obtain 22.5 g of a pigment monomer (X-1).

(合成例2) 色素單量體(X-2)的合成 [化51] (Synthesis Example 2) Synthesis of a pigment single body (X-2) [Chem. 51]

除將合成例1的對氯甲基苯乙烯變更為碘化乙基以外,進行相同的操作而獲得中間體d。 另外,以與日本專利特開2015-30742號公報的段落0372中記載的方法相同的方式合成中間體c。於室溫下,將中間體c的11.2 g、中間體d的10.0 g於二氯甲烷200 mL中攪拌2小時。其次添加水100 mL並進行分液。將油層濃縮後,藉由使用矽膠的管柱層析法進行純化,從而獲得色素單量體(X-2)15.5 g。Except that the p-chloromethylstyrene of Synthesis Example 1 was changed to ethyl iodide, the same operation was carried out to obtain Intermediate d. Further, the intermediate c is synthesized in the same manner as the method described in paragraph 0372 of JP-A-2015-30742. 11.2 g of Intermediate c and 10.0 g of Intermediate d were stirred in dichloromethane (200 mL) at room temperature for 2 hr. Next, 100 mL of water was added and liquid separation was carried out. After concentrating the oil layer, it was purified by column chromatography using tannin to obtain a pigment single amount (X-2) of 15.5 g.

(合成例3) 色素單量體(X-3)的合成 [化52] (Synthesis Example 3) Synthesis of a pigment single body (X-3) [Chem. 52]

將化合物a的28.8 g添加至脫水四氫呋喃200 mL中,並冷卻至-50℃。其次,滴加1.6 mol/L的正丁基鋰(己烷溶液)128 mL並升溫至-5℃~0℃。其次,緩慢添加化合物e的70.0 g,升溫至30℃為止。其次,添加水100 mL,以乙酸乙酯200 mL進行分液。利用水100 mL將油層清洗2次,並濃縮油層,藉此獲得化合物f 54.1 g。其次,於100℃下將化合物f的50.0 g、硫酸二甲酯30.0 g、及氧化鎂1.0 g於四氫呋喃80 mL及離子交換水20 mL中加熱2小時。放置冷卻至室溫後,添加鈉N,N雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺31.1 g,並攪拌1小時。於添加乙酸乙酯100 mL、1 mol/L的鹽酸100 mL並進行分液後,利用水100 mL來清洗油層。將油層濃縮後,藉由使用矽膠的管柱層析法進行純化,從而獲得色素單量體(X-3)15.4 g。28.8 g of Compound a was added to 200 mL of dehydrated tetrahydrofuran and cooled to -50 °C. Next, 128 mL of 1.6 mol/L n-butyllithium (hexane solution) was added dropwise and the temperature was raised to -5 °C to 0 °C. Next, 70.0 g of the compound e was slowly added, and the temperature was raised to 30 °C. Next, 100 mL of water was added, and the mixture was separated with 200 mL of ethyl acetate. The oil layer was washed twice with 100 mL of water, and the oil layer was concentrated, whereby Compound f 54.1 g was obtained. Next, 50.0 g of the compound f, 30.0 g of dimethyl sulfate, and 1.0 g of magnesium oxide were heated at 80 ° C for 20 hours in 80 mL of tetrahydrofuran and 20 mL of ion-exchanged water. After standing to cool to room temperature, sodium N,N bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) sulfimine 31.1 g was added and stirred for 1 hour. After adding 100 mL of ethyl acetate and 100 mL of 1 mol/L hydrochloric acid and separating the liquid, the oil layer was washed with 100 mL of water. After concentrating the oil layer, it was purified by column chromatography using tannin to obtain 15.4 g of a pigment monomer (X-3).

(合成例4) 色素單量體(X-4)的合成 [化53] (Synthesis Example 4) Synthesis of a pigment single body (X-4) [Chem. 53]

將化合物g的30.4 g添加至脫水四氫呋喃200 mL中,並冷卻至-50℃。其次,滴加1.6 mol/L的正丁基鋰(己烷溶液)128 mL並升溫至-5℃~0℃。其次,緩慢添加碘化乙基22.7 g,升溫至30℃為止。其次,添加水100 mL,以乙酸乙酯200 mL進行分液。利用水100 mL將油層清洗2次,並濃縮油層,藉此獲得中間體h 31.9 g。其次,將中間體h 30.0 g、對氯甲基苯乙烯16.0 g、氧化鎂1.0 g、四氫呋喃80 mL、以及離子交換水20 mL混合,於100℃下加熱2小時。放置冷卻至室溫後,添加鈉N,N雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺31.1 g,並攪拌1小時。於添加乙酸乙酯100 mL、1 mol/L的鹽酸100 mL並進行分液後,利用水100 mL來清洗油層。將油層濃縮後,藉由使用矽膠的管柱層析法進行純化,從而獲得色素單量體(X-4)16.2 g。30.4 g of compound g was added to 200 mL of dehydrated tetrahydrofuran and cooled to -50 °C. Next, 128 mL of 1.6 mol/L n-butyllithium (hexane solution) was added dropwise and the temperature was raised to -5 °C to 0 °C. Next, 22.7 g of ethyl iodide was slowly added thereto, and the temperature was raised to 30 °C. Next, 100 mL of water was added, and the mixture was separated with 200 mL of ethyl acetate. The oil layer was washed twice with 100 mL of water, and the oil layer was concentrated, whereby intermediate h 31.9 g was obtained. Next, 3 h of the intermediate h, 16.0 g of p-chloromethylstyrene, 1.0 g of magnesium oxide, 80 mL of tetrahydrofuran, and 20 mL of ion-exchanged water were mixed, and the mixture was heated at 100 ° C for 2 hours. After standing to cool to room temperature, sodium N,N bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) sulfimine 31.1 g was added and stirred for 1 hour. After adding 100 mL of ethyl acetate and 100 mL of 1 mol/L hydrochloric acid and separating the liquid, the oil layer was washed with 100 mL of water. After concentrating the oil layer, it was purified by column chromatography using silica gel to obtain 16.2 g of a pigment monomer (X-4).

(合成例5) 色素單量體(X-5)的合成 [化54] (Synthesis Example 5) Synthesis of a pigment single body (X-5) [Chem. 54]

將化合物i的26.8 g、化合物1)的30.0 g、氧化鎂1.0 g、四氫呋喃80 mL、以及離子交換水20 mL混合,於100℃下加熱2小時。放置冷卻至室溫後,添加鈉N,N雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺31.1 g,並攪拌1小時。於添加乙酸乙酯100 mL、1 mol/L的鹽酸100 mL並進行分液後,利用水100 mL來清洗油層。將油層濃縮後,藉由使用矽膠的管柱層析法進行純化,從而獲得色素單量體(X-5)19.7 g。26.8 g of the compound i, 30.0 g of the compound 1), 1.0 g of magnesium oxide, 80 mL of tetrahydrofuran, and 20 mL of ion-exchanged water were mixed, and the mixture was heated at 100 ° C for 2 hours. After standing to cool to room temperature, sodium N,N bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) sulfimine 31.1 g was added and stirred for 1 hour. After adding 100 mL of ethyl acetate and 100 mL of 1 mol/L hydrochloric acid and separating the liquid, the oil layer was washed with 100 mL of water. After concentrating the oil layer, it was purified by column chromatography using silica gel to obtain 19.7 g of a pigment monomer (X-5).

(合成例6) 色素單量體(X-6)的合成 [化55] (Synthesis Example 6) Synthesis of a pigment single body (X-6) [Chem. 55]

除將合成例2的中間體d變更為鹼性黃1以外,進行與合成例2相同的操作而獲得色素單量體(X-6)14.9 g。A dye single amount (X-6) of 14.9 g was obtained by the same operation as in Synthesis Example 2 except that the intermediate d of the synthesis example 2 was changed to basic yellow 1.

(合成例7) 色素單量體(X-7)的合成 [化56] (Synthesis Example 7) Synthesis of a pigment single body (X-7) [Chem. 56]

除將合成例5的化合物1)變更為2-溴乙醇以外,進行相同的操作而獲得色素單量體(X-7)12.1 g。The same operation was carried out except that the compound 1) of Synthesis Example 5 was changed to 2-bromoethanol to obtain 12.1 g of a pigment monomer (X-7).

(合成例8) 色素多聚體(S-1)的合成 [化57] (Synthesis Example 8) Synthesis of Pigment Polymer (S-1) [Chem. 57]

將色素單量體(X-1)(16.4 g)、甲基丙烯酸(3.00 g)、十二烷基硫醇(0.51 g)、丙二醇1-單甲醚2-乙酸酯(以下亦稱為「PGMEA(Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate)」)(46.6 g)混合,將一半(moiety)添加至三口燒瓶中,於氮氣環境下加熱至80℃。向剩餘的溶液中添加2,2'-偶氮雙(異丁酸)二甲酯[商品名:V601,和光純藥工業(股)製造](0.58 g)而使其溶解,並花費2小時而滴加至三口燒瓶中。之後攪拌3小時,然後升溫至90℃並加熱攪拌2小時。其次,添加甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯(1.60 g)、溴化四丁基銨(0.10 g),於90℃下加熱10小時。冷卻至室溫後,滴加至甲醇/離子交換水=100 mL/10 mL的混合溶媒中後進行再沈澱。將所獲得的固體分散於己烷/乙酸乙酯=90 mL/10 mL中並加以過濾。於40℃下對所獲得的固體進行2日送風乾燥後,獲得色素多聚體(S-1)14.2 g。Monomeric substance (X-1) (16.4 g), methacrylic acid (3.00 g), dodecyl mercaptan (0.51 g), propylene glycol 1-monomethyl ether 2-acetate (hereinafter also referred to as "PGMEA (Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate)" (46.6 g) was mixed, and a half of the mixture was added to a three-necked flask, and heated to 80 ° C under a nitrogen atmosphere. To the remaining solution, 2,2'-azobis(isobutyrate) dimethyl ester (trade name: V601, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) (0.58 g) was added and dissolved, and it took 2 hours. It was added dropwise to a three-necked flask. After stirring for 3 hours, the temperature was raised to 90 ° C and stirred under heating for 2 hours. Next, glycidyl methacrylate (1.60 g) and tetrabutylammonium bromide (0.10 g) were added, and the mixture was heated at 90 ° C for 10 hours. After cooling to room temperature, it was added dropwise to a mixed solvent of methanol/ion exchanged water = 100 mL/10 mL, and then reprecipitated. The obtained solid was dispersed in hexane / ethyl acetate = 90 mL / 10 mL and filtered. After the obtained solid was air-dried at 40 ° C for 2 days, 14.2 g of a dye multimer (S-1) was obtained.

(合成例9) 色素多聚體(S-2) 除將色素單量體(X-1)變更為色素多聚體(X-2)以外,進行與合成例8相同的操作而合成色素多聚體(S-2)。(Synthesis Example 9) Pigment Polymer (S-2) The same procedure as in Synthesis Example 8 was carried out except that the pigment monomer (X-1) was changed to the dye polymer (X-2). Polymer (S-2).

(合成例10) 色素多聚體(S-3) 除將色素單量體(X-1)變更為色素多聚體(X-4)以外,進行與合成例8相同的操作而合成色素多聚體(S-3)。(Synthesis Example 10) Pigment Polymer (S-3) The same procedure as in Synthesis Example 8 was carried out except that the pigment monomer (X-1) was changed to the dye polymer (X-4). Polymer (S-3).

(合成例11) 色素多聚體(S-4) 除將色素單量體(X-1)變更為色素多聚體(X-5)以外,進行與合成例8相同的操作而合成色素多聚體(S-4)。(Synthesis Example 11) Pigment Multimer (S-4) The same procedure as in Synthesis Example 8 was carried out except that the dye monomer (X-1) was changed to the dye polymer (X-5). Polymer (S-4).

(合成例12) 色素多聚體(S-5) 除將色素單量體(X-1)變更為色素多聚體(X-6)以外,進行與合成例8相同的操作而合成色素多聚體(S-5)。(Synthesis Example 12) Pigment Polymer (S-5) The same procedure as in Synthesis Example 8 was carried out except that the pigment monomer (X-1) was changed to the dye polymer (X-6). Polymer (S-5).

(合成例13) 色素多聚體(S-6)的合成 [化58]將化合物(X-3)9.1 g(13.5 mmol)、1,1-雙(羥基甲基)丙酸2.2 g(16.5 mmol)、甲基丙烯酸2,3-二羥基丙酯6.3 g(39.1 mmol)、1,6-二異氰酸基己烷11.6 g(69.1 mmol)及奈歐斯坦(Neostann)U-1000(0.1 g)添加至甲基乙基酮100 g中,在氮氣環境下於80℃下加熱10小時。冷卻至室溫後,添加至己烷1000 mL中而將所獲得的膠狀物質轉移至培養皿中,於40℃下進行2日送風乾燥,藉此獲得色素多聚體(S-6)20.4 g。(Synthesis Example 13) Synthesis of Pigment Multimer (S-6) [Chem. 58] Compound (X-3) 9.1 g (13.5 mmol), 1,1-bis(hydroxymethyl)propionic acid 2.2 g (16.5 mmol), 2,3-dihydroxypropyl methacrylate 6.3 g (39.1 mmol) 1,6-diisocyanatohexane 11.6 g (69.1 mmol) and Neostarn U-1000 (0.1 g) were added to 100 g of methyl ethyl ketone under nitrogen at 80 ° C Heat for 10 hours. After cooling to room temperature, it was added to 1000 mL of hexane, and the obtained gelatinous substance was transferred to a Petri dish, and air-dried at 40 ° C for 2 days, thereby obtaining a pigment multimer (S-6) 20.4. g.

(合成例14) 色素多聚體(S-7)的合成 [化59]將化合物(X-7)11.9 g(24.7 mmol)、均苯四甲酸酐2.7 g(12.4 mmol)添加至PGMEA 50 g中,於氮氣環境下加熱回流10小時。冷卻至室溫後,添加至己烷1000 mL中而對所獲得的固體進行過濾,於40℃下進行2日送風乾燥,藉此獲得色素多聚體(S-7)17.5 g。(Synthesis Example 14) Synthesis of Pigment Multimer (S-7) [Chem. 59] 11.9 g (24.7 mmol) of compound (X-7) and 2.7 g (12.4 mmol) of pyromellitic anhydride were added to 50 g of PGMEA, and the mixture was heated under reflux for 10 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere. After cooling to room temperature, it was added to 1000 mL of hexane, and the obtained solid was filtered, and air-dried at 40 ° C for 2 days, thereby obtaining 17.5 g of a dye multimer (S-7).

(合成例15) 色素多聚體(S-8)的合成 [化60] (Synthesis Example 15) Synthesis of Pigment Multimer (S-8) [Chem. 60]

於氮氣環境下,於80℃下對二季戊四醇六(6-巰基己酸酯)3.0 g、色素單量體(X-1)12.0 g及N-甲基吡咯啶酮30 g進行加熱。其次添加2,2'-偶氮雙(異丁酸)二甲酯[商品名:V601,和光純藥工業(股)製造](0.3 g)並加熱7小時。放置冷卻後,添加甲基丙烯酸2.0 g、甲基丙烯酸2-(2-溴-2-甲基丙醯基)乙酯1.0 g、2,2'-偶氮雙(異丁酸)二甲酯0.2 g。以1小時將該溶液滴加至於氮氣環境下以80℃加熱的N-甲基吡咯啶酮5 g,攪拌3小時後放置冷卻。向所述溶液中添加二氮雜雙環十一烯(Diazabicyclo undecene,DBU)2.0 g並攪拌12小時,然後添加甲磺酸2.0 g。將所獲得的溶液滴加至甲醇250 mL/水250 mL的溶液中。對所獲得的固體進行過濾並加以乾燥,藉此獲得色素多聚體(S-8)11.1 g。Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 3.0 g of dipentaerythritol hexakis(6-mercaptohexanoate), 12.0 g of a pigment monomer (X-1), and 30 g of N-methylpyrrolidone were heated at 80 °C. Next, 2,2'-azobis(isobutyrate) dimethyl ester (trade name: V601, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) (0.3 g) was added and heated for 7 hours. After standing to cool, 2.0 g of methacrylic acid, 1.0 g of 2-(2-bromo-2-methylpropenyl)ethyl methacrylate, and 2,2'-azobis(isobutyrate) dimethyl ester were added. 0.2 g. The solution was added dropwise to 5 g of N-methylpyrrolidone heated at 80 ° C under a nitrogen atmosphere for 1 hour, stirred for 3 hours, and then left to cool. To the solution, 2.0 g of Diazabicyclo undecene (DBU) was added and stirred for 12 hours, and then 2.0 g of methanesulfonic acid was added. The obtained solution was added dropwise to a solution of methanol 250 mL/water 250 mL. The obtained solid was filtered and dried, whereby a pigment multimer (S-8) 11.1 g was obtained.

[表1] 再者,表中的MMA表示甲基丙烯酸,GMA表示甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯,HMP表示1,1-雙(羥基甲基)丙酸,GLM表示甲基丙烯酸2,3-二羥基丙酯,PA表示均苯四甲酸酐,MBMP表示甲基丙烯酸2-(2-溴-2-甲基丙醯基)乙酯。[Table 1] Further, MMA in the table means methacrylic acid, GMA means glycidyl methacrylate, HMP means 1,1-bis(hydroxymethyl)propionic acid, and GLM means 2,3-dihydroxypropyl methacrylate. PA represents pyromellitic anhydride, and MBMP represents 2-(2-bromo-2-methylpropionyl)ethyl methacrylate.

<試驗例1> 應用光微影法的圖案形成 (底塗層用抗蝕劑液的製備) 將下述成分混合並加以溶解來製備底塗層用抗蝕劑液。 -底塗層用抗蝕劑液的組成- ・溶劑(PGMEA):19.20份 ・溶劑(乳酸乙酯):36.67份 ・鹼可溶性樹脂(甲基丙烯酸苄酯/甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸-2-羥基乙酯共聚物(莫耳比=60/22/18,重量平均分子量15,000,數量平均分子量9,000)的40%PGMEA溶液):30.51份 ・硬化性化合物(二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯,卡亞拉得(KAYARAD)DPHA(日本化藥製造)):12.20份 ・聚合抑制劑(對甲氧基苯酚):0.0061份 ・氟系界面活性劑(美佳法(Megafac)F475,迪愛生(DIC)製造):0.83份 ・光聚合起始劑(三鹵代甲基三嗪系光聚合起始劑,TAZ-107,綠化學製造):0.586份<Test Example 1> Pattern formation by photolithography (Preparation of resist liquid for undercoat layer) The following components were mixed and dissolved to prepare a resist liquid for an undercoat layer. - Composition of the resist liquid for the undercoat layer - Solvent (PGMEA): 19.20 parts, solvent (ethyl lactate): 36.67 parts, alkali-soluble resin (benzyl methacrylate/methacrylic acid/methacrylic acid-2) -Hydroxyethyl ester copolymer (mole ratio = 60/22/18, weight average molecular weight 15,000, number average molecular weight 9,000) of 40% PGMEA solution): 30.51 parts, hardening compound (dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, Kyala) (KAYARAD) DPHA (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.): 12.20 parts, polymerization inhibitor (p-methoxyphenol): 0.0061 parts, fluorine-based surfactant (Megafac F475, manufactured by Diane Health (DIC)) : 0.83 parts・Photopolymerization initiator (trihalomethyltriazine photopolymerization initiator, TAZ-107, manufactured by Green Chemical): 0.586 parts

(帶有底塗層的矽晶圓基板的製作) 於烘箱中以200℃對直徑為6吋(1吋=25.4 mm)的矽晶圓進行30分鐘加熱處理。繼而,將所述底塗層用抗蝕劑液以乾燥膜厚成為1.5 μm的方式塗佈於該矽晶圓上,進而於220℃的烘箱中進行1小時加熱乾燥而形成底塗層,從而獲得帶有底塗層的矽晶圓基板。(Preparation of ruthenium wafer substrate with undercoat layer) A ruthenium wafer having a diameter of 6 Å (1 Å = 25.4 mm) was heat-treated at 200 ° C for 30 minutes in an oven. Then, the undercoat layer resist liquid is applied onto the tantalum wafer so as to have a dry film thickness of 1.5 μm, and further dried in an oven at 220 ° C for 1 hour to form an undercoat layer. A tantalum wafer substrate with an undercoat layer is obtained.

(著色組成物的製備) <<顏料分散液1的製備>> 以如下方式製備顏料分散液1。 藉由珠磨機(beads mill)(氧化鋯珠的直徑為0.3 mm),對包含13.0份的C.I.顏料綠36(綠色顏料,平均粒子尺寸為55 nm)、及5.0份的顏料分散劑(迪斯帕畢克(Disperbyk)-111,畢克化學(BYKChemie)公司製造)、82.0份的PGMEA的混合液進行3小時混合及分散,從而製備顏料分散液。之後,進而使用帶有減壓機構的高壓分散機NANO-3000-10(日本BEE(股)製造),於2000 kg/cm3 的壓力下以500 g/min的流量進行分散處理。將該分散處理重複10次,而獲得顏料分散液1(顏料濃度為13%)。 針對所獲得的顏料分散液1,利用動態光散射法(Microtrac Nanotrac UPA-EX150(日機裝公司(Nikkiso Co., Ltd.)製造))測定顏料的粒子尺寸,結果為24 nm。(Preparation of Colored Composition) <<Preparation of Pigment Dispersion 1>> A pigment dispersion liquid 1 was prepared in the following manner. By using a beads mill (diameter of zirconia beads of 0.3 mm), containing 13.0 parts of CI Pigment Green 36 (green pigment, average particle size of 55 nm), and 5.0 parts of a pigment dispersant (di A mixture of Disperbyk-111 (manufactured by BYK Chemie) and 82.0 parts of PGMEA was mixed and dispersed for 3 hours to prepare a pigment dispersion. Thereafter, a high-pressure disperser NANO-3000-10 (manufactured by BEE Co., Ltd.) equipped with a pressure reducing mechanism was used, and dispersion treatment was carried out at a flow rate of 500 g/min under a pressure of 2000 kg/cm 3 . This dispersion treatment was repeated 10 times to obtain a pigment dispersion liquid 1 (pigment concentration: 13%). With respect to the obtained pigment dispersion liquid 1, the particle size of the pigment was measured by a dynamic light scattering method (Microtrac Nanotrac UPA-EX150 (manufactured by Nikkiso Co., Ltd.)), and it was 24 nm.

<<顏料分散液2的製備>> 顏料分散液1中,除使用C.I.顏料紅254來代替C.I.顏料綠36以外,以與顏料分散液1相同的方式製備顏料分散液2。顏料分散液2的粒子尺寸為26 nm。<<Preparation of Pigment Dispersion Liquid 2>> In the pigment dispersion liquid 1, a pigment dispersion liquid 2 was prepared in the same manner as the pigment dispersion liquid 1, except that C.I. Pigment Red 254 was used instead of C.I. Pigment Green 36. The pigment dispersion 2 has a particle size of 26 nm.

<<顏料分散液3的製備>> 顏料分散液1中,除使用C.I.顏料綠58來代替C.I.顏料綠36以外,以與顏料分散液1相同的方式製備顏料分散液3。顏料分散液3的粒子尺寸為29 nm。<<Preparation of Pigment Dispersion Liquid 3>> In the pigment dispersion liquid 1, a pigment dispersion liquid 3 was prepared in the same manner as the pigment dispersion liquid 1, except that C.I. Pigment Green 58 was used instead of C.I. Pigment Green 36. The pigment dispersion 3 had a particle size of 29 nm.

<<顏料分散液4的製備>> 顏料分散液1中,除使用C.I.顏料綠59來代替C.I.顏料綠36以外,以與顏料分散液1相同的方式製備顏料分散液4。顏料分散液4的粒子尺寸為24 nm。<<Preparation of Pigment Dispersion 4>> In the pigment dispersion liquid 1, a pigment dispersion liquid 4 was prepared in the same manner as the pigment dispersion liquid 1, except that C.I. Pigment Green 59 was used instead of C.I. Pigment Green 36. The pigment dispersion 4 has a particle size of 24 nm.

<著色組成物的製備> 將下述各成分混合並加以分散、溶解,利用0.45 μm的尼龍過濾器進行過濾,藉此獲得著色組成物。 -組成- ・色素(下述表中記載的化合物):以固體成分計為0.040份 ・包含下述表中記載的顏料的顏料分散液(顏料濃度為13.0%):0.615份 ・環己酮:100份 ・鹼可溶性樹脂(下述J1或J2:下述表中記載的化合物):5份 ・索爾斯帕斯(Solsperse)20000(1%環己烷溶液,日本路博潤(Lubrizol)製造):1份 ・光聚合起始劑(下述(I-1)~(I-8):下述表中記載的化合物):1份 ・硬化性化合物(二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯,卡亞拉得(KAYARAD)DPHA(日本化藥製造)):10份 ・丙三醇丙氧基化物(1%環己烷溶液):0.1份<Preparation of Colored Composition> Each of the following components was mixed, dispersed, dissolved, and filtered through a 0.45 μm nylon filter to obtain a colored composition. - Composition - ・Pigment (Compound described in the following table): 0.040 parts by weight of solid content ・Pigment dispersion containing pigment described in the following table (pigment concentration: 13.0%): 0.615 parts · Cyclohexanone: 100 parts alkali-soluble resin (J1 or J2: compounds described in the following table): 5 parts · Solsperse 20000 (1% cyclohexane solution, manufactured by Lubrizol, Japan) ): 1 part of photopolymerization initiator (the following (I-1) to (I-8): the compound described in the following table): 1 part, curable compound (dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, Kyala) (KAYARAD) DPHA (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.): 10 parts glycerol propoxylate (1% cyclohexane solution): 0.1 part

光聚合起始劑:下述結構。下述(I-1)為豔佳固(IRGACURE)(註冊商標)-OXE01、(I-2)為豔佳固(IRGACURE)(註冊商標)-OXE02(巴斯夫(BASF)製造)、(I-3)為豔佳固(IRGACURE)(註冊商標)-379、(I-4)為達羅卡(DAROCUR)(註冊商標)-TPO(以上均為巴斯夫(BASF)製造)。以下的結構式中,Ph表示苯基。 [化61] Photopolymerization initiator: The following structure. The following (I-1) is IRGACURE (registered trademark)-OXE01, (I-2) is IRGACURE (registered trademark)-OXE02 (manufactured by BASF), (I- 3) IRGACURE (registered trademark)-379 and (I-4) are DAROCUR (registered trademark)-TPO (all of which are manufactured by BASF). In the following structural formula, Ph represents a phenyl group. [化61]

鹼可溶性樹脂:下述結構 [化62] Alkali-soluble resin: the following structure [Chem. 62]

色素XH-1:下述結構 [化63] Pigment XH-1: the following structure [Chem. 63]

(彩色濾光片的製作) 將以上所製備的各著色組成物塗佈於帶有底塗層的矽晶圓基板的底塗層上,而形成組成物層(塗佈膜)。將著色組成物的塗佈量設為乾燥膜厚成為0.6 μm的塗佈量。其次,使用100℃的加熱板,對該塗佈膜進行120秒鐘的加熱處理(預烘烤)。將預烘烤後的基板於室溫下放置(隨時間經過)24小時。(Production of Color Filter) Each of the colored compositions prepared above was applied onto the undercoat layer of the underlying coated germanium wafer substrate to form a composition layer (coating film). The coating amount of the colored composition was set to a coating amount of a dry film thickness of 0.6 μm. Next, the coating film was subjected to heat treatment (prebaking) for 120 seconds using a hot plate at 100 °C. The prebaked substrate was placed at room temperature (over time) for 24 hours.

繼而,使用i射線步進式曝光裝置FPA-3000i5+(佳能(Canon)製造),於365 nm的波長下,透過圖案為1.0 μm見方的島(Island)圖案遮罩,以50 mJ/cm2 ~1200 mJ/cm2 的各種曝光量進行曝光。之後,將形成有經曝光的膜的基板載置於旋轉・噴淋顯影機(DW-30型,化學電子(Chemitronics)製造)的水平旋轉台上,使用CD-2000(富士軟片電子材料(Fujifilm Electronics Materials)製造)於23℃下進行60秒鐘的覆液式顯影,而形成著色圖案。Then, using an i-ray stepwise exposure apparatus FPA-3000i5+ (manufactured by Canon), an island pattern mask having a pattern of 1.0 μm square was applied at a wavelength of 365 nm, at 50 mJ/cm 2 . Exposure was performed at various exposures of 1200 mJ/cm 2 . After that, the substrate on which the exposed film was formed was placed on a horizontal rotary table of a rotary/spray developing machine (DW-30 type, manufactured by Chemitronics), and CD-2000 (Fuji film electronic material (Fujifilm) was used. Fabrication) was carried out at 23 ° C for 60 seconds for liquid-coated development to form a colored pattern.

藉由真空夾盤方式將形成有著色圖案的基板固定於所述水平旋轉台上,利用旋轉裝置以50 rpm的轉速使所述矽晶圓基板旋轉,並自其旋轉中心的上方,自噴射噴嘴呈噴淋狀地供給純水來進行淋洗處理,之後進行旋轉乾燥。藉由以上方式,製作具有著色圖案的彩色濾光片。使用測長掃描式電子顯微鏡(scanning electron microscope,SEM)「S-9260A」(日立先端科技(Hitachi High-Technologies)製造),測定著色圖案的尺寸。將圖案尺寸成為1.0 μm的曝光量設為最佳曝光量。The substrate on which the colored pattern is formed is fixed on the horizontal rotating table by a vacuum chuck method, and the silicon wafer substrate is rotated by a rotating device at a rotation speed of 50 rpm, and is self-ejection nozzle from above the center of rotation thereof. The pure water is supplied in a shower form to perform a rinsing treatment, and then spin-dried. By the above manner, a color filter having a colored pattern is produced. The size of the colored pattern was measured using a scanning electron microscope (SEM) "S-9260A" (manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies). The exposure amount in which the pattern size is 1.0 μm is set as the optimum exposure amount.

(性能評價) <顏色不均> 將著色組成物塗佈於玻璃基板而形成塗佈膜。將著色組成物的塗佈量設為乾燥膜厚成為0.7 μm的塗佈量。其次,使用100℃的加熱板,對塗佈膜進行120秒鐘的加熱處理(預烘烤)。將其於室溫下放置24小時後,不使用遮罩,除此以外,利用與彩色濾光片的製作方法相同的方法進行曝光,從而製造樣品(帶有著色層的玻璃基板)。利用下述方法測定樣品的亮度分佈,根據與平均水準的偏差為±5%以內的畫素佔總畫素數的比例來進行顏色不均的評價。關於亮度分佈的測定方法,藉由利用顯微鏡MX-50(奧林巴斯(Olympus)公司製造)對樣品進行拍攝的圖像來進行。再者,亮度分佈中,將畫素數最多的亮度定義為平均亮度。於下述表的顏色不均欄中記載與平均水準的偏差為±5%以內的畫素的比例(%)。(Performance Evaluation) <Color unevenness> The colored composition was applied onto a glass substrate to form a coating film. The coating amount of the colored composition was set to a coating amount of a dry film thickness of 0.7 μm. Next, the coating film was subjected to heat treatment (prebaking) for 120 seconds using a hot plate at 100 °C. After allowing to stand at room temperature for 24 hours, a sample (a glass substrate with a colored layer) was produced by performing exposure in the same manner as in the method of producing a color filter, except that no mask was used. The luminance distribution of the sample was measured by the following method, and the color unevenness was evaluated based on the ratio of the pixel within ±5% of the deviation from the average level to the total number of pixels. The method for measuring the luminance distribution was carried out by using an image of a sample taken with a microscope MX-50 (manufactured by Olympus Co., Ltd.). Further, in the luminance distribution, the luminance having the largest number of pixels is defined as the average luminance. The ratio (%) of the pixel within ±5% of the deviation from the average level is described in the color unevenness column of the following table.

<圖案形狀> 利用SEM(scanning electron microscope)來觀察所獲得的彩色濾光片的圖案形狀。 A:無圖案的歪斜或表面粗糙。 B:有圖案的歪斜或表面粗糙,於實用方面有問題。<Pattern Shape> The pattern shape of the obtained color filter was observed by SEM (scanning electron microscope). A: Unpatterned skew or rough surface. B: There is a pattern skew or a rough surface, which is problematic in practical use.

<圖案缺損> 利用SEM來觀察200個圖案,確認圖案缺損的有無。圖案缺損越多,則越對良率造成不良影響。於下述表中記載產生圖案缺損的個數。<Pattern defect> 200 patterns were observed by SEM, and the presence or absence of a pattern defect was confirmed. The more pattern defects, the more adversely the yield. The number of pattern defects generated is described in the following table.

<缺陷> 將各著色組成物塗佈於帶有底塗層的矽晶圓基板的底塗層上而形成塗佈膜。將著色組成物的塗佈量設為乾燥膜厚成為0.6 μm的塗佈量。其次,使用100℃的加熱板,對該塗佈膜進行120秒鐘的加熱處理(預烘烤)。將該基板於室溫下放置(隨時間經過)24小時後,利用應用材料(Applied Materials)公司製造的ComPlus來測定缺陷數(個數/cm2 )。缺陷數越少越良好。 [表2] <Defect> Each coloring composition was applied onto the undercoat layer of the underlying coated germanium wafer substrate to form a coating film. The coating amount of the colored composition was set to a coating amount of a dry film thickness of 0.6 μm. Next, the coating film was subjected to heat treatment (prebaking) for 120 seconds using a hot plate at 100 °C. After the substrate was allowed to stand at room temperature (over time) for 24 hours, the number of defects (number/cm 2 ) was measured using a ComPlus manufactured by Applied Materials. The fewer the number of defects, the better. [Table 2]

根據所述表而明確般,實施例的著色組成物即便於預烘烤後隨時間經過,亦可抑制顏色不均及缺陷的產生。進而,圖案形狀良好、圖案缺損少。 相對於此,比較例的顏色不均及缺陷差。進而,圖案形狀差、圖案缺損亦多。As is clear from the above table, the coloring composition of the example can suppress the occurrence of color unevenness and defects even after passing through the prebaking. Further, the pattern shape is good and the pattern defect is small. On the other hand, the color unevenness and the defect of the comparative example were inferior. Further, the pattern shape is poor and the pattern is defective.

再者,所述表中的PG36為C.I.顏料綠36的簡語。另外,PG254為C.I.顏料紅254的簡語。另外,PG58為C.I.顏料綠58的簡語。另外,PG59為C.I.顏料綠59的簡語。Further, PG36 in the table is a shorthand for C.I. Pigment Green 36. Further, PG254 is a shorthand for C.I. Pigment Red 254. In addition, PG58 is a shorthand for C.I. Pigment Green 58. In addition, PG59 is a shorthand for C.I. Pigment Green 59.

實施例的著色組成物中,作為硬化性化合物,即便將二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯變更為相同質量的A-DPH-12E(新中村化學工業公司製造),亦可獲得相同的結果。In the coloring composition of the example, the same result can be obtained as the curable compound, even if dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate is changed to A-DPH-12E (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) of the same quality.

<試驗例2> 應用乾式蝕刻法的圖案形成 (著色組成物的製備) 將下述成分混合・溶解來獲得著色組成物。 -組成- ・環己酮:1.133份 ・色素(下述表中記載的化合物):以固體成分計為0.040份 ・包含下述表中記載的顏料的顏料分散液(顏料濃度為13.0%):0.615份 ・硬化性化合物(EHPE-3150(大賽璐(Daicel)(股)製造,2,2-雙(羥基甲基)-1-丁醇的1,2-環氧基-4-(2-環氧乙烷基)環己烷加成物)):0.070份 ・丙三醇丙氧基化物(1%環己烷溶液):0.048份<Test Example 2> Pattern formation by dry etching method (Preparation of colored composition) The following components were mixed and dissolved to obtain a colored composition. - Composition - - Cyclohexanone: 1.133 parts / Pigment (compound described in the following table): 0.040 parts by weight of the solid content, and a pigment dispersion liquid (pigment concentration: 13.0%) containing the pigments described in the following table: 0.615 parts·hardening compound (EHPE-3150 (made by Daicel), 1,2-epoxy-4-(2-) of 2,2-bis(hydroxymethyl)-1-butanol Ethylene oxide based cyclohexane adduct)): 0.070 parts glycerol propoxylate (1% cyclohexane solution): 0.048 parts

(彩色濾光片的製作) 以膜厚成為0.6 μm的方式使用旋轉塗佈機將所述著色組成物塗佈於玻璃基板上,使用100℃的加熱板來進行120秒鐘的加熱處理(預烘烤)。將其於室溫下放置24小時後,繼而,使用220℃的加熱板來進行300秒鐘的加熱處理(後烘烤),從而製作硬化膜。 將正型光阻劑「FHi622BC」(富士軟片電子材料(Fujifilm Electronics Materials)製造)塗佈於該硬化膜上,並實施預烘烤而形成膜厚為0.8 μm的光阻劑層。繼而,使用i射線步進機(佳能(Canon)製造),以350 mJ/cm2 的曝光量對光阻劑層進行圖案曝光,於光阻劑層的溫度或環境溫度變成90℃的溫度下進行1分鐘加熱處理。之後,使用光阻劑剝離液「MS230C」(富士軟片電子材料(Fujifilm Electronics Materials)製造),實施120秒鐘的剝離處理而去除抗蝕劑圖案,進而實施利用純水的清洗、旋轉乾燥。之後,於100℃下進行2分鐘的脫水烘烤處理。 其次,藉由以下的程序進行乾式蝕刻。(Production of Color Filter) The colored composition was applied onto a glass substrate by a spin coater so that the film thickness was 0.6 μm, and heat treatment was performed for 120 seconds using a hot plate at 100 ° C (pre- bake). After leaving it at room temperature for 24 hours, it was then subjected to heat treatment (post-baking) for 300 seconds using a hot plate at 220 ° C to prepare a cured film. A positive photoresist "FHi622BC" (manufactured by Fujifilm Electronics Materials) was applied onto the cured film, and prebaking was performed to form a photoresist layer having a film thickness of 0.8 μm. Then, using a i-ray stepper (manufactured by Canon), the photoresist layer was subjected to pattern exposure at an exposure amount of 350 mJ/cm 2 , at a temperature at which the temperature of the photoresist layer or the ambient temperature became 90 ° C. Heat treatment was carried out for 1 minute. Thereafter, the photoresist stripping liquid "MS230C" (manufactured by Fujifilm Electronics Materials) was used, and the resist pattern was removed by a peeling treatment for 120 seconds, and further, washing with pure water and spin drying were performed. Thereafter, a dehydration baking treatment was performed at 100 ° C for 2 minutes. Next, dry etching was performed by the following procedure.

利用乾式蝕刻裝置(日立先端科技(Hitachi High-Technologies)製造,U-621),將射頻(Radio Frequency,RF)功率設為800 W,將天線偏壓設為400 W,將晶圓偏壓設為200 W,將反應室的內部壓力設為4.0 Pa,將基板溫度設為50℃,將混合氣體的氣體種類及流量設為CF4 :80 mL/min.、O2 :40 mL/min.、Ar:800 mL/min.,實施80秒的第1階段的蝕刻處理。Using a dry etching device (manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies, U-621), the radio frequency (RF) power was set to 800 W, the antenna bias was set to 400 W, and the wafer bias was set. 200 W, the internal pressure of the reaction chamber was set to 4.0 Pa, the substrate temperature was set to 50 ° C, and the gas type and flow rate of the mixed gas were set to CF 4 : 80 mL / min., O 2 : 40 mL / min. Ar: 800 mL/min., and the first stage etching treatment was performed for 80 seconds.

繼而,於同一個蝕刻反應室內,將RF(高頻)功率設為600 W,將天線偏壓設為100 W,將晶圓偏壓設為250 W,將反應室的內部壓力設為2.0 Pa,將基板溫度設為50℃,將混合氣體的氣體種類及流量設為N2 :500 mL/min.、O2 :50 mL/min.、Ar:500 mL/min.(N2 /O2 /Ar=10/1/10),實施28秒的第2階段的蝕刻處理、過度蝕刻處理。Then, in the same etching chamber, the RF (high frequency) power was set to 600 W, the antenna bias was set to 100 W, the wafer bias was set to 250 W, and the internal pressure of the reaction chamber was set to 2.0 Pa. The substrate temperature was set to 50 ° C, and the gas type and flow rate of the mixed gas were set to N 2 :500 mL/min., O 2 :50 mL/min., Ar:500 mL/min. (N 2 /O 2 /Ar=10/1/10), the second-stage etching treatment and the over-etching treatment were performed for 28 seconds.

於以所述條件進行乾式蝕刻後,使用光阻劑剝離液「MS230C」(富士軟片電子材料(Fujifilm Electronics Materials)製造),實施120秒鐘的剝離處理而去除抗蝕劑,進而實施利用純水的清洗、旋轉乾燥。之後,於100℃下進行2分鐘的脫水烘烤處理。After performing the dry etching under the above conditions, the photoresist stripping liquid "MS230C" (manufactured by Fujifilm Electronics Materials) was used, and the resist was removed by a peeling treatment for 120 seconds to further remove the resist. Cleaning, spin drying. Thereafter, a dehydration baking treatment was performed at 100 ° C for 2 minutes.

(性能評價) 利用與試驗例1相同的方法來評價顏色不均、圖案形狀、圖案缺損及缺陷。將結果示於下述表中。 [表3] (Performance Evaluation) Color unevenness, pattern shape, pattern defect, and defects were evaluated in the same manner as in Test Example 1. The results are shown in the following table. [table 3]

根據所述表而明確般,實施例的著色組成物即便於預烘烤後隨時間經過,亦可抑制顏色不均及缺陷的產生。進而,圖案形狀良好、圖案缺損少。 相對於此,比較例的顏色不均及缺陷差。進而,圖案形狀差、圖案缺損亦多。As is clear from the above table, the coloring composition of the example can suppress the occurrence of color unevenness and defects even after passing through the prebaking. Further, the pattern shape is good and the pattern defect is small. On the other hand, the color unevenness and the defect of the comparative example were inferior. Further, the pattern shape is poor and the pattern is defective.

no

no

no

Claims (15)

一種著色組成物,其包含色素多聚體與硬化性化合物, 所述色素多聚體包含具有如下結構的色素結構,所述結構是使偶氮基或芳香族環基鍵結於包含兩個以上的雜原子且所述雜原子的一個以上為氮原子的陽離子性雜環而成。A colored composition comprising a dye multimer and a curable compound, wherein the dye multimer comprises a dye structure having a structure in which an azo group or an aromatic ring group is bonded to two or more A hetero atom and a cationic heterocyclic ring in which one or more of the hetero atoms is a nitrogen atom. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述的著色組成物,其中所述陽離子性雜環由下述式(I)所表示; 式(I)Ya 表示硫原子或-NRYa -,Yb 表示氮原子或-CRYb -,Ra 、Rb 、RYa 及RYb 分別獨立地表示氫原子、取代基、與構成色素結構的原子團的鍵結部位、或與構成色素多聚體的原子團的鍵結部位,Ra 與RYa 、Rb 與RYa 、及Rb 與RYb 亦可分別鍵結而形成環;作為構成環的原子的任一者或環整體而具有一價的正電荷。The coloring composition according to claim 1, wherein the cationic heterocyclic ring is represented by the following formula (I); Y a represents a sulfur atom or -NR Ya -, Y b represents a nitrogen atom or -CR Yb -, and R a , R b , R Ya and R Yb each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a substituent, and an atomic group constituting a dye structure. a bonding site or a bonding site with an atomic group constituting the dye multimer, and R a and R Ya , R b and R Ya , and R b and R Yb may be bonded to each other to form a ring; Either or the ring as a whole has a monovalent positive charge. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的著色組成物,其中所述色素結構由式(Ia)所表示;Ht表示包含兩個以上的雜原子且雜原子的一個以上為氮原子的陽離子性雜環, L表示-N=N-、或伸芳基, B表示取代基, X表示陰離子, Ht、B及X的至少一個具有與構成色素多聚體的原子團的鍵結部位。The colored composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the pigment structure is represented by the formula (Ia); Ht represents a cationic heterocyclic ring containing two or more hetero atoms and one or more of the hetero atoms is a nitrogen atom, L represents -N=N-, or an extended aryl group, B represents a substituent, X represents an anion, Ht, B and At least one of X has a bonding site with an atomic group constituting the dye multimer. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的著色組成物,其中所述色素多聚體具有式(I-1)所表示的色素結構;式(I-1)中,R1 及R8 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、芳基或雜環基,R2 、R7 、R9 ~R1 2 分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基,Y1 表示硫原子或-NRY 1 -,RY1 表示氫原子、烷基、芳基或雜環基,X表示陰離子,R1 ~R2 、R7 ~R1 2 、RY1 及X的至少一個具有與構成色素多聚體的原子團的鍵結部位。The colored composition according to Item 1 or 2, wherein the dye multimer has a dye structure represented by the formula (I-1); In the formula (I-1), R 1 and R 8 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, and R 2 , R 7 and R 9 to R 1 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. a group, Y 1 represents a sulfur atom or -NR Y 1 -, R Y1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, X represents an anion, R 1 to R 2 , R 7 to R 1 2 , R Y1 and At least one of X has a bonding site with an atomic group constituting the dye multimer. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的著色組成物,其中所述色素多聚體具有式(I-2)所表示的色素結構;式(I-2)中,R1 01 、R11 0 及R111 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、芳基或雜環基,R1 02 ~R1 05 、R1 06 ~R1 09 分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基,R11 0 及R111 亦可鍵結而形成環,Y2 表示硫原子或-NRY 2 -,RY 2 表示氫原子、烷基、芳基或雜環基,X表示陰離子,R101 ~R109 、RY 2 及X的至少一個具有與構成色素多聚體的原子團的鍵結部位。The colored composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the dye multimer has a dye structure represented by formula (I-2); In the formula (I-2), R 1 01 , R 11 0 and R 111 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, and R 1 02 to R 1 05 , R 1 06 to R 1 09 Each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and R 11 0 and R 111 may be bonded to form a ring, Y 2 represents a sulfur atom or -NR Y 2 -, and R Y 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a hetero atom. The ring group, X represents an anion, and at least one of R 101 to R 109 , R Y 2 and X has a bonding site with an atomic group constituting the dye multimer. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的著色組成物,其中所述色素多聚體是包含下述式(A)所表示的重複單元、及下述式(C)所表示的重複單元的至少一個而成,或者由下述式(D)所表示;式(A)中,A1 表示重複單元的主鏈,L1 表示單鍵或二價連結基,DyeI表示具有偶氮基或芳香族環基鍵結於包含兩個以上的雜原子且所述雜原子的一個以上為氮原子的陽離子性雜環而成的結構的色素結構;式(C)中,L3 表示單鍵或二價連結基,DyeIII表示具有偶氮基或芳香族環基鍵結於包含兩個以上的雜原子且所述雜原子的一個以上為氮原子的陽離子性雜環而成的結構的色素結構,m表示0或1;式(D)中,L4 表示(n+k)價的連結基,n表示2~20的整數,k表示0~20的整數,DyeIV表示具有偶氮基或芳香族環基鍵結於包含兩個以上的雜原子且所述雜原子的一個以上為氮原子的陽離子性雜環而成的結構的色素結構,P表示取代基,於n為2以上的情況下,多個DyeIV可彼此不同,於k為2以上的情況下,多個P可彼此不同,n+k表示2~20的整數。The coloring composition according to the first or second aspect of the invention, wherein the dye multimer comprises a repeating unit represented by the following formula (A) and a repeat represented by the following formula (C) At least one of the units is formed by or represented by the following formula (D); In the formula (A), A 1 represents a main chain of a repeating unit, L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and DyeI represents an azo group or an aromatic ring group bonded to contain two or more hetero atoms and a dye structure having a structure in which one or more hetero atoms are a cationic heterocyclic ring of a nitrogen atom; In the formula (C), L 3 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and DyeIII represents an azo group or an aromatic ring group bonded to two or more hetero atoms and one or more of the hetero atoms is a nitrogen atom. a pigment structure of a structure formed by a cationic heterocyclic ring, m represents 0 or 1; In the formula (D), L 4 represents a (n+k)-valent linking group, n represents an integer of 2 to 20, k represents an integer of 0 to 20, and DyeIV represents an azo group or an aromatic ring-based bond to be contained. a dye structure having a structure in which two or more hetero atoms and one or more of the hetero atoms are a cationic hetero ring of a nitrogen atom, and P represents a substituent. When n is 2 or more, a plurality of DyeIVs may be different from each other. When k is 2 or more, a plurality of Ps may be different from each other, and n+k represents an integer of 2 to 20. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的著色組成物,其中所述色素多聚體具有雙(磺醯基)醯亞胺陰離子或三(磺醯基)甲基陰離子。The colored composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the dye multimer has a bis(sulfonyl) quinone imine anion or a tris(sulfonyl)methyl anion. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的著色組成物,其進而含有顏料。The colored composition according to Item 1 or 2 of the patent application, which further contains a pigment. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的著色組成物,其中所述硬化性化合物包含自由基聚合性化合物,且所述著色組成物進而含有光聚合起始劑。The coloring composition according to the first or second aspect of the invention, wherein the curable compound contains a radically polymerizable compound, and the coloring composition further contains a photopolymerization initiator. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的著色組成物,其進而包含鹼可溶性樹脂。The colored composition according to claim 1 or 2, further comprising an alkali-soluble resin. 一種彩色濾光片,其使用如申請專利範圍第1項至第10項中任一項所述的著色組成物。A color filter using the coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 10. 一種圖案形成方法,其包括:使用如申請專利範圍第1項至第10項中任一項所述的著色組成物而於支撐體上形成著色組成物層的步驟;以及藉由光微影法或乾式蝕刻法對著色組成物層形成圖案的步驟。A pattern forming method comprising: a step of forming a colored composition layer on a support using the coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 10; and a photolithography method Or a step of patterning the colored composition layer by dry etching. 一種固體攝像元件,其具有如申請專利範圍第11項所述的彩色濾光片。A solid-state image sensor having a color filter as described in claim 11 of the patent application. 一種圖像顯示裝置,其具有如申請專利範圍第11項所述的彩色濾光片。An image display device having the color filter of claim 11 of the patent application. 一種色素多聚體,其具有下述式(I-1)或式(I-2)所表示的色素結構;式(I-1)中,R1 及R8 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、芳基或雜環基,R2 、R7 、R9 ~R1 2 分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基,Y1 表示硫原子或-NRY 1 -,RY1 表示氫原子、烷基、芳基或雜環基,X表示陰離子,R1 ~R2 、R7 ~R1 2 、RY1 及X的至少一個具有與構成色素多聚體的原子團的鍵結部位;式(I-2)中,R1 01 、R11 0 及R111 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、芳基或雜環基,R1 02 ~R1 05 、R1 06 ~R1 09 分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基,R11 0 及R111 亦可鍵結而形成環,Y2 表示硫原子或-NRY 2 -,RY 2 表示氫原子、烷基、芳基或雜環基,X表示陰離子,R101 ~R109 、RY 2 及X的至少一個具有與構成色素多聚體的原子團的鍵結部位。a pigment multimer having a dye structure represented by the following formula (I-1) or formula (I-2); In the formula (I-1), R 1 and R 8 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, and R 2 , R 7 and R 9 to R 1 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. a group, Y 1 represents a sulfur atom or -NR Y 1 -, R Y1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, X represents an anion, R 1 to R 2 , R 7 to R 1 2 , R Y1 and At least one of X has a bonding site with an atomic group constituting the dye multimer; In the formula (I-2), R 1 01 , R 11 0 and R 111 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, and R 1 02 to R 1 05 , R 1 06 to R 1 09 Each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and R 11 0 and R 111 may be bonded to form a ring, Y 2 represents a sulfur atom or -NR Y 2 -, and R Y 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a hetero atom. The ring group, X represents an anion, and at least one of R 101 to R 109 , R Y 2 and X has a bonding site with an atomic group constituting the dye multimer.
TW105135277A 2015-11-16 2016-11-01 Colored composition, color filter, pattern forming method, solid-state imaging device, image display device, and pigmented multi-weight body TWI707922B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2015-223662 2015-11-16
JP2015223662 2015-11-16

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201728695A true TW201728695A (en) 2017-08-16
TWI707922B TWI707922B (en) 2020-10-21

Family

ID=58718875

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW105135277A TWI707922B (en) 2015-11-16 2016-11-01 Colored composition, color filter, pattern forming method, solid-state imaging device, image display device, and pigmented multi-weight body

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6837988B2 (en)
KR (1) KR102152047B1 (en)
TW (1) TWI707922B (en)
WO (1) WO2017086245A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP6989295B2 (en) * 2017-06-05 2022-01-05 凸版印刷株式会社 Photosensitive coloring compositions for color filters for solid-state imagers, color filters and solid-state image sensors
WO2020022247A1 (en) 2018-07-26 2020-01-30 富士フイルム株式会社 Curable composition, production method for curable composition, film, color filter, production method for color filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
WO2020184244A1 (en) * 2019-03-11 2020-09-17 富士フイルム株式会社 Coloring composition, cured film, pattern forming method, color filter, solid-state image sensor, and image display apparatus
US20220213525A1 (en) * 2019-04-19 2022-07-07 Nihon University Simple method for detecting nucleic acid sequence, etc.
JP7163492B2 (en) * 2019-05-23 2022-10-31 富士フイルム株式会社 Resin composition, liquid composition, dye compound and optical material
KR102627682B1 (en) * 2019-08-13 2024-01-24 후지필름 가부시키가이샤 Compositions, membranes, optical filters and methods for producing the same, solid-state imaging devices, infrared sensors, camera modules, and compounds

Family Cites Families (14)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2010174151A (en) * 2009-01-30 2010-08-12 Fujifilm Corp Pigment dispersion composition, colored photosensitive composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and solid state image sensor
JP5470058B2 (en) 2010-01-15 2014-04-16 凸版印刷株式会社 Coloring composition for color filter, color filter, method for producing the same, liquid crystal display device including the same, and organic EL display device
JP5610610B2 (en) * 2010-01-15 2014-10-22 日本化薬株式会社 Azo dye
JP5679404B2 (en) * 2010-03-05 2015-03-04 日本化薬株式会社 Azo dye
JP5791874B2 (en) * 2010-03-31 2015-10-07 富士フイルム株式会社 COLORING COMPOSITION, INKJET INK, COLOR FILTER AND ITS MANUFACTURING METHOD, SOLID-STATE IMAGING DEVICE, AND DISPLAY DEVICE
JP2014016376A (en) 2010-11-18 2014-01-30 Nippon Kayaku Co Ltd Color resin composition
JP2012158649A (en) * 2011-01-31 2012-08-23 Nippon Kayaku Co Ltd Novel thiazole-based cationic dye
JP5623934B2 (en) * 2011-02-08 2014-11-12 富士フイルム株式会社 Colored composition, colored radiation-sensitive composition, method for producing dye multimer, ink jet ink, color filter and method for producing the same, solid-state imaging device, and display device
JP5934664B2 (en) * 2012-03-19 2016-06-15 富士フイルム株式会社 Colored radiation-sensitive composition, colored cured film, color filter, colored pattern forming method, color filter manufacturing method, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
JP2013218186A (en) 2012-04-11 2013-10-24 Japan Carlit Co Ltd:The Coloring composition for color filter, and color filter using the same
JP6054894B2 (en) * 2014-01-31 2016-12-27 富士フイルム株式会社 Coloring composition, pattern forming method, color filter manufacturing method, color filter, solid-state imaging device, image display device, and coloring composition manufacturing method
JP6082705B2 (en) 2014-01-31 2017-02-15 富士フイルム株式会社 Coloring composition, cured film using the same, color filter, pattern forming method, color filter manufacturing method, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
JP6340871B2 (en) 2014-03-31 2018-06-13 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Coloring composition for color filter, and color filter
CN104448103A (en) * 2014-11-25 2015-03-25 南京工业大学 Fluorescent tracing quaternary copolymer (FM/AMPS/AA/MA), and synthetic method and application thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR102152047B1 (en) 2020-09-04
JPWO2017086245A1 (en) 2018-08-30
WO2017086245A1 (en) 2017-05-26
JP6837988B2 (en) 2021-03-03
TWI707922B (en) 2020-10-21
KR20180064445A (en) 2018-06-14

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI667297B (en) Colored composition, cured film using colored composition, color filter, method for forming pattern, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and dye multimer
TWI572979B (en) Colored composition, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state image sensor and image display device
TWI608041B (en) Colored composition, cured film, color filter, method for forming pattern, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state image sensing device, and image display device
JP6339208B2 (en) Coloring composition, cured film, color filter, method for producing color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
TWI644992B (en) Colored composition, cured film, pattern forming method,color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state image sensing device, and image display device
TWI577750B (en) Colored composition, method for manufacturing color filter, method for manufacturing solid-state image sensing device, and method for manufacturing image display device
TWI583745B (en) Colored composition, cured film using colored composition, color filter, method for forming pattern, method for manufacturing color filter, solid imaging element, and image display device
JP6837988B2 (en) Coloring compositions, color filters, pattern forming methods, solid-state image sensors, image display devices and dye multimers
TWI632202B (en) Colored composition, cured film, method for manufacturing color filter, color filter, solid-state image sensing device, and image display device
TWI615673B (en) Colored composition, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state image sensing device, and image display device
TW201608338A (en) Composition, cured film, pattern forming method, color filter, manufacturing method of color filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device
WO2015016243A1 (en) Coloring composition, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state image pickup device, and image display device
TW201529754A (en) Colored composition, cured film using colored composition, color filter, method for forming pattern, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state image sensing device, and image display device
JP6691134B2 (en) Curable composition, optical filter, color filter, pattern forming method, solid-state image sensor and image display device
TWI699617B (en) Colored composition, color filter, pattern forming method, solid-state imaging element and image display device
JP6279745B2 (en) COLORING COMPOSITION, COLOR FILTER, PATTERN FORMING METHOD, COLOR FILTER MANUFACTURING METHOD, SOLID-STATE IMAGING DEVICE, IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE, AND DYE MULTIMER MANUFACTURING METHOD
TW201531535A (en) Colored composition, cured film, color filter, method of forming patterns, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
TW201740191A (en) Coloring composition, color filter, pattern formation method, solid-state imaging element, and image display device